TWI296639B - Colored resin composition, color filter, and liqued crystal display - Google Patents

Colored resin composition, color filter, and liqued crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI296639B
TWI296639B TW093101159A TW93101159A TWI296639B TW I296639 B TWI296639 B TW I296639B TW 093101159 A TW093101159 A TW 093101159A TW 93101159 A TW93101159 A TW 93101159A TW I296639 B TWI296639 B TW I296639B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
resin composition
colored resin
group
weight
acid
Prior art date
Application number
TW093101159A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200424272A (en
Inventor
Sako Naoki
Oohata Tatsuhiro
Tanikawa Keiko
Naruto Toshiya
Tanooka Hisanaga
Nagao Takumi
Kawana Shin
Original Assignee
Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Mitsubishi Chem Corp filed Critical Mitsubishi Chem Corp
Publication of TW200424272A publication Critical patent/TW200424272A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI296639B publication Critical patent/TWI296639B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F299/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by interreacting polymers involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bond reactions, in the absence of non-macromolecular monomers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/02Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L63/00Compositions of epoxy resins; Compositions of derivatives of epoxy resins
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133509Filters, e.g. light shielding masks
    • G02F1/133514Colour filters

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Description

1296639 玖、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於著色樹脂組成物及其製造方法,彩色濾 片,以及液晶顯示裝置者。更詳細而言,本發明係關於 有優異之透射率暨顯像時之高度之圖型密合性及顯像後 對非圖像部之低度殘存率且在利用模塗法之塗敷時可抑 乾燥凝塊產生於模口先端之情事之著色樹脂組成物,形 有使用此著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素之彩色濾光片, 及具備有此彩色濾光片之液晶顯示裝置者。 【先前技術】 迄今關於液晶顯示裝置等所用之彩色濾光片之製造 法,已知有顏料分散法、染色法、電沈積法、以及印刷法 其中平均具有優異之特性之顏料分散法,在分光特性、 久性、圖型形狀及精度等之觀點上,最廣泛被採用。 顏料分散法在通常係依照下述程序施行者。首先,在 璃基板等之透明支持體上藉鉻、氧化鉻等之金屬遮光膜 形成黑色基體,其次,將分散有例如紅色之顏料之著色 脂組成物(以下,有時將此項組成物稱為「彩色光阻」) 藉旋塗法等塗敷於全面上,藉由光罩予以曝光,曝光後 行顯像即可得到紅色像素。關於藍色、綠色之像素,亦 照相同之程序,施行塗敷、曝光、顯像即可形成三色之 素。由於各像素間有黑色基體部成為凹陷,為了平滑化 使用環氧系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂等之透明樹脂來覆被其 面以形成保護膜之情況較多,但亦有不設置保護膜之 3 12/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93 101159 光 具 之 制 成 以 方 〇 耐 玻 來 樹 施 按 像 > 表 場 6 1296639 合。然後,在保護膜上(在未設保護膜之場合,即在像素及 黑色基體上)藉濺鍍、真空沈積等之手法形成 ITO( Indium Tin Oxide)膜等之透明導電膜。 又按,以最近而言,在形成黑色基體之際亦採用上述顏 料分散法之情況較多。具體而言,將分散有黑色顏料之著 色樹脂組成物(以下,有時將此組成物稱為「黑色光阻」) 予以塗敷、曝光、顯像,藉此製造彩色濾光片。 近年來,由於技術革新很迅速,對彩色濾光片要求更高 之透射率及更高之濃度。為了形成高透射之彩色濾光片, 必須提高色材之分散度,因此,分散性優異之含氮原子分 散劑被廣泛使用。為了形成高透射且高濃度之彩色濾光 片,必需提高所用之著色樹脂組成物中之色材濃度,隨即 亦有必要同時提高上述之含氮原子分散劑之濃度。但,僅 使用此項分散劑時會造成下述問題:即,不但無法得到充 分之液安定性,在製造彩色濾光片時之加熱步驟會發生黃 變而降低像素之透射率。在另一方面,著色樹脂組成物在 通常係藉色材及分散劑之混合、分散處理以製備一著色樹 脂組成物之步驟以及該著色樹脂組成物與溶劑及黏合劑樹 脂等之混合步驟所製造者,而已知,為對著色樹脂組成物 混合之黏合劑樹脂,使用一種具有由含環氧基不飽和化合 物之環氧部分對含羧基樹脂之羧基部分加成而成之構造之 樹脂(例如參照W0 9 6 - 2 3 2 3 7號公報)。然而,依此感光性樹 脂組成物無法充分解決上述問題。1296639 发明Invention Description: [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a method for producing the same, a color filter, and a liquid crystal display device. More specifically, the present invention relates to the pattern adhesion of the height at the time of excellent transmittance and development, and the low residual rate to the non-image portion after development and when applied by the die coating method. A colored resin composition which suppresses the occurrence of a dry clot at the tip end of the die, a color filter using a pixel formed using the colored resin composition, and a liquid crystal display device having the color filter. [Prior Art] Conventionally, as a method of producing a color filter used for a liquid crystal display device or the like, a pigment dispersion method, a dyeing method, an electrodeposition method, and a printing method in which a pigment dispersion method having an excellent average characteristic are known, in the spectroscopic method From the viewpoints of characteristics, longness, shape and accuracy, the most widely used. The pigment dispersion method is usually carried out according to the following procedure. First, a black base material is formed on a transparent support such as a glass substrate by a metal light-shielding film such as chromium or chromium oxide, and then a coloring matter composition in which a red pigment is dispersed (hereinafter, this composition is sometimes called For "color resist", it is applied to the whole by spin coating or the like, exposed by a photomask, and developed after exposure to obtain red pixels. Regarding the blue and green pixels, the same procedure can be applied to form a three-color element by coating, exposure, and development. In the case where the black base portion is recessed between the pixels, a transparent resin such as an epoxy resin or an acrylic resin is used for smoothing to form a protective film. However, there is a case where a protective film is not provided. 12/Inventive Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93 101159 The light tool is made of Fang Fang-resistant glass-to-tree application image > Table field 6 1296639. Then, a transparent conductive film such as an ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) film is formed on the protective film (in the case where the protective film is not provided, that is, on the pixel and the black substrate) by sputtering or vacuum deposition. Further, in recent years, the above-described pigment dispersion method is often used in the formation of a black matrix. Specifically, a colored resin composition in which a black pigment is dispersed (hereinafter, this composition is referred to as "black photoresist") is applied, exposed, and developed to produce a color filter. In recent years, due to the rapid technological innovation, higher transmittance and higher density are required for color filters. In order to form a highly transmissive color filter, it is necessary to increase the dispersibility of the color material, and therefore, a nitrogen atom-containing dispersant excellent in dispersibility is widely used. In order to form a high-transmission and high-concentration color filter, it is necessary to increase the concentration of the color material in the colored resin composition used, and it is also necessary to simultaneously increase the concentration of the above nitrogen atom-containing dispersant. However, the use of only this dispersant causes problems in that not only the sufficient liquid stability is not obtained, but also the heating step in the production of the color filter is yellowed to lower the transmittance of the pixel. On the other hand, the colored resin composition is usually produced by a step of mixing and dispersing a color material and a dispersing agent to prepare a colored resin composition, and a mixing step of the colored resin composition with a solvent and a binder resin or the like. It is known that, for the binder resin to which the colored resin composition is mixed, a resin having a structure in which a carboxyl group of a carboxyl group-containing resin is added from an epoxy moiety containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is used (for example, reference) W0 9 6 - 2 3 2 3 Bulletin 7). However, the photosensitive resin composition cannot sufficiently solve the above problems.

再者’關於液晶顯不裝置’由於需要與動晝顯不相對應J 7 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 高速回應之要求增加,有使彩色濾光片與對向基板之間隙 變狹之傾向,即液晶單元單位面積之液晶量變少。 在著色劑樹脂組成物中含有多量之含氮原子分散劑之場 合,在液晶單元化步驟後,發生該分散劑藉由I T 0膜等之 對液晶中之溶出,造成液晶之電壓保持率降低之問題。加 之,當回應高速化有進展時,如上所述,液晶單元單位面 積之液晶量則降低,因此使電壓保持率進一步降低。據說, 在液晶之電壓保持率降低時,會引起顯示不均勻,殘像現 象等之顯示不良(例如參照日本專利特開 2 0 0 0 - 2 9 2 9 2 0號 公報,特開2 0 0 0 - 3 1 1 2 2 8號公報),尤其在高透射、高濃度、 兩速回應之液晶顯不裝置造成大問題。 為了解決顯示不均勻之問題,關於被含在著色樹脂組成 物中之分散劑,有人倡議使用一種具有比著色層形成步驟 時之溫度高-2 0 °C以上之分解溫度之分散劑之方法。再者, 該方法在使含有分散劑之著色樹脂組成物經過加熱處理來 形成著色層之場合將分解溫度界定為,該著色層藉液晶萃 取時之有機不純物萃取量達到1 0 〇 p p in時之加熱溫度(例如 參照曰本專利特開2000-171784號公報)。 然而,在使用含II原子分散劑之場合,依照此一方法有 時反而使電壓保持率降低,致使顯示不均勻之問題更加嚴 重。 再者,為了形成高濃度之彩色濾光片,有必要提高所用 著色樹脂組成物之色材濃度。在另一方面,感光性、溶解 性等之對圖像形成性有幫助之成分相對減少,於是失去本 3 12/發明説明ΙίΚ補件)/93-04/93 丨 01159 1296639 來所擁有之圖像形成性能,致使著色樹脂組成物之未溶解 物容易殘存於顯像後之非圖像部。著色樹脂組成物之未溶 解物若殘存於基板上之非像素部,所得之彩色濾光片則會 發生透射率或對比之降低等,此外在殘存於圖型邊緣部之 場合,則引起I TO膜之剝離,液晶單元化步驟時之密封性 惡化等,導致影響至後步驟之事態。 為了解決此種問題,有人倡議一種對著色樹脂組成物添 加具有分子量1 0 0 0以下之有機羧酸化合物之方法(例如, 參照日本專利公報第3 2 9 3 1 7 1號)。使用此一方法時,關於 藉黏合劑聚合物使顏料分散而成之一部分著色樹脂組成 物,已確認其對未溶解物在顯像後之非像素部殘存之減低 效果。 在另一方面,關於彩色濾、光片之製造方法,亦有各種新 技術被開發。在像素形成步驟中,例如關於光阻之塗敷步 驟,迄今所行之主流方法為,對基板中央部滴加光阻,而 藉旋塗法予以均勻化。然而,隨著基板之大型化,光阻之 使用量增加,以及旋塗器在裝置上之制約(如馬達之能力等 大等,因此,最近藉模塗法之塗敷技術被開發,一部分已 被實用化。 然而,藉模塗法塗敷光阻之技術係迄今被使用於例如軟 式磁碟片(F 1 ◦ p p y ® D i s k )等之製造之技術,通常適於採用 於光阻等之塗敷液連續塗敷於高分子膜等之媒體上之場 合。 與此相對地,在如彩色濾光片之牧葉塗敷之情況,光阻 3丨2/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93丨0丨丨59 9 1296639 之塗敷方法則屬於間歇式塗敷,即在模口之先端 潤、乾燥。使分散有高濃度顏料之彩色光阻或黑色 模口先端乾燥時,由於顏料濃度急劇增加,有時產 之凝塊(凝聚塊子)。此項凝塊乃附著於模口先端, 阻再次排出之際,從模口先端剝離而移動於基板上 後之步驟不容易被除去,直到最後仍殘留於基板上 凝塊成為彩色濾光片之像素缺陷,變為品質不良之 若頻繁發生此種不良現象,產品之收率則會降低, 認為應該避免之一現象。 【發明内容】 本案發明人等發現下述事實:含氮原子分散劑中 子對電壓保持率有惡劣之影響;若使用含氮官能基 於因加熱而分解、揮發者,則反而可提高電壓保持 此較佳的是,使用一種加熱後之全i量殘留率低之 子分散劑。然而,加熱後之全氮量殘留率低之含氮 散劑雖然可提高電壓保持率,但有時造成其透射率 性不足,而依用途之情形,使用全氮量殘留率高之 子分散劑者有時可提高著色樹脂組成物之綜合性能 又得知,如日本專利第3 2 9 3 1 7 1號公報所述,施 羧酸化合物之添加時,不僅非圖像部之密合性會降 像部之密合性亦會降低,致使顯像範圍加狹,而容 像素之剝離,及產生白變(暫用以代表「圖點不發色r 之現象)缺陷。亦即,已變成非常難於同時滿足未溶 存量之減低及圖像之良好密合性之狀況,若要保持 3 12/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93 101159 反覆濕 光阻在 生顏料 而在光 ,在其 。此種 原因。 因此被 之氮原 部分易 率;因 含氮原 原子分 或顯像 含氮原 〇 行有機 低,圖 易發生 b變白. 解物殘 兩品質 10 1296639 則不得不降低產率(收率)者。 此外,對著色樹脂組成物所求之性能,不僅止於上述顯 像特性,其包括與近年之模塗法所代表之新塗敷方法符合 之優異之塗敷特性尤其乾燥凝塊之抑制性能,最近開始被 要求者。 本發明乃鑑於上述問題所創案者,其目的為如下: (1 )提供一種著色樹脂組成物,即使在使用被加熱後之全 氮量殘留率高之含氮原子分散劑之場合,亦可在滿足高透 射、高濃度之要求之同時,抑制液晶之電壓保持率降低及 顯示不良,起因於與液晶層間接、直接接觸之材料者; (2 )提供一種著色樹脂組成物,在塗敷於基板上之際,該 組成物之未溶解物很少留存於基板上之非圖像部,而對基 板具有優異之密合性,且在模塗法塗敷之際可抑制乾燥凝 塊等之異物之產生,又可均勻形成高濃度之色像素者; (3 )提供一種高品質之彩色濾光片,在基板上之非像素部 並未殘存有著色樹脂組成物之未溶解物且未殘存有乾燥凝 聚起因之異物等者; (4 )提供一種使用上述彩色遽光片基板之兩品質之液晶 顯示裝置。 本案發明人等為了解決上述問題而潛心研究結果發現, 使組成物含有一具有特定構造之黏合劑樹脂且將含氮原子 分散劑對色材之重量比率設在特定範圍内時,即使在使用 被加熱後之全氮量殘留率高之含氮原子分散劑之場合,亦 可防止電壓保持率之降低之同時,可達成高透射率及高顯 3丨2/發丨[]」說明密(補件)/93-04/93丨01159 11 1296639 像性之事實,於是完成本發明。 又發現,將具有特定構造之黏合劑樹脂及具有特定構造 之分散劑予以組合使用時,可得到一種在基板上之非圖像 部不會殘存有未溶解物而對基板具有優異之密合性並且在 模塗法塗敷之際可抑制乾燥凝塊等之異物之產生,又可均 勻形成高濃度之色像素之著色樹脂組成物之事實,於是完 成本發明。 又發現,若將迄今在製備著色樹脂組成物時被用作黏合 劑樹脂之具有特定構造之樹脂予以使用以充當製備著色樹 脂組成物時之分散劑,則可充分提高著色樹脂組成物之液 安定性之同時,由使用此著色樹脂組成物而製成之感光性 著色樹脂組成物則在顯像性、底基污損、熱安定性、以及 液安定性上得到優異之結果,然後所形成之像素之透射性 則變高之事實,於是完成本發明。 即,本發明之要旨在於一種著色樹脂組成物,其特徵為, 黏合劑樹脂為含有一種具有由含環氧基不飽和化合物(b ) 之環氧基對含羧基樹脂(a )之羧基加成而成之構造之未含 氮原子黏合劑樹脂,及含氮原子分散劑,且含氮原子分散 劑對色材之重量比率為在0 . 0 1以上0 . 5下之範圍内者。 再者,本發明之另一要旨在於一種著色樹脂組成物,係 含有色材、溶劑、分散劑、以及黏合劑樹脂之著色樹脂組 成物,其特徵為/ 黏合劑樹脂為.如下述得到之樹脂:使(A )含環氧(曱基) 丙烤酸酯 5〜9 0 in ο 1 %與(B )可和成分(A )共聚合之其他自由 12 3 12/發I叩说11)件)/93-04/93 101 159 1296639 再者,本發明之另一要旨在於一種彩色濾光片, 基板及形成於該基板上之像素而成之彩色濾光片, 為,該像素之一部分或全部係在使用上述著色樹脂 之下所形成者。 本發明可達成以下所舉出之效果 1 .本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物在其塗敷於基板上 未溶解物不會殘存於基板上之非像素部,並且可均 對基板具有優異密合性之高濃度色像素。再者,在 塗法之塗敷之際,亦很少產生乾燥凝塊等之異物。 所形成之像素具有高透射性,此外,對液晶之電壓 之影響很少,因此難於發生顯示不均勻、殘像等之 良。 2 .在本發明有關之彩色濾光片中,基板上之非像素 殘存有著色樹脂組成物之未溶解物。再者,所形成 具有高透射性,此外,對液晶之電壓保持率之影響 因此難於發生顯示不均勻、殘像等之顯示不良,即 非常高。 3 .本發明有關之液晶顯示裝置具有極高之品質,因 一種品質極高之彩色濾光片,其基板上之非像素部 存有著色樹脂組成物之未溶解物,再者,所形成之 有高透射性,此外,對液晶之電壓保持率之影響很 此難於發生顯示不均勻者。 【實施方式】 以下詳細說明本發明。 3 12/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93 101159 係具備 其特徵 組成物 之際, 勻形成 依照模 再者, 保持率 顯不不 部不會 之像素 很少, 其品質 為使用 不會殘 像素具 少,因 15 1296639 [1 ]著色樹脂組成物(光阻)之組成分 本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物(光阻)乃以色材、溶劑、 分散劑、以及黏合劑樹脂為其必要成分,此外在必要時摻 配有上述成分以外之其他添加物等亦可。 以下,關於各組成分力。以說明。 [1 - 1 ] 色材係指本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物之著色材料而 言。為色材可使用顏料或染料,其中在耐熱性、耐光性等 之觀點上,以顏料較佳。 為顏料,可使用藍色顏料、綠色顏料、紅色顏料、黃色 顏料、紫色顏料、橙色顏料、棕色顏料等之各種顏色之顏 料。再者,在構造上可舉出偶氮系、酞菁系、喳吖啶酮系、 苯并咪唑酮系、異叫I哚琳s昆系、二喝畊系、散蔥s昆(陰丹士 林)系、迫聯萘系等之有機顏料。此外,亦有可能利用各種 無機顏料等。以下,以顏料號碼展示可使用之顏料之具體 例。以下所舉出之「C. I .顏料紅 2」等之用語之意義為色 指數。 為紅色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料紅1、2、3、4、5.、6、7、 8 、 9 、 12、 14、 15、 16、 17、 21、 22、 23、 31、 32、 37、 38、 41、 47、 48、 48:1、 48:2、 48:3、 48:4、 49、 49:1、 49:2 > 50:1 、 52:1 、 52:2、 53、 53:1 、 53:2' 53:3、 57、 5 7:1 > 57:2、58:4、60、63、63 : 1 > 63:2、64、64:1 ^ 68、 69 、 81 、 81:1 > 81:2、 81:3、 81:4、 83 、 88 、 90:1、 101、 1 0 1 Μ、10 4、108、108:1 > 109、112、113、114、122、123、 16 3 12/發Iϋ.]説明·(補件)/93-04/93 丨 01159 1296639 144、 146、 147、 149、 151、 166、 168、 169、 170、 173、 174、 175、 176、 177、 178、 179、 181、 184、 187、 188、 190、 193、 194、 200 、 202 、 206 、 207 、 209、 210、 214 > 216、 220、 221、 224、 230 > 231、 233 、 235 、 236 、 237 、 238 、 239 、 242 、 243 、 245 、 249、 250 > 251、 253、 254、 255、 256、 257 > 258、 260 、 262 、 263 、 264 、 265 、 266 、 267 、 268 、 269 、 27 1、2 7 2、2 7 3、2 7 4、2 7 5、2 7 6 〇 在其中,以 C . I .顏料紅 4 8 : 1、1 2 2、1 6 8、1 7 7、2 0 2 2 0 7、2 0 9、2 2 4、2 4 2、2 5 4 較佳,而以 C · I .顏料紅 2 0 9、224、254 進一步較佳。 為藍色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料藍1、1 : 2、9、1 4 15:1、15:2、15:3、15:4、15:6、16、1 7、1 9、25 2 8、29、33、35、56、56:1、60 > 6 卜 6 ] Μ、62、63 67 、 68 、 71 、 72 、 73 、 74 、 75 、 76 、 78 、 79 ° 在其中,以 C . I .顏料藍 1 5、1 5 : 1、1 5 : 2、1 5 : 3、 1 5 : 6較佳,而以C . I .顏料藍1 5 : 6進一步較佳。 為綠色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料綠1、2、4、7、8 1 3、1 4、1 5、1 7、1 8、1 9、2 6、3 6、4 5、4 8、5 0、5 1 5 5,其中以C. I .顏料綠7、3 6較佳。 為黃色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料黃1、1 : 1、2、3、 6、9、1 0、] 2、1 3、1 4、1 6、1 7、2 4、3 1、3 2、3 4 35:1 、 36、 36:1、 37、 37:1、 40、 41、 42、 43、 48 55、 61、 62、 62:1、 63、 65、 73、 74' 75、 81、 83 3 I 2/發叫説Ψ:」你 Μί1:)/93-04/93 101159 172、 185、 2 0 8、 2 3 2、 2 4 7、 2 5 9 > 2 7 0、 2 0 6 > 177、 15、 、27、 、66、 15:4、 、1 0、 、54、 4、5、 、35〜 ' 53 > 17 、87、 1296639 93、 94、 95、 97、 100、 101、 104、 105、 108、 109、: 111 、 116、 117、 119、 120、 126、 127、 127:1、 128、: 133、 134、 136、 138、 139、 142、 147、 148、 150、 1 153、 154、 155、 157、 158、 159、 160、 161、 162、 1 164、 165、 166、 167、 168、 169、 170、 172、 173、 1 17 5、] 7 6、180、181、182、183、184、185、188、1 190、 191、 191:1 > 192、 193、 194、 195、 196、 197、 199、 200、 202、 203、 204、 205、 206、 207、 208° 在其中,以 C . I ·顏料黃 8 3、1 1 7、1 2 9、1 3 8、1 3 9、 1 5 4、1 5 5、1 8 0、1 8 5 較佳,而以 C . I ·顏料黃 8 3、1 3 8、 1 5 0、1 8 0進一步較佳。 為橙色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料橙1、2、5、1 3、1 6、 19、20、21、22、23、24、34、36、38、39、43、46、 4 9、61、62、64、65、67、68、69、70、71、72' 73、 7 5、7 7、7 8、7 9,其中以C. I .顏料橙3 8、7 1較佳。 為紫色顏料,可舉出C. I .顏料紫1、1 : 1、2、2 ·· 2 3 : 1、3 ·· 3、5、5 : 1、1 4、1 5、1 6、1 9、2 3、2 5、2 7、 31、 32、 37、 39、 42、 44、 47、 49、 50。在其中以 C. 料紫1 9、2 3較佳,而以C. I .顏料紫2 3進一步較佳。 再者,為其他顏料可舉出硫酸鋇、硫酸鉛、氧化鈦 色錯、紅色氧化鐵、氧化鉻等。 上述各種顏料以二種以上合併使用亦可。例如,在 色度之目的下,為顏料,可將綠色顏料及黃色顏料合 川,或將藍色顏料及紫色顏料合併使用。又按,此項 3 12/發丨卩]說明窗(_件)/93-04/93丨Ο Μ 59 [10、 129、 51、 63 ^ 74 > 89、 198、 150、 1 39 > 17、 48、 74、 、3、 29、 I .顏 、黃 調整 併使 合併 18 1296639 使用之顏料之平均粒徑通常為1 " in以下,以Ο . 5 // in 較佳,而以Ο . 2 5 //丨丨〗以下進一步較佳。 再者,為可用作色材之染料,可舉出偶氮系染料、 系染料、酞菁系染料、醌亞胺系染料、嗜啉系染料、 系染料、羰系染料、次甲系染料等。 為偶氮系染料,例如可舉出C. I .酸性黃1 1、C. I .酸 7、C. 1 .酸性紅3 7、C . I .酸性紅1 8 0、C . I .酸性藍2 9、 直接紅2 8、C . I .直接紅8 3、C. I .直接黃1 2、C. I .直 2 6、C . I .直接綠2 8、C . I .直接綠5 9、C · I .活性黃2、 活性紅1 7、C . I .活性紅1 2 0、C . I .活性黑5、C . I .分散才: C. 1 .分散紅5 8、C . I .分散藍1 6 5、C . I .驗性藍4 1、C · 性紅18、C.I.媒染紅7、C.I.媒染黃5、C.I.媒染黑7 為蔥K系染料,例如可舉出C . I .甕藍4、C . I .酸性藍 C. 1 .酸性綠 2 5、C . I .活性藍1 9、C . I .活性藍4 9、C, 散紅6 0、C . I .分散藍5 6、C. I .分散藍6 0等。 除了上述之外,為酞菁系染料,例如可舉出C · I .甕 等,為醌亞胺系染料,例如可舉出C. I .鹼性藍3、C. 性藍9等,為喳啉系染料,例如可舉出C. I .溶媒黃3 3、 酸性黃3、C. 1 .分散黃6 4等,而為硝基系染料,例如 出C. 1 .酸性黃]、C. I .酸性橙3、C. I ,分散黃4 2等。 再者,在使用著色樹脂組成物來形成彩色濾光片之 黑色基體之場合,可使用黑色色材。為黑色色材,單 用黑色色材亦可,或使用依照紅、綠、藍等之混合者亦 再者,此項色材可從無機或有機之顏料或染料中適當 3 12/發ψ」説明·(補件)/93-04/93 101 159 以下 蔥醌 硝基 性橙 C. I . 接橙 C. I . i 5 Λ I ·鹼 等。 40、 I .分 藍5 I ·鹼 C. I · 可舉 才春:)月旨 獨使 〇 選擇 19 1296639 之。在使用無機、有機之顏料之場合,較佳的是,使之分 散以達平均粒徑在通常所設之1 V m以下(以〇. 5 // m以下較 佳)之後予以使用。 為有有可能單獨被使用之黑色色材,可舉出碳黑、乙炔 黑、燈黑、骨黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺黑、菁黑、鈦黑等。 在上述黑色色材中,在遮光率、圖像特性之觀點上,以 碳黑較佳。為碳黑之例子,可舉出如下述之碳黑。 為「三菱化學」公司所製之商品,可舉出MA7、MA8、MA11、 MA100、 MA100R、 MA220、 MA230、 MA600、 #5、 #10、 #20、 #25 、 #30 > #32 、 #33 、 #40 、 #44 ' #45 ' #47 、 #50 、 #52 、 #55、 #650、 #750、 #850、 #950、 #960、 #970、 #980、 #990 ' #1000' #2200' #2300、 #2350' #2400、 #2600' #3050、 #3150' #3250、#3600、#3750、#3950、#4000、#4010、OIL7B、OIL9B、 OIL1IB 、 OIL30B 、 OIL31B 等 ° 為「Degussa」公司所製之商品,可舉出Printex3、Printex30P、 Printex30、Printex300P、Printex40、Printex45、Printex55、 Printex60 、 Printex75 、 Printex80 、 Printex85 、 Printex90 、 Printex A、Printex L、Printex G、Printex P、Printex U、Printex V 、 Printex G 、 Special Black550 、 Special Black350 、 Special Black250 、 Special BlacklOO 、 Special Black6 、 Special Black 5、Special Black 4、Color Black FW1、Colo rBlack FW2、 Color Black FW2V、 Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW18、 Color Black FW200、 Color Black S160 、 Color Black S170 等0 20 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 為「Cabot」公司所製之商品,可舉出 Monarchl20、 Monarch280 、 Monarch460 、 Monarch800 、 Monarch880 、 Monarch900 、 MonarchlOOO 、 MonarchllOO 、 Monarchl300 、 Monarch 1400 、 Monarch4630 、 REGAL 9 9 、 REGAL99R 、 REGAL415、 REGAL415R、 REGAL250、 REGAL250R、 REGAL330 、 REGAL400R 、 REGAL55R0、 REGAL660R、 Black PEARLS480、 PEARLS130 、 VULCAN XC72R 、 ELFTEX-8 等 〇 為 「Columbian Carbon」公司所製之商品,可舉出 RAVEN1 卜 RAVEN14、RAVEN15、RAVEN16、RAVEN22、RAVEN30、 RAVEN35 、 RAVEN40 、 RAVEN410 、 RAVEN420 、 RAVEN450 、 RAVEN500、 RAVEN780、 RAVEN850、 RAVEN890H、 RAVEN1000 、 RAVEN 1 0 2 0、RAVEN 1 0 4 0、RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U、RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U、 RAVEN1 1 70 、 RAVEN1190U 、 RAVEN 1 2 5 0 、RAVEN 1 5 0 0 、 RAVEN2000 、 RAVEN2500U 、 RAVEN3500 、 RAVEN5000 、 RAVEN5250 、 RAVEN5750 、 RAVEN7000 等 。 又按,在具有高度之光學濃度及表面電阻率之樹脂 黑色基體之製造上特別合適的是,使用樹脂覆被之碳 黑。 為有可能被用以混合於黑色色材之製備上之色材,可舉 出 VictoriaPureBlue(42595) 、 Auram ine(41000)、 Cat i 1 onBr i 11 antF 1 av i η(驗性 1 3)、Rh odam i n e 6 G CP ( 4 5 1 6 0 )、 RhodamineB(45170) 、 SafranineOK70:100(50240)、 ErioglaucineX(42080) 、 No·120/LionolYellow(21090)、 LionolyellowGR0(21090) 、 21 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 S y in u 1 e r F a s t Y e 1 1 o w 8 G F ( 2 1 10 5) 、 B e n z i d i n e Y e 1 1 o w 4 T - 5 6 4 D ( 2 1 0 9 5 ) 、 S y in ulerFastRed 4 015(12355)、Lion 〇 lRed7B4401(15850)、 F a s t g e η B1u e ΐ G R-L( 7 4 1 6 0 ) 、 LionolBlueSM (26150)、 L i ο η o 1 B 1 u e E S (顏料藍 1 5 : 6 )、L i ο η o g e n R e d G D (顏料紅 1 6 8 )、L i ο η o 1 G r e e n 2 Y S (顏料綠3 6 )等。又按,上述括弧内 之數字為色指數(C. I .)。 再者,關於其他之有可能混合使用之顏料,以c. I .數字 表示時,例如可舉出C · I ·黃色顏料2 0、2 4、8 6、9 3、1 0 9、 ]1 〇、117、125、137、138、147、148、153、154、166, C . I .橙色顏料 3 6、4 3、5 1、5 5、5 9、6 1,C · I .紅色顏料 9、 97、122、123、149、168、177、180、1 9 2、215、2 1 6、2 1 7、 2 2 0、2 2 3、2 2 4、2 2 6、2 2 7、2 2 8、2 4 0,C · I ,紫色顏料;[9、 2 3、2 9、3 0、3 7、4 0、5 0 ’ C · I ·藍色顏料 1 5、1 5 : 1、1 5 : 4、 2 2、6 0、6 4、C . I ·綠色顏料 7,C . I .棕色顏料 2 3、2 5、2 6 等。 著色樹脂組成物中之色材對全固形分之比率係通常設在 1 w t %以上(以1 〇 w t %以上較佳),7 0 w t %以下(以6 〇 w t %以下較 佳)之範圍内。色材之比率若太低,對色濃度之膜厚則變得 太大’而對液晶單元化時之間隙控制等有惡劣影變。在另 一方面’右色材之比率太高’則有時無法得到充分之圖像 成形性。又按,在本發明中,「全固形分」之意義為後述之 溶劑成分以外之全成分。 [1 - 2 ]溶劑: 22 312/發明說明書⑽件)/93-04/931 ◦ 1159 1296639 溶劑係在本發明之著色樹脂組成物中具有使色材,分散 劑,黏合劑樹脂以及必要時所摻配之上述以外之成分等溶 解或分散以調節黏度之功能。 為溶劑,例如可舉出二異丙醚、礦油精、正癸烷、戊醚、 癸酸乙酯、正己烷、二乙醚、異戊二烯、乙基異丁基醚、 硬脂酸丁酯、正辛烷、V a r s ο 1 # 2、A P C〇# 1 8 溶劑、二異丁 烯、乙酸戊醋、乙S纪丁酯、A P C 0稀釋劑、丁醚、二異丁酮、 甲基環己炼、曱基壬基S同、丙&ί、十二烧、S 〇 C a 1溶劑N 〇. 1 及N〇.2、曱酸戊S旨、二己醚、二異丙酮、S〇lvesso#150、 乙酸正丁酯、乙酸第二丁 S旨、乙酸第三丁 S旨、己烯、 S h e 1 1 T S 2 8 溶劑、氯丁烷、乙基戊基酮、苯曱酸乙酯、氣 戊烷、乙二醇二乙醚、原曱酸乙酯、曱氧曱基戊酮、曱基 丁基酮、曱基己基酮、異丁酸曱酯、苯甲腈、丙酸乙酯、 乙酸2 -曱氧乙酿、曱基異戊基酮、曱基異丁基酮、乙酸丙 酯、乙酸戊酯、曱酸戊酯、聯環己烷、二甘醇單乙醚乙酸 酯、對ί—丨,8 -二烯、曱氧甲基戊醇、甲基戊基酮、甲基異 丙基酮、丙酸丙醋、丙二醇第三丁醚、曱基乙基酮、2 -曱 氧乙醇、2 -乙氧乙醇、乙酸2 -乙氧乙酯、卡必醇、環己酮、 乙酸乙S旨、丙二醇、丙二醇單曱醚、丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酷、 丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、一縮貳(丙二醇)單 乙醚、一縮貳(丙二醇)單甲醚、一縮貳(丙二醇)單曱醚乙 酸酯、3 -曱氧丙酸、3 -乙氧丙酸、3 -乙氧丙酸曱醋、3 -乙 氧丙酸乙醋、3 -曱氧丙酸曱酿、3 -甲氧丙酸乙醋、3 -曱氧 丙2¾丙酷、3 -曱氧丙酸丁酯、雙(2 -甲氧乙)醚、乙二醇乙 23 3丨2/發叫說明_(補件)/93-04/ς)3丨0丨丨59 1296639 酸酯、乙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇 第三丁醚、3 -曱基-3-曱氧丁醇、二縮三(丙二醇)曱醚、乙 酸 3 -曱基-3 -曱氧丁酯等。將上述之溶劑單獨使用或以二 種以上合併使用均可。 在本發明之著色樹脂組成物全體中,溶劑所佔之比率(含 量)並未特別受到限制,不過通常將其上限設定為 9 9 w t %以 下。在溶劑超過 9 9 w t %之場合,色材、分散劑等之含量則 變得太低,而不適於塗膜之形成。在另一方面,溶劑含量 之下限乃在考慮適於塗敷之黏性等之下,通常設定為 7 5 w t %以上,以8 0 w t %以上較佳,而以8 2 w t %以上進一步較 佳。 []-3 ]分散劑: 本發明中之分散劑為一種含氮原子分散劑,其在 2 3 0 °C 溫度下被加熱3 0分鐘後之全氮量之殘留率(加熱後之全氮 量與加熱前之全氮量之重量比率)通常為 9 5 w t %以下,以 9 0 w t %以下較佳,而以8 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。再者,含氮 原子分散劑在2 3 0 °C溫度下被加熱3 0分鐘後之重量之殘留 率(加熱後之重量與加熱前之重量之重量比率)乃以 9 5 w t % 以下較佳,而以9 0 w t %以下進一步較佳。 在本發明中,在施行2 3 0 °C 3 0分鐘之加熱之前,按6 0 °C 溫度,4 8小時之時間以及1 0 m in H G壓力之條件施行減壓乾 燥,以使溶劑成分乾固,而以此當作乾燥前之狀態。然後, 予以放入循環式熱風爐等之加熱爐以施行2 3 0 °C 3 0分鐘之 加熱。為了加熱前後之氮量之測定,通常使用C Η N計等之 3 12/發明說明·(補件 V93-04/93101 丨 59 24 1296639 元素分析裝置,而為了重量之測定,通常使用精密天平。 為含氮原子分散劑,通常使用界面活性劑、高分子分散 劑等,尤其以高分子分散劑較合適。為高分子分散劑,較 佳的是,含有下述中之至少一物質:胺曱酸乙酯系分散劑; 含有氮原子之接枝共聚物;以及由一在側鏈擁有四級銨鹼 之嵌段A與未具四級銨鹼之嵌段B所構成之A - B嵌段共聚 物及/或B - A - B嵌段共聚物。本發明由於此項分散劑與後述 特定之黏合劑樹脂之組合使用,可在保持分散安定性之下 達成著色樹脂組成物所形成之塗膜與基板之顯像時之高密 合性以及對未溶解物之殘存之抑制。 再者,將分散劑單獨使用或將分散劑二種以上混合使用 均可。在混合二種以上之含氮原子分散劑之場合,將上述 之殘留率界定為各含氮原子分散劑按各混合比率合併者在 全體中之殘留率。 含II原子分散劑之氣原子之形態乃以胺基、四級錄鹽等 較佳。此項官能基通常由於具有鹼性,易於與顏料及顏料 衍生物等之酸性基配位,因此有用於分散安定化。分散劑 之胺價在通常為2〜1 Ο Ο K 0 H m g / g,以3〜8 Ο K 0丨1 ni g / g較佳。在 胺價太低之場合,則造成其鹼性不足且缺乏分散安定性, 另在胺價太高之場合,引起液晶之電壓保持率之降低,而 易於發生顯示不良,因此均不合適。 含氮原子分散劑對色材之重量比率係通常為 〇.〇1以 上,0 . 5以下。以0 . 0 2以上較佳,再者,以0 · 3以下較佳, 而以0 . 2以下進一步較佳。在分散劑之比率太高之場合, 25 3 12/發明說明#丨:(補件)/93-04/93 10丨159 1296639 對電壓保持率有惡劣影響,而引起顯示不勻勻、殘像等之 顯示不良,反之在分散劑之比率太低之場合,則無法充分 顯現分散性,而無法達成高透射率及黏度之高安定性。 其次,關於較佳之分散劑,加以詳細說明。 [1 - 3 - 1 ]胺曱酸乙酯系分散劑 胺曱酸乙酯系分散劑最好能為,由(1 )多異氰酸酯化合 物,(2 )在同一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合物,以及 (3 )在同一分子内擁有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物進行反 應所得之分散樹脂。 (1 )多異氰酸酯化合物 為上述多異氰酸酯化合物之例子,可舉出如二異氰酸對 伸苯酯、二異氰酸 2,4 -曱伸苯酯、二異氰酸 2,6 -曱伸苯 酯、4, 4’-二苯甲烷二異氰酸酯、1,5 -二異氰酸萘酯、甲苯 胺二異氰酸酯等之芳香族二異氰酸酯,如二異氰酸六亞 酯、二異氰酸離胺酸甲酯、二異氰酸 2,4,4 -三曱六亞曱 酉旨、二聚酸二異氰酸酯等之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如二異氰 酸異佛爾酮酯、4,4 ’ -亞甲雙(異氰酸環己酯)、ω,ω ’ -二 異氰酸二甲環己酯等之脂環族二異氰酸酯,如二異氰酸伸 茬酯、二異氰酸α,α,α’,α’-四曱伸茬酯等之具有芳香 環之脂肪族二異氰酸酯,如三異氰酸離胺酸酯、三異氰酸 1,6, 11-十一酯、1,8 -二異氰酸-4-異氰酸甲基辛酯、三異 氰酸 1,3,6 -六亞曱酯、雙環庚烷三異氰酸酯、叁(苯基曱 烷異氰酸酯)、叁(異氰酸苯酯)硫磷酸酯等之三異氰酸酯, 及其三聚物、水加成物,以及其多元醇加成物等。 26 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 為多異氰酸酯,較佳者為有機二異氰酸S旨之三聚物,而 以二異氰酸曱伸苯酯之三聚物及二異氰酸異佛爾酮酯之三 聚物最合適,此項三聚物予以單獨使用或合併使用均可。 為異氰酸酯三聚物之製造方法,可舉出下述方法:對上 述多異氰酸酯類在使用適當之三聚化觸媒例如第三級胺 類、膦類、烷氧化物類、金屬氧化物、羧酸鹽類等之下施 行異氰酸基之部分三聚化,添加觸媒毒以使三聚化停止 後,將未反應之多異氰酸酯藉溶劑萃取、薄膜蒸餾予以除 去而得到標的之含異三聚氰酸基多異氰酸酯。 (2 )在同一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合物 為在同一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合物,可舉出 聚醚甘醇、聚酯甘醇、多甘醇碳酸酯、聚烯烴甘醇等,及 此項化合物有一末端羥基因碳原子數 1〜2 5 之烷基之取代 而被烷氧基化者,以及此項化合物二種以上之混合物。 為聚醚甘醇,可舉出聚醚二醇、聚醚酯二醇、以及其二 種以上之混合物。聚醚二醇為由環氧烷之單獨聚合或共聚 合所得之物,例如可舉出聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇、聚乙-丙二 醇,聚氧四亞曱二醇、聚氧六亞曱二醇、聚氧八亞曱二醇、 以及其二種以上之混合物。聚醚酯二醇為由含醚基二醇或 其和其他二醇所形成之混合物與二羧酸或其酸酐進行反應 所得之物或由環氧烷對聚酯二醇起反應所得之物,例如可 舉出聚(多氧四亞曱)己二酸酯。最合適之聚醚甘醇為,聚 乙二醇,聚丙二醇,聚氧四亞曱二醇,或有一末端羥基因 碳原子數1〜2 5之烷基之取代而被.烷氧基化之化合物。 27 3丨2/發丨P通明帯(補件V93-04/93 10丨159 1296639 聚酯甘醇為由二羧酸(如丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、癸二 酸、反丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、酞酸等)或其酸酐與甘醇(如 乙二醇、一縮貳(乙二醇)、二縮三(乙二醇)、丙二醇、一 縮貳(丙二醇)、二縮三(丙二醇)、1,2 - 丁二醇、1,3 - 丁二 醇、1,4 -丁二醇、2,3-丁二醇、3-曱基-1,5 -戊二醇、新戊 二醇、2 -曱基-1,3-丙二醇、2 -曱基-2-丙基_1,3-丙二醇、 2-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇、1,5 -戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、 2 -曱基-2, 4-戊二醇、2, 2, 4 -三曱-1,3-戊二醇、2 -乙基 -1,3 -己二醇、2, 5 -二曱-2, 5 -己二醇、1,8-八亞曱二醇、 2 -甲基-1,8 -八亞曱二醇、1,9 -壬二醇等之脂肪族甘醇,如 雙羥曱環己烷等之脂環族甘醇,如伸茬二醇、雙羥乙氧苯 等之芳香族二醇.,如N -曱基二乙醇胺等之N -烷基二烷醇胺 等)進行聚縮合所得之物,例如可舉出聚己二酸乙二酯、聚 己二酸丁二酯、聚己二酸六亞曱S旨、聚己二酸乙/丙S旨等, 或在使用上述二元醇類或碳原子數 1〜2 5 之一元醇為引發 劑之下所得之聚内S旨二元醇或聚内醋一元醇,例如聚己内 酯二醇、聚曱基戊内酯,以及其二種以上之混合物。最合 適之聚酯甘醇為聚己内酯二醇,或以碳原子數1〜2 5之醇為 引發劑之下所得聚己内S旨,更具體而言,由ε -己内酯對一 元醇起開環加成聚合作用所得之化合物。 為多甘醇礙酸S旨,可舉出多(1,6 -伸茗)碳酸8旨、多(3 -甲基-1,5 -伸戊)碳酸酯等。 為聚烯烴甘醇,可舉出聚丁二烯二醇、氫化型聚丁二烯 二醇、氫化型聚異戊二烯二醇等。 28 3 12/發明説明書(_件)/93-04/93丨01159 1296639 在同一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合物中,尤其以 聚醚甘醇及聚酯甘醇較佳。 在同一分子内擁有1個或2個經基之化合物之數平均分 子量係通常為 3 0 0〜1 0,0 0 0,以 5 0 0〜6 , 0 0 0 較佳,而以 1,000〜4, 000進一步較佳。 (3 )在同一分子内擁有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物 為活性氫,即與氧原子、氮原子、或硫原子直接結合之 氫原子,可舉出羥基、胺基、巯基等官能基中之氫原子, 其中以胺基尤其一級胺基之氫原子較佳。 三級胺基並未特別受到限制,而例如可舉出擁有甲基、 乙基、異丙基、正丁基等之碳子數1〜4之烷基之二烷胺基, 或由該二烷胺基之聯結而形成雜環構造之基,更具體而 言,σ米唾環或三σ坐環。 為此種在同一分子内擁有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物之 例示,可舉出Ν,Ν_二曱-1,3 -丙二胺、Ν,Ν_二乙-1,3-丙二 胺、Ν,Ν_ 二丙-1,3_丙二胺、Ν,Ν -二丁 -1,3_丙二胺、Ν,Ν-二曱基乙二胺、Ν,Ν_二乙基乙二胺、Ν,Ν -二丙基乙二胺、 〜1-二丁基乙二胺^-二曱-1,4-丁二胺^-二乙-1,4-丁 二胺、Ν,Ν -二丙-1,4 -丁 二胺、Ν,Ν -二丁 -1,4 -丁二胺等。 .為屬於含氮雜環之三級胺基,可舉出如吼唑環、咪唑環、 三σ坐環、四σ坐環、ϋ朵環、σ坐環、σ坐環、苯并味σ坐環、Furthermore, the 'relevant device for liquid crystal display' does not correspond to the dynamic display. J 7 312/Inventive Manual (Replenishment)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Increased requirements for high-speed response, with color filters and alignment The tendency of the gap of the substrate to be narrowed is that the amount of liquid crystal per unit area of the liquid crystal cell is small. When a large amount of the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant is contained in the colorant resin composition, after the liquid crystal unitization step, the dispersing agent is dissolved in the liquid crystal by the IT 0 film or the like, and the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is lowered. problem. Further, when the response speeding progresses, as described above, the liquid crystal amount per unit area of the liquid crystal cell is lowered, so that the voltage holding ratio is further lowered. When the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is lowered, it is said that the display is uneven, and the display phenomenon such as the afterimage phenomenon is poor (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-92 2902, Special Edition 2 0 0 0 - 3 1 1 2 2 8), especially in high-transmission, high-concentration, two-speed response liquid crystal display devices cause big problems. In order to solve the problem of display unevenness, as for the dispersant contained in the colored resin composition, there has been proposed a method of using a dispersing agent having a decomposition temperature higher than -20 °C higher than the temperature at the step of forming the colored layer. Furthermore, the method defines the decomposition temperature when the colored resin composition containing the dispersant is subjected to heat treatment to form a colored layer, and the organic impurity extraction amount of the colored layer by liquid crystal extraction reaches 10 〇 pp in The heating temperature (for example, refer to Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-171784). However, in the case where a dispersant containing a II atom is used, the voltage holding ratio is sometimes lowered in accordance with this method, so that the problem of uneven display is more serious. Further, in order to form a high-density color filter, it is necessary to increase the color material concentration of the colored resin composition used. On the other hand, the components that are sensitive to image formation, such as photosensitivity and solubility, are relatively reduced, so that the figure owned by the present invention is lost. /93-04/93 丨01159 1296639 Like the formation property, the undissolved matter of the colored resin composition tends to remain in the non-image portion after development. When the undissolved matter of the colored resin composition remains on the non-pixel portion on the substrate, the obtained color filter is reduced in transmittance or contrast, and when it remains in the edge portion of the pattern, I TO is caused. The peeling of the film, the deterioration of the sealing property at the liquid crystal unitization step, and the like, cause a situation in which the subsequent steps are affected. In order to solve such a problem, a method of adding an organic carboxylic acid compound having a molecular weight of 1 or less to a colored resin composition has been proposed (for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 3 2 3 3 1 7 1). When this method is used, it is confirmed that the pigment is dispersed by the binder polymer to form a partially colored resin composition, and the effect of reducing the residual of the undissolved material in the non-pixel portion after development has been confirmed. On the other hand, various new technologies have been developed regarding the production methods of color filters and light sheets. In the pixel forming step, for example, with respect to the photoresist coating step, the mainstream method hitherto has been to apply a photoresist to the central portion of the substrate and to homogenize it by spin coating. However, with the increase in the size of the substrate, the increase in the amount of photoresist used, and the limitations of the spinner on the device (such as the ability of the motor, etc.), the coating technology by the die coating method has recently been developed, and some have been developed. However, the technique of applying photoresist by die coating has hitherto been used in the manufacture of, for example, a flexible disk (F 1 ◦ ppy ® D isk ), and is generally suitable for use in photoresists and the like. When the coating liquid is continuously applied to a medium such as a polymer film, in contrast, in the case of coating a leaf of a color filter, the photoresist 3丨2/invention specification (supplement)/93 The coating method of -04/93丨0丨丨59 9 1296639 is a batch coating method, that is, it is moistened and dried at the tip end of the die. When the color photoresist or the black die tip which is dispersed with high concentration pigment is dried, Due to the sharp increase in pigment concentration, clots (agglomerates) are sometimes produced. This clot is attached to the tip of the die, and the step of peeling off from the die tip and moving on the substrate is not easy. Was removed until the last remaining on the substrate clots When the pixel defect of the color filter is defective, the quality of the product is frequently deteriorated, and the yield of the product is lowered. It is considered that one of the phenomena should be avoided. [Invention] The inventors of the present invention found the following facts: The neutron of the nitrogen atom dispersant has a bad influence on the voltage holding ratio; if the nitrogen-containing function is used for decomposition and volatilization due to heating, the voltage holding can be improved instead, and a total amount of residual after heating is used. Low-rate child dispersant. However, the nitrogen-containing powder having a low residual nitrogen content after heating can increase the voltage retention rate, but sometimes the transmittance is insufficient, and depending on the use, the residual ratio of total nitrogen is used. In the case of the addition of the carboxylic acid compound, the addition of the carboxylic acid compound is not limited to the non-image portion, as described in Japanese Patent No. 3 2 3 3 1 7 1 . Adhesiveness will also reduce the adhesion of the image-reducing part, resulting in a narrower range of imaging, and the peeling of the pixel and the whitening (temporary representation of the phenomenon of "no coloring r"). That is, it has become very difficult to simultaneously satisfy the situation of the reduction of the undissolved amount and the good adhesion of the image, in order to maintain the 3 12 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93 101159 over the wet photoresist in the raw pigment And in the light, in it. For this reason. Therefore, the nitrogen fraction is easy to be; because the nitrogen-containing atomic atom or the imaging nitrogen-containing atom is organically low, the figure is prone to b whitening.  Resolving the two qualities of quality 1 1296639 has to reduce the yield (yield). Further, the properties obtained for the colored resin composition are not limited to the above-mentioned development characteristics, and include excellent coating properties in conformity with the new coating method represented by the recent die coating method, particularly the suppression property of dry clots. Recently started to be asked. The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and the object thereof is as follows: (1) Providing a colored resin composition, even in the case of using a nitrogen atom-containing dispersant having a high residual nitrogen content after heating, While satisfying the requirements of high transmission and high concentration, the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is lowered and the display is poor, and the material is indirectly and directly contacted with the liquid crystal layer; (2) a colored resin composition is provided on the substrate. In the upper case, the undissolved matter of the composition rarely remains on the non-image portion on the substrate, and has excellent adhesion to the substrate, and suppresses foreign matter such as dry clots when the die coating method is applied. The result is that a high-density color pixel can be uniformly formed; (3) a high-quality color filter is provided, and the undissolved substance of the colored resin composition does not remain on the non-pixel portion of the substrate and does not remain. Drying and agglomerating the foreign matter causing the cause; (4) Providing a liquid crystal display device of two qualities using the above-described color calender substrate. In order to solve the above problems, the inventors of the present invention have diligently studied and found that when the composition contains a binder resin having a specific structure and the weight ratio of the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant to the color material is within a specific range, even when used In the case of a nitrogen atom-containing dispersant having a high residual nitrogen content after heating, the voltage holding ratio can be prevented from being lowered, and high transmittance and high display can be achieved. ()) /93-04/93丨01159 11 1296639 The fact of the image, thus completing the present invention. It has also been found that when a binder resin having a specific structure and a dispersant having a specific structure are used in combination, it is possible to obtain an excellent adhesion to the substrate without leaving undissolved substances in the non-image portion on the substrate. Further, the present invention can be completed by suppressing the generation of foreign matter such as a dry clot and the formation of a colored resin composition of a high-density color pixel when the die coating method is applied. Further, it has been found that if a resin having a specific configuration which has been used as a binder resin at the time of preparing a colored resin composition is used as a dispersing agent in the preparation of a colored resin composition, the liquid stability of the colored resin composition can be sufficiently improved. At the same time, the photosensitive colored resin composition produced by using the colored resin composition obtains excellent results in terms of developability, substrate fouling, thermal stability, and liquid stability, and is then formed. The fact that the transmittance of the pixel becomes high has thus completed the present invention. That is, the present invention is directed to a colored resin composition characterized in that the binder resin contains a carboxyl group having a carboxyl group-containing resin (a) by an epoxy group containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b). The non-nitrogen atom binder resin and the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant are formed, and the weight ratio of the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant to the color material is 0.  0 1 or more 0.  Within the scope of 5. Further, another object of the present invention is to provide a coloring resin composition comprising a coloring material, a solvent, a dispersing agent, and a coloring resin composition of a binder resin, characterized in that / the binder resin is. A resin obtained as follows: (A) an epoxy-containing (fluorenyl) propionate 5~9 0 in ο 1 % and (B) another component freely copolymerizable with the component (A) 12 3 12/I叩11))/93-04/93 101 159 1296639 Furthermore, another object of the present invention is to provide a color filter, a substrate and a color filter formed on the substrate. Some or all of the pixels are formed under the use of the above colored resin. The invention can achieve the following effects 1 . The colored resin composition according to the present invention is a high-density color pixel in which a non-pixel portion which is not dissolved on a substrate and which is not dissolved on a substrate, and which has excellent adhesion to the substrate. Further, at the time of application of the coating method, foreign matter such as dry clots is rarely generated. The formed pixel has high transmittance and, in addition, has little influence on the voltage of the liquid crystal, so that it is difficult to cause display unevenness, afterimage, and the like. 2 . In the color filter of the present invention, the undissolved matter of the colored resin composition remains on the non-pixels on the substrate. Further, the formation has high transmittance, and the influence on the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is difficult to cause display unevenness such as display unevenness or afterimage, which is extremely high. 3 . The liquid crystal display device according to the present invention has an extremely high quality, and a color filter having an extremely high quality has an undissolved substance of a colored resin composition on a non-pixel portion on a substrate, and further, a high density is formed. Transmittance, in addition, the effect on the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is such that display unevenness is difficult to occur. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. 3 12/Inventive Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93 101159 When it has its characteristic composition, it is formed in accordance with the mold, and the retention rate is not high, and the quality is not used. The composition of the colored resin composition (photoresist) according to the present invention is based on the color material, the solvent, the dispersant, and the binder resin. The essential component may be blended with other additives other than the above components as necessary. Hereinafter, regarding each component component. To illustrate. [1 - 1 ] The color material refers to the coloring material of the colored resin composition of the present invention. A pigment or a dye can be used as the color material, and a pigment is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance, light resistance and the like. As the pigment, a pigment of various colors such as a blue pigment, a green pigment, a red pigment, a yellow pigment, a purple pigment, an orange pigment, a brown pigment, or the like can be used. Further, the structure may include an azo system, a phthalocyanine system, an acridone system, a benzimidazolone system, a different name, a 哚 s 昆 昆 system, a second drinking cultivating system, a loose onion s Kun (yin Dan) Shilin) is an organic pigment such as a naphthalene system. In addition, it is also possible to use various inorganic pigments and the like. Hereinafter, specific examples of the pigments that can be used are shown by the pigment number. The following "C.  I. The meaning of the terms "pigment red 2" and so on is the color index. For the red pigment, C.  I. Pigment red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. , 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3 , 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2 > 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53:1, 53:2' 53:3, 57, 5 7:1 > 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63: 1 > 63:2, 64, 64:1 ^ 68, 69, 81, 81:1 > 81:2, 81:3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90:1, 101, 1 0 1 Μ, 10 4, 108, 108:1 > 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 16 3 12/I. ]Description·(Repair)/93-04/93 丨01159 1296639 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181 184, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 209, 210, 214 > 216, 220, 221, 224, 230 > 231, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 249, 250 > 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257 > 258, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 27 1 , 2 7 2, 2 7 3, 2 7 4, 2 7 5, 2 7 6 〇 in it, to C.  I. Pigment red 4 8 : 1, 1 2 2, 1 6 8 , 1 7 7 , 2 0 2 2 0 7 , 2 0 9 , 2 2 4 , 2 4 2 , 2 5 4 is preferred, and C · I . Pigment red 2 0 9, 224, 254 is further preferred. For the blue pigment, C.  I. Pigment blue 1, 1 : 2, 9, 1 4 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 17, 19, 25 2 8, 29, 33, 35, 56, 56:1, 60 > 6 卜 6 ] Μ, 62, 63 67, 68, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 78, 79 ° in which, to C.  I. Pigment blue 1 5, 1 5 : 1, 1 5 : 2, 1 5 : 3, 1 5 : 6 is better, and C.  I. Pigment blue 1 5 : 6 is further preferred. For green pigments, C.  I. Pigment green 1, 2, 4, 7, 8 1 3, 1 4, 1 5, 1 7 , 1 8 , 1 9 , 2 6 , 3 6 , 4 5 , 4 8 , 5 0 , 5 1 5 5 , wherein By C.  I. Pigment greens 7, 3 are preferred. For the yellow pigment, C.  I. Pigment Yellow 1, 1 : 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 1 0, 2, 1 3, 1 4, 1 6 , 1 7 , 2 4 , 3 1 , 3 2 , 3 4 35:1 , 36 , 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 41, 42, 43, 48 55, 61, 62, 62:1, 63, 65, 73, 74' 75, 81, 83 3 I 2/calling Ψ: "You Μί1:)/93-04/93 101159 172, 185, 2 0 8, 2 3 2, 2 4 7, 2 5 9 > 2 7 0, 2 0 6 > 177, 15, 27 , , 66, 15:4, 1, 0, 54, 4, 5, 35~ '53 > 17, 87, 1296639 93, 94, 95, 97, 100, 101, 104, 105, 108, 109 , 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 126, 127, 127:1, 128,: 133, 134, 136, 138, 139, 142, 147, 148, 150, 1 153, 154, 155, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162, 1 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 1 17 5, 7 6 , 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 188 1, 190, 191, 191:1 > 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 199, 200, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208° therein, in C.  I · Pigment Yellow 8 3, 1 1 7 , 1 2 9 , 1 3 8 , 1 3 9 , 1 5 4, 1 5 5, 1 8 0, 1 8 5 Preferably, and C.  I · Pigment Yellow 8 3, 1 3 8 , 1 50 , 1 8 0 is further preferred. For the orange pigment, it can be cited as C.  I. Pigment oranges 1, 2, 5, 13, 16, 6, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 34, 36, 38, 39, 43, 46, 4 9, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67 , 68, 69, 70, 71, 72' 73, 7 5, 7 7 , 7 8 , 7 9, of which C.  I. Pigment orange 3 8 and 7 1 are preferred. For the purple pigment, it can be cited as C.  I. Pigment Violet 1,1: 1, 2, 2 ·· 2 3 : 1, 3 ·· 3, 5, 5 : 1, 1 4, 1 5, 1 6 , 1 9 , 2 3 , 2 5 , 2 7 , 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50. In it, C.  It is preferred that the material purple 19, 2, 3, and C.  I. Pigment Violet 2 3 is further preferred. Further, examples of the other pigments include barium sulfate, lead sulfate, titanium oxide color chrome, red iron oxide, and chromium oxide. The above various pigments may be used in combination of two or more kinds. For example, for the purpose of color, a pigment, a green pigment and a yellow pigment may be combined, or a blue pigment and a purple pigment may be combined. Press again, this item 3 12 / 丨卩 丨卩] description window (_ pieces) /93-04/93丨Ο Μ 59 [10, 129, 51, 63 ^ 74 > 89, 198, 150, 1 39 > 17, 48, 74, 3, 29, I. Yan and Huang adjust and combine the average particle size of the pigment used in 18 1296639 is usually 1 " in, to Ο.  5 // in is better, and Ο.  2 5 //丨丨〗 The following is further preferred. Further, examples of the dye which can be used as the color material include an azo dye, a dye, a phthalocyanine dye, a quinone dye, a porphyrin dye, a dye, a carbonyl dye, and a methine dye. Wait. For the azo dye, for example, C.  I. Acid yellow 1 1 , C.  I. Acid 7, C.  1 . Acid red 3 7 , C .  I. Acid red 1 800, C.  I. Acid blue 2 9 , direct red 2 8 , C .  I. Direct red 8 3, C.  I. Direct yellow 1 2, C.  I. Straight 2 6 , C .  I. Direct Green 2 8 , C .  I. Direct Green 5 9 , C · I . Reactive Yellow 2, Reactive Red 1 7 , C .  I. Reactive Red 1 2 0, C.  I. Reactive black 5, C.  I. Dispersion: C.  1 . Disperse red 5 8 , C .  I. Disperse blue 1 6 5, C.  I. Authentic blue 4 1 , C · sex red 18, C. I. Mordant red 7, C. I. Mordant yellow 5, C. I. The mord black 7 is an onion K dye, and for example, C.  I. Indigo 4, C.  I. Acid blue C.  1 . Acid Green 2 5, C.  I. Reactive Blue 1 9 , C .  I. Reactive Blue 4 9 , C, Red 6 0, C.  I. Disperse blue 5 6, C.  I. Disperse blue 6 0 and so on. In addition to the above, examples of the phthalocyanine dye include C·I. 瓮, etc., are quinone imine dyes, for example, C.  I. Basic blue 3, C.  Sex blue 9, etc., are porphyrin dyes, for example, C.  I. Solvent Yellow 3 3, Acid Yellow 3, C.  1 . Disperse yellow 6 4 and the like, and be a nitro dye, for example, C.  1 . Acid yellow], C.  I. Acid Orange 3, C.  I, disperse yellow 4 2 and so on. Further, in the case where a colored resin composition is used to form a black matrix of a color filter, a black color material can be used. For black color materials, black color materials can be used alone, or mixed with red, green, blue, etc., and this color material can be appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments or dyes. Description·(Repair)/93-04/93 101 159 The following onion 醌 nitro orange C.  I.  Pick up the orange C.  I.  i 5 Λ I · alkali, etc. 40, I. Blue 5 I · alkali C.  I · Can only be a spring:) The purpose of the month is to choose 19 19 19296296. In the case of using inorganic or organic pigments, it is preferred to disperse them so as to have an average particle diameter of less than 1 V m which is usually set.  Use it if 5 / m or less is preferred. Examples of the black color material which may be used alone include carbon black, acetylene black, lamp black, bone black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, cyanine black, and titanium black. Among the above black color materials, carbon black is preferred from the viewpoint of light blocking ratio and image characteristics. Examples of the carbon black include carbon black as described below. For the products manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, MA7, MA8, MA11, MA100, MA100R, MA220, MA230, MA600, #5, #10, #20, #25, #30 >#32,# 33, #40, #44 ' #45 ' #47 , #50 , #52 , #55, #650, #750, #850, #950, #960, #970, #980, #990 ' #1000' #2200' #2300, #2350' #2400, #2600' #3050, #3150' #3250, #3600, #3750, #3950, #4000, #4010, OIL7B, OIL9B, OIL1IB, OIL30B, OIL31B, etc. For products manufactured by Degussa, Printex3, Printex30P, Printex30, Printex300P, Printex40, Printex45, Printex55, Printex60, Printex75, Printex80, Printex85, Printex90, Printex A, Printex L, Printex G, Printex P, Printex U, Printex V, Printex G, Special Black550, Special Black350, Special Black250, Special BlacklOO, Special Black6, Special Black 5, Special Black 4, Color Black FW1, Colo rBlack FW2, Color Black FW2V, Color Black FW18, Color Black FW18 , Color Black FW200 Color Black S160, Color Black S170, etc. 0 20 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 For the products of "Cabot", Monarchl20, Monarch280, Monarch460, Monarch800, Monarch880, Monarch900, MonarchlOOO, MonarchllOO, Monarchl300, Monarch 1400, Monarch4630, REGAL 9 9 , REGAL99R, REGAL415, REGAL415R, REGAL250, REGAL250R, REGAL330, REGAL400R, REGAL55R0, REGAL660R, Black PEARLS480, PEARLS130, VULCAN XC72R, ELFTEX-8, etc. "Columbian Carbon The products manufactured by the company include RAVEN1, RAVEN14, RAVEN15, RAVEN16, RAVEN22, RAVEN30, RAVEN35, RAVEN40, RAVEN410, RAVEN420, RAVEN450, RAVEN500, RAVEN780, RAVEN850, RAVEN890H, RAVEN1000, RAVEN 1 0 2 0, RAVEN 1 0 4 0, RAVEN 1 0 6 0 U, RAVEN 1 0 8 0 U, RAVEN1 1 70, RAVEN1190U, RAVEN 1 2 5 0 , RAVEN 1 5 0 0 , RAVEN2000, RAVEN2500U, RAVEN3500, RAVEN5000, RAVEN5250, RAVEN5750, RAVEN7000, etc. . Further, it is particularly preferable to use a resin-coated carbon black in the production of a resin black substrate having a high optical density and surface resistivity. For the color material which may be used for the preparation of the black color material, Victoria PureBlue (42595), Auram ine (41000), Cat i 1 onBr i 11 antF 1 av i η (inspective 1 3), Rh odam ine 6 G CP ( 4 5 1 6 0 ), Rhodamine B (45170), Safranine OK 70: 100 (50240), Erioglaucine X (42080), No. 120/LionolYellow (21090), Lionolyellow GR0 (21090), 21 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 S y in u 1 er F ast Y e 1 1 ow 8 GF ( 2 1 10 5) , B enzidine Y e 1 1 ow 4 T - 5 6 4 D ( 2 1 0 9 5 ) , S y in ulerFastRed 4 015 (12355), Lion 〇lRed7B4401 (15850), F astge η B1u e ΐ G RL ( 7 4 1 6 0 ) , LionolBlueSM (26150), L i ο η o 1 B 1 ue ES (pigment blue 1 5 : 6 ), L i ο η ogen R ed GD (pigment red 168), L i ο η o 1 G reen 2 YS (pigment green 3 6 ), and the like. Press again, the number in the above brackets is the color index (C.  I. ). Furthermore, regarding other pigments that may be mixed, c.  I. Numerical representations include, for example, C · I · yellow pigments 2 0, 2 4, 8 6 , 9 3 , 1 0 9 , ] 1 〇, 117, 125, 137, 138, 147, 148, 153, 154, 166, C.  I. Orange pigment 3 6 , 4 3 , 5 1 , 5 5 , 5 9 , 6 1, C · I . Red pigments 9, 97, 122, 123, 149, 168, 177, 180, 1 9 2, 215, 2 1 6 , 2 1 7 , 2 2 0, 2 2 3, 2 2 4, 2 2 6 , 2 2 7, 2 2 8 , 2 4 0, C · I , purple pigment; [9, 2 3, 2 9 , 3 0, 3 7 , 4 0, 5 0 ' C · I · blue pigment 1 5, 1 5 : 1, 1 5 : 4, 2 2, 6 0, 6 4, C.  I · Green Pigment 7, C.  I. Brown pigment 2 3, 2 5, 2 6 and so on. The ratio of the color material to the total solid content in the colored resin composition is usually set to be 1 wt% or more (preferably 1 〇 wt% or more), and 70 wt% or less (preferably 6 〇 wt% or less). Inside. If the ratio of the color material is too low, the film thickness of the color density becomes too large, and the gap control during liquid crystal cell formation is adversely affected. On the other hand, the ratio of the right color material is too high, and sufficient image formability may not be obtained. Further, in the present invention, the meaning of "all solid fraction" is the total component other than the solvent component described later. [1 - 2 ] Solvent: 22 312 / invention specification (10)) / 93-04/931 ◦ 1159 1296639 Solvent is a coloring material, a dispersing agent, a binder resin and, if necessary, a coloring resin composition of the present invention. A function of dissolving or dispersing a component other than the above to adjust the viscosity. Examples of the solvent include diisopropyl ether, mineral spirits, n-decane, pentyl ether, ethyl decanoate, n-hexane, diethyl ether, isoprene, ethyl isobutyl ether, and butyl stearate. Ester, n-octane, V ars ο 1 # 2, APC〇# 1 8 Solvent, diisobutylene, pentyl acetate, ethyl succinate, APC 0 diluent, dibutyl ether, diisobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexane Refining, hydrazine-based S, C & ί, 12-burning, S 〇C a 1 solvent N 〇.  1 and N〇. 2, yttrium sulphate, dihexyl ether, diisopropanone, S〇lvesso #150, n-butyl acetate, acetic acid second butyl S, acetic acid third butyl S, hexene, S he 1 1 TS 2 8 Solvent, chlorobutane, ethyl amyl ketone, ethyl benzoate, pentane, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethyl ortho phthalate, decyl fluorenyl ketone, decyl butyl ketone, fluorenyl Hexyl ketone, decyl isobutyrate, benzonitrile, ethyl propionate, 2-oxoethoxylate, decylisoamyl ketone, decyl isobutyl ketone, propyl acetate, amyl acetate, citric acid Amyl ester, bicyclohexane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, p- oxime, 8-diene, decyloxymethylpentanol, methyl amyl ketone, methyl isopropyl ketone, propionic acid Vinegar, propylene glycol tert-butyl ether, mercaptoethyl ketone, 2-oxoethanol, 2-ethoxyethanol, 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, carbitol, cyclohexanone, ethyl acetate, propylene glycol, propylene glycol Monoterpene ether, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, monohydric (propylene glycol) monoethyl ether, monohydric (propylene glycol) monomethyl ether, monohydric (propylene glycol) monoterpene ether B Ester, 3-oxopropionic acid, 3-ethoxypropionic acid, 3-ethoxypropionic acid vinegar, 3-ethoxypropionic acid vinegar, 3-methoxypropionic acid glycerin, 3-methoxypropionic acid Vinegar, 3 - aziridine, 23⁄4 propyl, 3 - methoxypropionate, bis (2-methoxyethyl ether), ethylene glycol B 3 3 丨 2 / call description _ (supplement) / 93- 04/ς)3丨0丨丨59 1296639 acid ester, ethyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol tert-butyl ether, 3-mercapto-3-oxobutanol , tris(propylene glycol) anthracene ether, 3-mercapto-3-oxobutyl acrylate, and the like. The above solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the entire coloring resin composition of the present invention, the ratio (content) of the solvent is not particularly limited, but the upper limit is usually set to 9 9 w % or less. In the case where the solvent exceeds 9 9 w %, the content of the color material, the dispersant, etc. becomes too low to be suitable for the formation of a coating film. On the other hand, the lower limit of the solvent content is usually set to be more than 75 wt%, more preferably 80 wt% or more, and more preferably 8 2 wt% or more, in consideration of viscosity or the like suitable for coating. good. []-3] Dispersant: The dispersant in the present invention is a nitrogen atom-containing dispersant, and the residual ratio of total nitrogen after being heated at 30 ° C for 30 minutes (complete nitrogen after heating) The weight ratio of the amount to the total nitrogen amount before heating is usually 9.5 wt% or less, preferably 90 wt% or less, and more preferably 80 wt% or less. Further, the residual ratio of the weight of the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant after being heated at 30 ° C for 30 minutes (the weight ratio of the weight after heating to the weight before heating) is preferably 9.5 wt% or less. Further, it is further preferably 90% by weight or less. In the present invention, under the conditions of a temperature of 60 ° C, a temperature of 48 hours, and a pressure of 10 m in HG, it is dried under reduced pressure to carry out the solvent component before the heating at 203 ° C for 30 minutes. Solid, and use this as a state before drying. Then, it is placed in a heating furnace such as a circulating hot blast stove to perform heating at 203 ° C for 30 minutes. For the measurement of the amount of nitrogen before and after heating, a C Η N meter or the like is generally used. (Supplement V93-04/93101 丨 59 24 1296639 elemental analysis device, and for the measurement of weight, a precision balance is usually used. As the nitrogen atom-containing dispersant, a surfactant, a polymer dispersant, or the like is usually used, and a polymer dispersant is particularly preferable. As the polymer dispersant, it is preferred to contain at least one of the following: an amine hydrazine; An ethyl acetate-based dispersant; a graft copolymer containing a nitrogen atom; and an A-B block composed of a block A having a quaternary ammonium base in a side chain and a block B having no quaternary ammonium base Copolymer and/or B-A-B block copolymer. The present invention can be used in combination with a specific binder resin described later to achieve a coating of a colored resin composition while maintaining dispersion stability. The high adhesion of the film to the substrate and the suppression of the residual of the undissolved material. Further, the dispersing agent may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of dispersing agents. In the case of a dispersant, it will be The residual ratio is defined as the residual ratio of each of the nitrogen atom-containing dispersants in the respective mixing ratios. The form of the gas atom containing the II atom dispersant is preferably an amine group or a quaternary salt. Since the base is usually basic and easily coordinated with an acidic group such as a pigment or a pigment derivative, it is used for dispersion stabilization. The amine value of the dispersant is usually 2 to 1 Ο Ο K 0 H mg / g to 3 ~8 Ο K 0丨1 ni g / g is preferred. In the case where the amine price is too low, the alkalinity is insufficient and the dispersion stability is lacking, and in the case where the amine price is too high, the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is caused. It is not suitable for display failure, so it is not suitable. The weight ratio of nitrogen atom dispersant to color material is usually 〇. 〇1 or more, 0.  5 or less. Take 0.  0 2 or more is preferable, and further preferably 0 or less, and 0.  2 is further preferred below. In the case where the ratio of the dispersing agent is too high, 25 3 12/invention description #丨: (supplement)/93-04/93 10丨159 1296639 has a bad influence on the voltage holding ratio, causing uneven display and afterimage If the ratio of the dispersant is too low, the dispersibility cannot be sufficiently exhibited, and high transmittance and high stability of viscosity cannot be achieved. Next, the preferred dispersant will be described in detail. [1 - 3 - 1 ] Amine phthalic acid ethyl ester dispersing agent Amino phthalic acid ethyl ester dispersing agent is preferably one (1) polyisocyanate compound, (2) having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule. The compound, and (3) a dispersion resin obtained by reacting a compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule. (1) The polyisocyanate compound is exemplified by the above polyisocyanate compound, and examples thereof include p-phenylene diisocyanate, 2,4-nonanyl diisocyanate, and diisocyanate 2,6-indene extension. An aromatic diisocyanate such as phenyl ester, 4, 4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, naphthalene 1,5-diisocyanate or toluidine diisocyanate, such as hexa-isoisocyanate or diisocyanate An aliphatic diisocyanate such as methyl amide, diisocyanate 2,4,4-trisulphate, or dimer acid diisocyanate, such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4 ' - an alicyclic diisocyanate such as methylene bis(cyclohexyl isocyanate), ω, ω '-dihexyl diisocyanate, such as diisocyanate diisocyanate, diisocyanate α, An aliphatic diisocyanate having an aromatic ring such as α,α',α'-tetraindole or the like, such as an isocyanuric acid triacetate, a 1,6,11-undecyl triisocyanate, 1, 8-diisocyanate-4-isocyanatomethyloctyl ester, triisocyanato 1,3,6-hexadecane ester, bicycloheptane triisocyanate, hydrazine (phenyl decane isocyanate), hydrazine Phenyl cyanate The ester triisocyanate, and terpolymers, water adducts, and polyhydric alcohol adducts thereof. 26 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 is a polyisocyanate, preferably a terpolymer of organic diisocyanate S, and a terpolymer of phenyl diisocyanate And the terpolymer of isophorone diisocyanate is most suitable, and the trimer may be used singly or in combination. The method for producing an isocyanate trimer includes a method of using an appropriate trimerization catalyst such as a tertiary amine, a phosphine, an alkoxide, a metal oxide or a carboxyl group for the above polyisocyanate. Partial trimerization of the isocyanate group under acid salt or the like, and after addition of the catalytic agent to stop the trimerization, the unreacted polyisocyanate is removed by solvent extraction and thin film distillation to obtain the target Polycyanate polyisocyanate. (2) A compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is a compound having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule, and examples thereof include polyether glycol, polyester glycol, and polyglycol carbonate. A polyolefin glycol or the like, and a compound in which one terminal hydroxyl group is alkoxylated by substitution of an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, and a mixture of two or more kinds of the compound. The polyether glycol may, for example, be a polyether diol, a polyether ester diol, or a mixture of two or more thereof. The polyether diol is obtained by polymerization or copolymerization of an alkylene oxide alone, and examples thereof include polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyethylene-propylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, and polyoxyhexamethylene dioxide. An alcohol, polyoxyoctamethylene glycol, and a mixture of two or more thereof. The polyether ester diol is obtained by reacting a mixture of an ether-containing diol or a diol thereof with a dicarboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof or a reaction of an alkylene oxide with a polyester diol. For example, poly(polyoxytetrahydrazide) adipate can be mentioned. The most suitable polyether glycol is polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, polyoxytetramethylene glycol, or a terminal hydroxyl group substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. Alkoxylated compound. 27 3丨2/ hairpin P Tongming 帯 (supplement V93-04/93 10丨159 1296639 Polyester glycol is derived from dicarboxylic acid (such as succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, anti- Butenic acid, maleic acid, citric acid, etc.) or its anhydride with glycol (such as ethylene glycol, monohydrazine (ethylene glycol), triethylene glycol (ethylene glycol), propylene glycol, a condensate (propylene glycol), tris (propylene glycol), 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-butanediol, 3-mercapto-1, 5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol, 2-mercapto-1,3-propanediol, 2-mercapto-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl-1, 3-propanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-mercapto-2, 4-pentanediol, 2, 2,4-tris-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-diindole-2,5-hexanediol, 1,8-octadecylene glycol, 2-methyl-1,8-octadecylene An aliphatic glycol such as a diol or a 1,9-nonanediol, such as an alicyclic glycol such as bishydroxycyclohexane or the like, such as an aromatic diol such as hydrazine diol or bishydroxy ethoxybenzene. For example, an N-alkyl dialkanolamine such as N-mercaptodiethanolamine or the like can be obtained by polycondensation, and examples thereof include polyethylene adipate, polybutylene adipate, and polyhexamethylene. Acid hexamethylene sulfonate S, poly(hexanedicarboxylate), or the like, or the use of the above diol or a carbon number of 1 to 2 5 one of the alcohols as an initiator An alcohol or a poly-lactose monohydric alcohol, such as polycaprolactone diol, polydecyl valerolactone, and a mixture of two or more thereof. The most suitable polyester glycol is a polycaprolactone diol, or a polycaprolactone obtained by using an alcohol having 1 to 25 carbon atoms as an initiator, more specifically, ε-caprolactone The monohydric alcohol is a compound obtained by ring-opening addition polymerization. Examples of the polyglycolic acid-resistant acid include a poly(1,6-extension) carbonic acid, a poly(3-methyl-1,5-pentyl) carbonate, and the like. The polyolefin glycol may, for example, be a polybutadiene diol, a hydrogenated polybutadiene diol or a hydrogenated polyisoprene diol. 28 3 12/Inventive Manual (_piece)/93-04/93丨01159 1296639 Among the compounds having one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule, polyether glycol and polyester glycol are particularly preferred. The number average molecular weight of a compound having one or two warp groups in the same molecule is usually from 300 to 1 0,0 0 0, preferably from 5 0 0 to 6 , 0 0 0, and from 1,000 to 4 10,000 is further preferred. (3) A compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule is an active hydrogen, that is, a hydrogen atom directly bonded to an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom, and examples thereof include a functional group such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a thiol group. The hydrogen atom in the middle is preferably a hydrogen atom having an amine group, particularly a primary amine group. The tertiary amine group is not particularly limited, and, for example, a dialkylamine group having an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group or a n-butyl group, or the like may be mentioned. The alkylamine groups are bonded to form a group of the heterocyclic structure, more specifically, a sigmoid ring or a triple sigma ring. Examples of the compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule are exemplified by ruthenium, osmium bismuth-1,3-propylenediamine, ruthenium, osmium-diethyl-1,3-propane. Diamine, hydrazine, hydrazine _ dipropylene-1,3-propylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dibutyl-1,3-propylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimercaptoethylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl Ethylenediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dipropylethylenediamine, 〜1-dibutylethylenediamine^-dioxa-1,4-butanediamine^-diethyl-1,4-butanediamine, hydrazine , Ν-dipropane-1,4-butanediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-dibutyl-1,4-butanediamine, and the like. . The tertiary amine group belonging to the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may, for example, be an oxazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triple sigma ring, a tetra sigma ring, a fluorene ring, a sigma ring, a sigma ring, a benzo sigma ring,

I 笨并三氮唑環、笨并口g唑環、苯并噻唑環、.苯并噻二唑環 等之含氮雜5員環,如咄啶環、嗒畊環、嘧啶環、三畊環、 嗜啉環、吖啶環、異喳啉環等之含氮雜6員環。在上述中, 29 3丨2/發明說明跑補件)/93-04/93丨01丨59 1296639 較佳之含氮雜環為咪唑環或三唑環。 為具有此項咪唑環及一級胺基之化合物之具體例示,可 舉出1 - ( 3 -胺丙)咪唑、組胺酸、2 -胺基咪唑、1 - ( 2 -胺乙) 咪唑等。再者,為具有三唑環及一級胺基之化合物之具體 例示,可舉出3-胺基-1,2,4-三。坐、5-(2-胺基-5-氣苯)-3-苯基-1 Η - 1,2 , 4 -三 σ坐、4 -胺基-4 Η _ 1,2 , 4 -三 °坐-3,5 -二醇、 3 -胺基-5 -苯基-1 Η - 1,3,4 _ 三唑、5 -胺基-1,4 -二苯-1,2 , 3 -三17坐、3 -胺基-Ι-^-ΙΗ-2,4_三〇坐等。尤其以 Ν,Ν-二曱 -1,3 -丙二胺、Ν,Ν -二乙-1,3_丙二胺、1-(3 -胺丙)咪唑、 3 -胺基-1 , 2,4 -三°坐較佳。 分散樹脂原料之較佳配比乃以多異氰酸酯化合物1 0 0份 (重量)為基準,在同一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合 物係通常為1 0〜2 0 0份(重量),以2 0〜1 9 0份(重量)較佳, 而以3 0〜1 8 0份(重量)進一步較佳,在同一分子内擁有活性 氫及三級胺基之化合物係通常為 0 . 2〜2 5份(重量),以 0 . 3〜2 4份(重量)較佳。 本發明之胺曱酸乙酯系分散樹脂藉GPC所測定之聚苯乙 烯換算重量平均分子量係通常設在 1,0 0 0〜2 0 0,0 0 0 (以 2,0 0 0〜1 0 0 , 0 0 0較佳,而以3,0 0 0〜5 0 , 0 0 0進一步較佳)之 範圍内。若分子量為1,0 0 0以下,則得到低劣之分散性及 分散安定性,而若分子量為2 0 0,0 0 0以上,溶解性則降低, 引起分散性之低劣化之同時,變得難於控制反應。 本發明之胺曱酸乙酯系分散樹脂之製造乃依照胺曱酸乙 酯樹脂製造上之習知方法施行之。為製造β夺之溶媒,通常 30 3 12/發明說明帯(拙件V93-04/93丨0丨159 1296639 使用如丙酮、曱基乙基酮、曱基異丁基酮、環戊酮、環己 酮、異佛爾酮等之酮類,如乙酸乙S旨、乙酸丁 S旨、乙酸2-乙氧乙酯等之酯類,如苯、曱苯、二曱苯、己烷等之烴類, 如二丙酮醇、異丙醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇等之一部分醇 類,如二氣曱烷、氣仿等之氣化物,如四氫呋喃、二乙醚 等之醚類,如二曱基曱醯胺、Ν -甲基吼咯啶酮、二甲亞砜 等之非質子性極性溶媒等。 為製造時之觸媒,使用普通之胺曱酸乙酯化反應觸媒。 為此,例如可舉出如二月桂酸二丁錫、二月桂酸二辛錫、 二辛酸二丁錫、辛酸錫(I I )等之錫系,如乙醯醋酮酸鐵等 之鐵系,如三乙胺、三伸乙二胺等之三級胺系等。 上述化合物在同一分子内擁有活性氫及三級胺基者其導 入量按反應後之分散樹脂之胺價時,最好能控制在 1〜1 0 0 ni g Κ Ό H / g之範圍内。其中以5〜9 5 m g Κ 0 H / g之範圍内進 一步較佳。若胺價在上述範圍以下,分散能力則有降低之 傾向,再者,若超過上述範圍,顯像性則易於降低。又按, 在以上之反應若有異氰酸基殘存於分散樹脂中之場合,利 用醇類或胺化合物來破壞異氰酸基時,分散樹脂之經時安 定性則會變高,因此較佳。 著色組成物中之上述分散劑之含量係以色材成分為基 準,通常為1 0〜3 0 0 w t %,以2 0〜1 0 0 w t %較佳,尤其以3 0〜8 0 w t % 較佳ϋ若分散劑成分太少,則發生對色材之吸不足而無法 防止凝聚,有時造成高黏度化或凝膠化,反之若太多,膜 厚則變得太厚,在製成彩色濾光片後,有時在液晶單元化 31 3丨2/發明說丨(補件)/93-(Μ/93丨01丨59 1296639 步驟發生液晶單元之間隙控制不良,因此均不合適。 [1 - 3 - 2 ]含有氮原子之接枝共聚物· 為含有氮原子之接枝共聚物,在主鏈擁有含氮原子之重 複單元者較佳。尤其擁有式(I )所示重複單元或/及式(I I ) 所示重複單元者較佳。a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic 5-membered ring such as a benzotriazole ring, a stupid oxazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzothiadiazole ring, etc., such as an acridine ring, a sorghum ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a three-plow ring a nitrogen-containing 6-membered ring of a porphyrin ring, an acridine ring, an isoindoline ring or the like. In the above, 29 3 丨 2 / invention description running patch) / 93-04 / 93 丨 01 丨 59 1296639 Preferably, the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is an imidazole ring or a triazole ring. Specific examples of the compound having the imidazole ring and the primary amino group include 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, histidine, 2-aminoimidazole, 1-(2-aminoethyl)imidazole and the like. Further, specific examples of the compound having a triazole ring and a primary amino group include 3-amino-1,2,4-tri. Sodium, 5-(2-amino-5- benzene)-3-phenyl-1 Η - 1,2 , 4 -tris(s), 4-amino-4 Η _ 1,2 , 4 -3° Sit-3,5-diol, 3-amino-5-phenyl-1 Η-1,3,4 _ triazole, 5-amino-1,4-diphenyl-1,2,3 -three 17 sit, 3-amino-Ι-^-ΙΗ-2, 4_three 〇 sit. Especially Ν, Ν-dioxin-1,3-propanediamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl-1,3-dipropylenediamine, 1-(3-aminopropyl)imidazole, 3-amino-1, 2 , 4 - three ° sitting better. The preferred ratio of the raw material of the dispersion resin is 10 to 20 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyisocyanate compound, and the compound having 1 or 2 hydroxyl groups in the same molecule is usually 10 to 200 parts by weight. More preferably, it is preferably from 20 to 19 parts by weight, more preferably from 30 to 180 parts by weight, and the compound having active hydrogen and tertiary amino group in the same molecule is usually 0.2. ~ 2 5 parts by weight, preferably 0. 3 to 2 parts by weight. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight measured by GPC of the amine phthalate-based dispersion resin of the present invention is usually set at 1,0 0 0 to 2 0 0,0 0 0 (to 2,0 0 0 to 1 0) 0, 0 0 0 is preferred, and 3,0 0 0~5 0 , 0 0 0 is further preferred). When the molecular weight is 1,0 0 or less, poor dispersibility and dispersion stability are obtained, and when the molecular weight is 20,000 or more, the solubility is lowered, and the dispersibility is deteriorated at the same time. It is difficult to control the reaction. The production of the ethyl phthalate-based dispersion resin of the present invention is carried out in accordance with a conventional method for producing an ethyl phthalate resin. For the manufacture of β-enriched solvents, usually 30 3 12/inventive description 拙 (Parts V93-04/93丨0丨159 1296639 use such as acetone, mercaptoethyl ketone, decyl isobutyl ketone, cyclopentanone, ring Ketones such as ketone or isophorone, such as ethyl acetate, esters of acetic acid, ethyl 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, and the like, such as hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, diphenylbenzene, and hexane. For example, a part of alcohols such as diacetone alcohol, isopropanol, second butanol, and third butanol, such as a gas of dioxane, gas, etc., such as ethers of tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, etc., such as An aprotic polar solvent such as dimercaptoamine, hydrazine-methylpyrrolidone or dimethyl sulfoxide, etc. For the catalyst used in the production, a common amine catalyzed reaction catalyst is used. For example, tin-based such as dibutyltin dilaurate, dioctyltin dilaurate, dibutyltin dioctoate, tin(II) octoate, or the like, such as iron acetoacetate, etc., may be mentioned. a tertiary amine system such as triethylamine or triethylenediamine, etc. The above compound has an active hydrogen and a tertiary amine group in the same molecule, and the amount of the amine is introduced as the amount of the dispersed resin after the reaction. Preferably, it is controlled within the range of 1 to 1 0 0 ni g Κ Ό H / g, and further preferably in the range of 5 to 9 5 mg Κ 0 H / g. If the amine price is below the above range, dispersion The ability is lowered, and if it exceeds the above range, the development property is liable to be lowered. Further, in the case where the above reaction is carried out in the dispersion resin, an alcohol or an amine compound is used. When the isocyanate group is destroyed, the stability of the dispersion resin becomes higher, which is preferable. The content of the above dispersant in the coloring composition is usually 10 to 300% based on the color component. % is preferably from 20 to 1 0 0 wt%, especially from 3 0 to 80 wt%. If the dispersant component is too small, insufficient absorption of the color material occurs, and aggregation cannot be prevented, sometimes causing high Viscosity or gelation, if too much, the film thickness becomes too thick, after the color filter is made, sometimes in the liquid crystal unit 31 3 丨 2 / invention 丨 (supplement) / 93- (Μ/93丨01丨59 1296639 The step of liquid crystal cell gap control is poor, so it is not suitable. [1 - 3 - 2 ] contains nitrogen atoms Branch copolymer· is a graft copolymer containing a nitrogen atom, and preferably has a repeating unit containing a nitrogen atom in the main chain. In particular, it has a repeating unit represented by the formula (I) or a repeating unit represented by the formula (II). Preferably.

(式中,R !表示碳原子數1〜5之伸烷基(包括亞曱基),A表 示氫原子或下式(I I I )〜(V )中之任一式)。 在上述式(I)中,^為亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基等之直 鏈狀或分岐狀之碳原子數1〜5之伸烷基(包括亞曱基),以 碳原子數2〜3之伸炊基較佳,而以伸乙基進一步較佳。A 為氫原子或下式(I I I )〜(V )中之任一式,而以式(I I I )較佳。(wherein R ! represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (including an anthracene group), and A represents a hydrogen atom or any one of the following formulas (I I I ) to (V)). In the above formula (I), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (including an anthracenylene group), such as a fluorenylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like, is a carbon atom. The number of 2 to 3 is preferred, and the ethyl group is further preferred. A is a hydrogen atom or any one of the following formulae (I I I ) to (V), and is preferably a formula (I I I ).

在上述式(1 I )中,R |、A之定義與式(I )之R !、A相同。In the above formula (1 I ), the definitions of R | and A are the same as those of R ! and A of the formula (I).

在上述式(1 I I )中,W !表示碳原子數2〜1 0之直鏈狀或分 山支狀伸悅基,尤其以伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基等之碳原子 數4〜7之伸烷基較佳。P表示1〜2 0之整數,以5〜1 0之整 32 3丨2/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/9310丨丨59 (IV) 1296639 數較佳。In the above formula (1 II ), W ! represents a linear or branched branching group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and particularly has a carbon atom number of 4 such as a butyl group, a pentyl group or a hexyl group. The alkylene group of ~7 is preferred. P represents an integer of 1 to 2 0, and is preferably 5 to 1 0 32 3 丨 2 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/9310 丨丨 59 (IV) 1296639.

在上述式(I V )中,Y i表示二價之連接基,尤其以伸乙基、 伸丙基等之碳原子數〗〜4之伸烷基(包括亞甲基)及如伸乙 氧基、伸丙氧基等之碳原子數1〜4之伸烷氧基(包括亞曱氧 基)較佳。W 2表示如伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基等之直鏈狀 或分歧狀之碳原子數2〜1 0之伸烷基,尤其以伸乙基、伸丙 基等之碳原子數2〜3之伸烷基較佳。Y 2表示氫原子或 -CO-RK R·」表示乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基等之碳原子 數1〜1 0之烷基,尤其以乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基等之碳原 子數2〜5之烷基較佳)。q表示1〜2 0之整數,以5〜1 0之整 教較佳。In the above formula (IV), Y i represents a divalent linking group, particularly an alkyl group having a carbon number of from 4 to 4 (including a methylene group) and an ethoxy group such as an exoethyl group. Preferably, a propenyloxy group (including a decylene group) having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a propoxy group, is preferred. W 2 represents a linear or divergent alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, etc., especially a carbon atom such as an ethyl group or a propyl group. A 2 to 3 alkylene group is preferred. Y 2 represents a hydrogen atom or -CO-RK R·" represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group or a hexyl group, and particularly an ethyl group, a propyl group and a butyl group. An alkyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms such as a pentyl group is preferred). q represents an integer of 1 to 2 0, and is preferably 5 to 10 0.

(V) 在上述式(V )中,W 3表示碳原子數1〜5 0之烷基或擁有1〜5 個羥基之碳原子數1〜5 0之羥烷基,其中以硬脂基等之碳原 子數1 0〜2 0之烷基,以及如一羥硬脂基等之擁有1〜2個羥 基之碳原子數1 0〜2 0之羥烷基較佳。 本發明之接枝共聚物中之式(I )或(I I )所示重複單元之 含量最好能為高值者,通常為5 0丨11 ο 1 %以上,以7 0 m ο 1 %以上 較佳。同時擁有式(I)所示之重複單元及式(II)所示重複單 3 12/發明說明餅補件V93-04/93 101159 33 1296639 元亦可,其含有比率並未特別受到限制,較佳的是,多含 式(I)所示之重複單元。式(I)或(II)所示重複單元之合計 數通常為1〜1 0 0,以1 0〜7 0較佳,而以2 0〜5 0進一步較佳。 再者,含有式(I )及式(I I )以外之重複單元亦可,而為其他 重複單元,例如,可例示伸烷基、伸烷氧基等。本發明之 接枝共聚物其末端為-N Η 2及-R I - N Η 2者(R I之定義與前述R 1 相同)較佳。 ’ 又按,主要屬於本發明之接枝共聚物,其主鏈呈直鏈狀 或分歧狀均可。 上述分散劑藉GPC所測定之重量平均分子量乃以 3 , 0 0 0〜1 0 0 , 0 0 0較佳,而尤其以5,0 0 0〜5 0,0 0 0較佳。若重 量平均分子量為3 , 0 0 0以下,則無法防止色材之凝聚,有 時造成高黏度化或凝膠化,另若超過1 0 0 , 0 0 0,其本身則 高黏度化,又引起其對有機溶媒之溶解性不足,因此不合 適。 著色組成物中之上述分散劑之含量乃以色材成分為基 準,通常為1 0〜3 0 0 w t %,以2 0〜1 0 0 w t %較佳,尤其以3 0〜8 0 w t % 較佳。若分散劑成分太少,則發生對色材之吸附不足而無 法防止凝聚,有時造成高黏度化或凝膠化,反之若太多, 膜厚則變得太厚,在製成彩色濾光片後,有時在液晶單元 化步驟發生液晶單元之間隙控制不良,因此均不合適。 為上述分散劑之合成方法,可採用習知方法,例如可用 曰本專利特公昭6 3 - 3 0 0 5 7號公報所載述之方法。 [1 - 3 - 3 ]由一在側鏈擁有四級銨鹼之嵌段A與未具四級銨 34 3 I ,1 K i<||jfh)/93-04/93 101159 1296639 鹼之嵌段B所構成之A - B嵌段共聚物及/或B - A - B嵌段共聚 物 Λ -嵌段被用以構成分散劑之嵌段共聚物者擁有四級銨 驗,最好能為由-Ν - R I a R 2 a R 3 u · Υ _ (其中R丨a、R 2 a、以及R 3 a 各別獨立表示氫原子或可具有取代基之環狀或鏈狀之烴 基,或R I a、R 2 、以及R 3 a中之二個以上之基互相結合以形 成環狀構造亦可,Y —表示對陰離子)所示之四級銨鹼。此四 級銨鹼直接與主鏈結合亦可,或藉由二價連接基結合於主 鏈亦可。 為在-N · R h R 2 ;1 R ^中由R 1 u、R 2 a、以及R 3 a中之二個以上之 基互相結合所形成之環狀構造,例如可舉出5〜7員環之含 氮雜環單環或由其中之2個環縮合而成之縮合環。該含氮 雜環以未具芳香性者較佳,而若屬於飽和環,則進一步較 佳。具體而言,例如可舉出以下之構造:(V) In the above formula (V), W 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms having 1 to 5 hydroxyl groups, wherein a stearyl group or the like is used. The alkyl group having 10 to 20 carbon atoms, and the hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms having 1 to 2 hydroxyl groups, such as a hydroxystearyl group, are preferred. The content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (I) or (II) in the graft copolymer of the present invention is preferably a high value, usually 5 0 丨 11 ο 1 % or more, and 70 ο ο % or more. Preferably. At the same time, there is a repeating unit represented by the formula (I) and a repeating single 3 12/inventive formula of the formula (II), and the cake patch V93-04/93 101159 33 1296639 may also have a content ratio which is not particularly limited. Preferably, the repeating unit represented by the formula (I) is contained. The total number of repeating units represented by the formula (I) or (II) is usually from 1 to 100, preferably from 10 to 70, and further preferably from 20 to 50. Further, a repeating unit other than the formula (I) and the formula (I I ) may be contained, and other repeating units may, for example, be an alkylene group or an alkyleneoxy group. The graft copolymer of the present invention preferably has -N Η 2 and -R I - N Η 2 (the definition of R I is the same as the above R 1 ). Further, the graft copolymer mainly belonging to the present invention may have a main chain which is linear or branched. The weight average molecular weight of the above dispersing agent as measured by GPC is preferably 3,0 0 0~1 0 0, 0 0 0, and particularly preferably 5,0 0 0~5 0,0 0 0. If the weight average molecular weight is 3 or less, the aggregation of the color material cannot be prevented, and sometimes the viscosity is high or gelatinized. If it exceeds 100,000, the viscosity itself is high, and It is not suitable for causing insufficient solubility in an organic solvent. The content of the above dispersing agent in the coloring composition is usually from 10 to 300% by weight based on the color component, preferably from 20 to 100% by weight, especially from 3 to 80% by weight. Preferably. If the dispersant component is too small, the adsorption of the color material is insufficient to prevent aggregation, and sometimes it causes high viscosity or gelation. On the other hand, if too much, the film thickness becomes too thick, and color filter is formed. After the filming, the gap control of the liquid crystal cell may occur in the liquid crystal cellization step, which is not suitable. For the above-mentioned method for synthesizing the dispersing agent, a conventional method can be employed, for example, the method described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 63-300075. [1 - 3 - 3 ] consists of a block A with a quaternary ammonium base in the side chain and a quaternary ammonium 34 3 I , 1 K i<||jfh)/93-04/93 101159 1296639 The A-B block copolymer and/or the B-A-B block copolymer Λ-block composed of the segment B are used as the block copolymer of the dispersing agent, and have a quaternary ammonium test, preferably From -Ν - RI a R 2 a R 3 u · Υ _ (wherein R 丨 a, R 2 a, and R 3 a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a cyclic or chain hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or The quaternary ammonium base represented by RI a, R 2 , and R 3 a may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, and Y — represents a pair of anions. The quaternary ammonium base may be directly bonded to the main chain or may be bonded to the main chain by a divalent linking group. The cyclic structure formed by bonding two or more of R 1 u, R 2 a, and R 3 a to each other in -N · R h R 2 ; 1 R ^ can be, for example, 5 to 7 A nitrogen-containing heterocyclic monocyclic ring of a member ring or a condensed ring formed by condensation of two of the rings. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring is preferably a non-aromatic one, and further preferably a saturated ring. Specifically, for example, the following configurations are exemplified:

(在上述式中,R表示R 1 η〜R 3 η中之任一基) 此項環狀構造進一步具有取代基亦可。 為-fT R I a R 2 n R h中之R i a〜R 3 a,進一步較佳者為可具有取代 基之碳原子數1〜3之烷基,或可具有取代基之苯基。 為嵌段A,尤以含有T面之通式所示部分構造者較佳。 35 1296639 R4a CH2—c—(In the above formula, R represents any one of R 1 η to R 3 η) The cyclic structure may further have a substituent. Further, R i a to R 3 a in -fT R I a R 2 n R h is further preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a phenyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferable that the block A is a structure having a partial structure represented by a T-plane. 35 1296639 R4a CH2—c—

RR

Y R 2n (1) (在上面之通式(1 )中,R ! a、R 2 a、以及R h各別獨立表示 氫原子或可具有取代基之環狀或鏈狀之烴基,或R ! a、R 2 a、 以及Rh中之二個以上之基互相結合以形成環狀構造亦 可,R “表示氫原子或曱基,X表示二價之連接基,Y ^表示 對陰離子) 在上述通式(1 )中,為二價之連接基X,例如可舉出碳原 子教1〜1 0之伸烷基(包括亞甲基)、伸芳基、-C Ο N Η - R「^ -、 -C 0 0 - R ;1 -[在其中,R 5 a及R “各別獨立表示直接結合、碳 原子數1〜1 0之伸烷基(包括亞曱基)、或碳原子數1〜1 0之 ®迷基(_ R 7 Μ - 0 - R 8 a - : R 7 ;1及R 8 a各別獨立表示伸烧基(包括亞 甲基)]等’其中以-C 0 0 - R 6 -較佳。 再者,為對陰離子之Γ,可舉出C 1 _、B r' Γ、C I 0 、 BF-. > C II ;3 C Ο Ο 、 PFr 等。 如上述之含有特定之四級銨鹼之部分構造係以二種以上 被含在一個嵌段A中亦可。在此場合,二種以上之含四級 銨鹼部分構造以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之態樣被含在該 嵌段Λ中亦可。再者,未含該四級銨鹼之部分構造被含在 該嵌段Α中亦可。為該部分構造之例子,可舉出如後述之 36 3丨2/發叨說明逛(_件)/93-04/93 101丨59 1296639 (曱基)丙烯酸酯系單體由來之部分構造等。 此種未含四級銨鹼之部分構造在嵌段A中之含量乃以 0〜5 0 w t %較佳,而以0〜2 0 w t %進一步較佳,不過最合適的 是,此種未含四級銨鹼之部分構造並未被含在嵌段A中。 在另一方面,為構成分散劑嵌段共聚物之嵌段B,例如 可舉出由下述共聚合用單體之共聚合所得到之聚合物構 造:如苯乙烯、α -甲基苯乙烯等之苯乙烯系單體;如(曱 基)丙烯酸甲S旨、(曱基)丙烯酸乙醋、(曱基)丙烯酸丙醋、 (曱基)丙烯酸異丙S旨、(曱基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 縮水甘油醋、(曱基)丙烯酸苄酷、(曱基)丙烯酸羥乙醋、 乙基丙烯酸縮水甘油醋、(曱基)丙烯酸Ν,Ν -二曱胺乙酯等 之(曱基)丙烯酸酯系單體;如(曱基)丙烯醯氣等之(曱基) 丙烯酸鹽系單體;如(曱基)丙烯醯胺、Ν -羥曱基丙烯醯胺、 Ν,Ν -二甲基丙烯醯胺、Ν,Ν -二曱胺乙基丙烯醯胺等之(曱基) 丙烯醯胺系單體;乙酸乙烯酯;丙烯腈;烯丙基縮水甘油 基醚;巴豆酸縮水甘油酯醚;Ν -曱基丙烯醯嗎啉等。 嵌段Β為下面之通式(I I )所示之(曱基)丙烯酸酯系單體 由來之部分構造尤其較佳。又按,在本說明書所述之 「( in e t h ) a c r y 1」、「( in e t h ) a c r y 1 a t e」等,意指「a c r y 1 或 ni e t h a c r y 1」、「a c r y 1 a t e 或 methacrylate」等,例如「(曱 基)丙烯酸」之意義為「丙烯酸或曱基丙烯酸」。 R 9a --ch2-c-- τ ιτ COOR 1〇a (II) 37 3 12/發叨說明·(補件)/93-04/93 101159 1296639 (在上面之通式(1 I )中,R π ···表示氫原子或曱基,R μ 表 示可具有取代基之環狀或鏈狀烷基,可具有取代基之烯丙 基,或可具有取代基之芳烷基)。 上述(曱基)丙烯酸酯系單體由來之部分構造係以二種以 上被含在一個嵌段Β中亦可。當然該嵌段Β亦可以含有上 述部分構造以外之部分構造。在二種以上之單體由來之部 分構造存在於未含四級銨鹼之嵌段Β之場合,各部分構造 以無規共聚合或嵌段共聚合之態樣被含在該嵌段Β中亦 可。在嵌段Β令含有上述(曱基)丙烯酸酯系單體由來之部 分構造以外之部分構造之場合,該項(曱基)丙烯酸酯系單 體以外之部分構造在嵌段Β中之含量乃以0〜5 0 w t %較佳, 而以0〜2 0 w t %進一步較佳,不過最合適的是,此種(曱基) 丙烯酸酯系單體以外之部分構造並未被含在嵌段B中。 本發明使用之分散劑係由此種嵌段A與嵌段B所構成之 Λ - B嵌段或B - A - B嵌段共聚合型高分子化合物,而此種嵌 段共聚物係藉例如以下所示之活性聚合法製備者。 活性聚合法包括陰離子活性聚合法、陽離子活性聚合 法、以及自由基活性聚合法。陰離子活性聚合法係以陰離 子為聚合活性種,例如可由下面之流程圖表示之。 (陰離子活性聚合法) 單體一①:h2c=ch 單體—D: h2c=ch 之%合YR 2n (1) (In the above formula (1), R ! a, R 2 a, and R h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a cyclic or chain hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or R ! a, R 2 a, and two or more of Rh may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure, R " represents a hydrogen atom or a thiol group, X represents a divalent linking group, and Y ^ represents a pair of anions) In the general formula (1), the divalent linking group X may, for example, be an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (including a methylene group), an exoaryl group, and -C Ο N Η - R "^. -, -C 0 0 - R ; 1 - [wherein R 5 a and R "each independently represent a direct bond, an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (including an anthracenylene group), or a carbon number 1~1 0®® (_ R 7 Μ - 0 - R 8 a - : R 7 ; 1 and R 8 a each independently represent a stretching group (including methylene)], etc. 0 - R 6 - Preferably, the cation of the anion may, for example, be C 1 _, B r' Γ, CI 0 , BF-. > C II ; 3 C Ο Ο , PFr or the like. A part of the structure containing a specific quaternary ammonium base may be contained in one block A or more. In this case, two or more kinds of the quaternary ammonium-containing partial moiety structure may be contained in the block enthalpy in a state of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. Further, the quaternary ammonium base is not contained. A part of the structure may be contained in the block crucible. An example of the structure of the part may be a description of 36 3丨2/fab as described later (_piece)/93-04/93 101丨59 1296639 ( The mercapto group is a part of the structure of the acrylate monomer, etc. The content of the portion containing no quaternary ammonium base in the block A is preferably 0 to 50 wt%, and 0 to 2 0 wt. % is further preferred, but most suitably, such a moiety structure not containing a quaternary ammonium base is not contained in block A. On the other hand, to form block B of the dispersant block copolymer, For example, a polymer structure obtained by copolymerization of the following copolymerization monomers: a styrene monomer such as styrene or α-methylstyrene; and a (meth)acrylic acid (mercapto) ethyl acrylate, (mercapto) acrylic propylene vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid isopropyl S, (mercapto) butyl acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid shrinkage Oil vinegar, benzyl sulfonate, hydroxyethyl acrylate, methacrylic acid, glycidyl ethoxide, bismuth acrylate, hydrazine-diethylamine acrylate Monomer; (mercapto) acrylate monomer such as (fluorenyl) propylene helium; such as (fluorenyl) acrylamide, hydrazine-hydroxy decyl acrylamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethyl methacrylate Amine, hydrazine, hydrazine, dimercaptoethyl acrylamide, etc. (mercapto) acrylamide monomer; vinyl acetate; acrylonitrile; allyl glycidyl ether; glycidyl ether of crotonic acid; - Mercaptopropene morpholine and the like. The block oxime is a (fluorenyl) acrylate monomer represented by the following formula (I I ). A part of the structure is particularly preferable. In addition, "( in eth ) acry 1", "( in eth ) acry 1 ate", etc., as used in the specification means "acry 1 or ni ethacry 1", "acry 1 ate or methacrylate", etc., for example. "(Mercapto) acrylic" means "acrylic or mercaptoacrylic". R 9a --ch2-c-- τ ιτ COOR 1〇a (II) 37 3 12/Notes (Supplement)/93-04/93 101159 1296639 (In the above formula (1 I ), R π ··· represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R μ represents a cyclic or chain alkyl group which may have a substituent, an allyl group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. The partial structure of the above (fluorenyl) acrylate-based monomer may be contained in one block or more in two or more types. Of course, the block enthalpy may also have a partial structure other than the above partial structure. Where more than two of the monomeric constituents are present in a block enthalpy which does not contain a quaternary ammonium base, the partial structures are contained in the block enthalpy in the form of random copolymerization or block copolymerization. Also. In the case where the block is ordered to have a structure other than the partial structure derived from the above (fluorenyl) acrylate monomer, the content of the moiety other than the (fluorenyl) acrylate monomer is in the block enthalpy. It is preferably from 0 to 50% by weight, more preferably from 0 to 20% by weight, but most suitably, a part of the structure other than the (fluorenyl) acrylate monomer is not contained in the block. B. The dispersing agent used in the present invention is a Λ-B block or a B-A-B block copolymerized polymer compound composed of such a block A and a block B, and such a block copolymer is, for example, Prepared by the living polymerization method shown below. The living polymerization method includes an anionic living polymerization method, a cationic living polymerization method, and a radical living polymerization method. The anionic living polymerization method uses an anion as a polymerization active species, and can be represented, for example, by the following scheme. (Anionic living polymerization method) Monomer-1: h2c=ch Monomer-D: % of h2c=ch

Ar1 Ar2 n h2c=9h " + 有機金屬(M)化合物 38 1296639 單體一①Ar1 Ar2 n h2c=9h " + Organometallic (M) Compound 38 1296639 Monomer 1

單體一(D ΗMonomer one (D Η

—(3兩""川"丨"Μ®I, Ar1 -CH〇—ChP"""""" Μ® L :CH〇—CH-l—CHo—ChP""”""" I ' Ar2」 CH2—CH*iJ CH2一CH L Ar ΌΗ2—CH Arl ΌΗ2一CH ίι n+1 n+1 m+1—(3二""川"丨"Μ®I, Ar1 -CH〇—ChP"""""" Μ® L :CH〇—CH-l—CHo—ChP"""""" I ' Ar2" CH2—CH*iJ CH2-CH L Ar ΌΗ2-CH Arl ΌΗ2_CH ίι n+1 n+1 m+1

Ar2Ar2

自由基活性聚合法係以自由基為聚合活性種,例如可由 下而之流程圖表示之。 (自由基活性聚合法··硝醯法)The radical living polymerization method uses a radical as a polymerization active species, and can be expressed, for example, by a flow chart as follows. (Free radical living polymerization method · Niobium method)

之場合Occasion

39 1296639 (自由基活性聚合法:atrp法) 單體一①:h2c=ch 單體一②:h2c=ch 之場合 COOR8 COORb h2c=ch COORa. + 有機金屬(Me)化合物39 1296639 (Free radical living polymerization method: atrp method) Monomer-1: h2c=ch Monomer 2: h2c=ch Occasion COOR8 COORb h2c=ch COORa. + Organometallic (Me) compound

Me :過渡金屢 .體一②、 /uvuGHo— I COOR8 ,CH2—CH——: COOR* ,CH2—CH- -CH2—CH""""Me COOR8 :CH2—CH-1 CH2—CH,"""Me 又按, 利特開斗 Ρ ο 1 y id . Andrews II a t a d a , 18,1037 (1987), (1989), (1987), (1985), M a c r 〇 ni o : 本發明 在本發明用之分散劑之合成之際,可採用日本專 -9-62002 號公報,P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Bull. 12,79 (1984), β· C· Anderson, G· D. et a 1 , M a c r o m ο 1e c u1e s, 14,1 6 0 1 ( 1 9 8 1 ),K. K. Ute, et al, Poly in. J. 17,977 (19 8 5), (1 9 8 6 ),右手浩一、畑田耕一,高分子加工,3 β,3 β 6 東村敏延、澤本光男,高分子論文集,4 β,1 8 9 I Kuroki,Τ· Aida,J. Am. chem. Sic, 1 0 9,4 7 3 7 相田卓三、井上祥平,有機合成化學,4 3 , 3 〇 〇 D . Y . S 〇 g 〇 h , W . R . H e r t 1 e r e t a 1 , 1 e c u 1 e s, 2 0,] 4 7 3 ( ] 9 8 7 )等所載述之習知方法。 使用之分散劑’無論其為A、β嵌段共聚物或Β - A - Β 40 3 12/發_«明徵補件)/93-04/93 101159 1296639 嵌段共聚物,構成共聚物之嵌段A /嵌 常設在1 / 9 9以上(尤其以5 / 9 5以上車i 其以6 0 / 4 0以下較佳)之範圍内。在此 兼具良好之耐熱性及分散性。 再者,本發明使用之A-B嵌段共聚 物1 g中之四級銨鹼量之範圍通常以( 若在此範圍外,則有時無法兼具良好 又按,通常在此種嵌段共聚物中, 屮所產生之胺基,其胺價為卜1 0 0 m g -胺價為,對鹼性胺基使用酸來施行中 對應之方式,以Κ Ο Η之丨τι g數表示之省」 再者,此嵌段共聚物之酸價乃依該 之有無及種類而不同,一般以低值較 ]0 m g - K 0 H / g以下,其分子量按苯乙婦 通常為1 0 0 0以上,1 0 0,0 0 0以下之範 之分子量若小於1 0 0 0,分散安定性則 1 0 0,0 0 0,顯像性、解像性則有降低之 氮原子之接枝共聚物。依照本發明, 劑與後述特定之黏合劑之組合使用, 之下,達成著色樹脂組成物所形成之 之高密合性,以及對未溶解物之殘存 再者,本發明中之分散劑除了含有 外,最好能含有墙酸酯型分散劑。藉 解性變得更好。 3丨2/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101丨59 段B比(重量比)係通 ί佳),8 0 / 2 0以下(尤 範圍外時,有時無法 物、Β-Α-Β嵌段共聚 ).1〜1 0 in m ο 1較佳,而 之耐熱性及分散性。 有時含有在製造過程 -Κ Ο H / g程度。又按, 和滴定,以與酸價相 t值。 酸價之根源之酸性基 佳,通常為 換算之重量平均時, 圍較佳。嵌段共聚物 會降低,另若超過 傾向。其必須為含有 由於此項特定之分散 可在保持分散安定性 塗膜與基板之顯像時 之抑制。 上述嵌段共聚物之 此,可令顯像時之溶 41 1296639 磷酸酯為一至三級酯中之任一酯均可,不過在分散性能 之觀點上,以一級酯較佳。為與磷酸結合之部分之構造, 例如可舉出,由聚酯(如聚己内酯等)、聚醚(如聚乙二醇等) 所代表之在末端具有羥基之構造。此項與磷酸結合之部分 為聚酯與聚醚之共聚物亦可。再者,該部分為在聚酯鏈及/ 或聚醚鏈之一末端擁有(曱基)丙烯酸酯等之雙鍵,且與其 他自由基聚合性化合物形成共聚物亦可。 具體而言,為磷酸酯,以具有下面之構造式(3 )所示之部 分構造者較佳:Me: transitional gold. Body 2, /uvuGHo— I COOR8 , CH2—CH——: COOR* , CH2—CH— -CH2—CH""""Me COOR8 :CH2—CH-1 CH2— CH,"""Me Press again, Lite open ο 1 y id . Andrews II atada , 18,1037 (1987), (1989), (1987), (1985), M acr 〇ni o : In the synthesis of the dispersing agent used in the present invention, Japanese Patent Publication No. -9-62002, P. Lutz, P. Masson et al, Bull. 12, 79 (1984), β·C· Anderson can be used. , G· D. et a 1 , M acrom ο 1e c u1e s, 14,1 6 0 1 (1 9 8 1 ), KK Ute, et al, Poly in. J. 17,977 (19 8 5), (1 9 8 6 ), right hand Hao Yi, Putian Gengyi, polymer processing, 3 β, 3 β 6 Dongcun Min Yan, Ze Benguang male, polymer papers, 4 β,1 8 9 I Kuroki, Τ· Aida, J. Am. Chem. Sic, 1 0 9,4 7 3 7 Ai Tian Zhuo San, Jing Shang Xiang Ping, Organic Synthetic Chemistry, 4 3 , 3 〇〇D . Y . S 〇g 〇h , W . R . H ert 1 ereta 1 , 1 ecu 1 es, 2 0,] 4 7 3 ( ] 9 8 7 ) and other known methods. Dispersant used 'whether it is A, β block copolymer or Β - A - Β 40 3 12 / hair _ « 明 补 补 ) / 93-04/93 101159 1296639 block copolymer, constitutes a copolymer The block A / inset is in the range of 1 / 9 9 or more (especially in the case of 5 / 9 5 or more, which is preferably 6 0 / 40 or less). It has good heat resistance and dispersibility here. Furthermore, the amount of the quaternary ammonium base in the 1 g of the AB block copolymer used in the present invention is usually in the range of (if outside the range, sometimes it is not possible to have both good and normal, usually in such a block copolymer) The amine group produced by hydrazine has an amine price of 1 0 0 mg - the amine value is the same as the basic amine group using an acid to perform the corresponding method, and the 表示 Ο Η 丨 τ ι g number is expressed as a province. Further, the acid value of the block copolymer differs depending on the presence or absence of the type, and is generally lower than 0 mg - K 0 H / g, and the molecular weight is usually more than 1 000 in the case of benzene. The molecular weight of 1 0 0,0 0 0 or less is less than 1 0 0 0, the dispersion stability is 1 0 0,0 0 0, and the graft copolymer of nitrogen atom with reduced imaging and resolution is used. In the present invention, the agent is used in combination with a specific binder to be described later, and the high adhesion formed by the colored resin composition and the residual of the undissolved matter are not included. It is best to contain a wall acid ester type dispersant. The borrowing property becomes better. 3丨2/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101 59-stage B ratio (weight ratio) is better than 8 0 / 2 0 (except when it is out of range, sometimes it is impossible to mix, Β-Α-Β block copolymerization). 1~1 0 in m ο 1 Good, but heat resistance and dispersion. Sometimes contained in the manufacturing process - Κ Ο H / g degree. Press again, and titrate to compare the acid value with the t value. The acidity of the source of the acid value is preferably, and is usually a ratio of the weight averaged. The block copolymer will decrease, and if it exceeds the tendency. It must be contained in order to suppress the dispersion of the coating film and the substrate while maintaining the dispersion due to this specific dispersion. The block copolymer may be such that the ester 41 1296639 phosphate is one of the mono- to tertiary esters, but a primary ester is preferred from the viewpoint of dispersibility. The structure of the moiety to be bonded to the phosphoric acid may, for example, be a structure having a hydroxyl group at the terminal represented by a polyester (e.g., polycaprolactone or the like) or a polyether (e.g., polyethylene glycol). The part which is combined with phosphoric acid is also a copolymer of polyester and polyether. Further, this portion may have a double bond such as a (fluorenyl) acrylate at one end of the polyester chain and/or the polyether chain, and may form a copolymer with another radical polymerizable compound. Specifically, it is preferably a phosphate ester having a partial structure represented by the following structural formula (3):

為此種磷酸酯之合成,例如可依照日本專利特公昭 5 0 - 2 2 5 3 6號、特開昭5 8 - 1 2 8 3 9 3號所載之方法施行製造。 上述填酸酯型分散劑之分子量M w之範圍在通常為2 0 0 以上,再者,在通常為5 0 0 0以下,以1 0 0 0以下較佳。此 磷酸酯型分散劑本來係在給予顯像溶解性之目的下所添加 者,因此分子量太高並不合適。 再者,上述磷酸酯型分散劑之含量乃以上述嵌段共聚物 1 0 0份(重量)為基準,通常設在5份(重量)以上(以1 0份 (重量)以上較佳),1 0 0份(重量)以下(以8 0份(重量)以下 較佳)之範圍内。磷酸酯之比率若太低,則有可能無法顯現 充分之顯像溶解性。反之,若磷酸酯之比率太高,效果則 達飽和,反而有可能降低分散性。 42 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 [1 _ 4 ]黏合劑樹脂 本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物適於由透明基板上之塗敷 來製造彩色濾光片基板時被用以充當塗敷液。以下,以彩 色濾光片用之硬化性著色樹脂組成物使用之場合為例子, 加以說明。 本發明中之黏合劑樹脂含有以下之任何樹脂。 [1 -4- 1 ] 在本發明中,可將擁有由含環氧基不飽和化合物(b)之環 氧部分對含羧基樹脂(a)之羧基部分加成而成之構造之樹 脂予以單獨使用或以合併使用之方式予以使用。 為含有羧基之樹脂(a ),並未特別受到限制,不過通常使 含有羧基之聚合性單體進行聚合即可得到該樹脂。為含有 羧基之聚合性單體,例如可舉出,(曱基)丙烯酸,順丁烯 二酸或順丁烯二酐,巴豆酸,亞曱基丁二酸,反丁烯二酸, 2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基丁二酸,2 -丙烯醯氧乙基己二酸, 2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基酞酸,2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧乙基六氫 酞酸,2 -(曱基)丙烯醯氧乙基順丁烯二酸,2 -(曱基)丙烯 醯氧丙基丁二酸,2 -丙烯醯氧丙基己二酸,2-(甲基)丙烯 醯氧丙基氫酞酸,2-(曱基)丙烯醯氧丙基酞酸,2-(甲基) 丙烯醯氧丙基順丁烯二酸,2-(曱基)丙烯醯氧丁基丁二 酸,2 -丙烯醯氧丁基己二酸,2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧丁基氫酞 酸,2-(曱基)丙烯醯氧丁基酞酸,2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧丁基 順丁烯二酸,由(甲基)丙烯酸與£ -己内酯、/3 -丙内酯、 7 -丁内酯、5 -戊内酯等之内酯類加成之單體,由(曱基) 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 43 1296639 丙烯酸羥烷酯與丁二酸或丁二酐、酞酸或酞酐、順丁烯二 酸或順丁烯二酐等之酸或酐加成之單體等。 在其中,以(甲基)丙烯酸、2-(曱基)丙烯醯氧乙基丁二 酸較佳,而以(曱基)丙烯酸進一步較佳。將此項單體以二 種以上予以使用亦可。 關於含有羧基之樹脂(a ),使上述之含有羧基之聚合性單 體與未含羧基之其他聚合性單體共聚合亦可。為其他聚合 性單體並未特別受到限制,而可舉出(曱基)丙烯酸曱酯, (曱基)丙烯酸乙酯,(曱基)丙烯酸丙酯,(曱基)丙烯酸異 丙酯,(曱基)丙烯酸丁酯,(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯,(曱基) 丙烯酸苄酯,(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯,(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯,(曱 基)丙烯酸苯氧乙酯,(曱基)丙烯酸苯氧甲酯,(曱基)丙烯 酸2 -乙基己酯,(曱基)丙烯酸異;^酯,(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯,丙三醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯,(曱基)丙烯酸四氫呋 喃甲酯,苯乙烯及其衍生物,α -曱基苯乙烯,如多(曱基) 丙烯酸曱酯巨單體、多苯乙烯巨單體、多(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯巨單體,多伸乙二醇巨單體,多伸丙二醇巨單體, 多己内酯巨單體等之巨單體。 在上述中,以苯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸甲酯、曱基丙烯酸環 己酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸2 -羥乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁 酯、以及(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯較佳。此項單體以二種以上 予以合併使用亦可。 又按,在本說明書所述之「(meth)acryl〜」、 44 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 「(meth)acrylate」 等,意指「acryl 〜或 methacryl〜」、 「acrylate或methacrylate」等,例如「(曱基)丙烯酸」 之意義為「丙烯酸或甲基丙烯酸」。 含有羧基之樹脂(a)乃在顏料之分散性之觀點上,以進一 步含有羥基者較佳。尤其以含有(曱基)丙烯酸2 _羥乙酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸羥丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸4-羥丁酯等之(甲基) 丙烯酸羥烷酯,丙三醇單(曱基)丙烯酸酯為共聚合成分之 共聚物較佳。 具體可舉出,由未含羥基之聚合性單體如(曱基)丙烯酸 曱酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(曱基)丙烯酸丁酯、(曱基)丙 烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、環己順丁烯醯亞胺等 與含經基之聚合性單體如(曱基)丙烯酸2-經乙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸羥丙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸4 -羥丁酯等,以及(曱基)丙 烯酸之共聚合所得之共聚物等。 此外,為較佳之樹脂之具體例,可舉出如下:由(曱基) 丙烯酸曱酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸曱酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等之(曱基)丙烯酸酯與(甲基)丙烯酸所形成之共聚 物;苯乙烯/ (曱基)丙烯酸共聚物;苯乙烯/ α-曱基苯乙烯 /(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物;環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺/(曱基)丙 稀酸共聚物等。 本發明中之「含有羧基之樹脂(a )」之酸價係通常為 30〜500KOHmg/g,以 40〜350KOHmg/g 較佳,而以 50〜300KOHmg/g進一步較佳。再者,在使含有乙稀性不飽 45 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 和基及環氧基之化合物加成時之該化合物對「含有羧基之 樹脂(a )」之羧基之導入率係通常設在1 0 m ο 1 %以上(以 3 0 m ο 1 %以上較佳),9 0 m ο 1 %以下(以8 0 m ο 1。/。以下較佳)之範 圍内。在導入率太低時,具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之側鏈則 無法充分導入,因此形成一無法得到充分之分散性能之傾 向,反之若太高,著色樹脂組成物之溶解性則有惡化之傾 向〇 再者,在本發明中,含有羧基之樹脂(a)藉GPC所測定之 苯乙烯換算之重量平均分子量係通常設在2 0 0 0以上(以 3000以上較佳,而以4000以上進一步較佳),100000以下 (以8 0 0 0 0以下較佳,而以5 0 0 0 0以下進一步較佳)之範圍 内。重量平均分子量若太小,則會得到低劣之液安定性, 另若太大,著色樹脂組成物之溶解性則有惡化之傾向。 含環氧基不飽和化合物(b )係一種化合物,在其一個分子 内含有乙烯性不飽和基及環氧基者。 為含環氧基不飽和化合物(b ),例如可舉出(曱基)丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯、烯丙基縮水甘油基喊、α -乙基丙稀酸縮水甘 油醋、巴豆S&基縮水甘油基鍵、(異)巴豆酸縮水甘油基醚、 4 -羥丁(甲基)丙烯酸酯甘油基醚等之非環式含環氧基不飽 和化合物,不過在耐熱性、分解性之觀點上,以脂環式含 環氧基不飽和化合物較佳。 在此,為脂環式環氧基,例如可舉出2,3 -環氧環戊基、 3,4 -環氧環己基、7,8 -環氧[三環[5 · 2 · 1 · 0 ]癸-2 _基]等。 再者,乙烯性不飽和鍵乃以(甲基)丙烯醯基由來者較佳。 46 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 為合適之脂環式含環氧基不飽和化合物,具體上,例如可 舉出(3,4 -環氧環己)甲基(甲基)丙烯酸酯,以下之化學式 (1 )〜(1 5 )所示之化合物等。For the synthesis of the phosphoric acid ester, for example, it can be produced by the method described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. 50-2 2 5 3 3, and JP-A-59-81-2839. The molecular weight M w of the above-mentioned filler-type dispersing agent is usually in the range of usually 200 or more, and more preferably in the range of usually 5,000 or less, and preferably not more than 1,000. This phosphate type dispersant is originally added for the purpose of imparting imaging solubility, and thus the molecular weight is too high and is not suitable. Further, the content of the phosphate ester-type dispersant is usually 5 parts by weight or more based on 100 parts by weight of the block copolymer (preferably 10 parts by weight or more). 100 parts by weight or less (more preferably 80 parts by weight or less). If the ratio of the phosphate ester is too low, sufficient development solubility may not be exhibited. On the other hand, if the ratio of the phosphate ester is too high, the effect is saturated, and the dispersion may be lowered. 42 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 [1 _ 4 ] Adhesive Resin The colored resin composition according to the present invention is suitable when a color filter substrate is manufactured by coating on a transparent substrate. Used to act as a coating liquid. Hereinafter, a case where the curable colored resin composition for a color filter is used will be described as an example. The binder resin in the present invention contains any of the following resins. [1 -4- 1 ] In the present invention, a resin having a structure obtained by adding an epoxy moiety containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) to a carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing resin (a) may be separately used. Use or use in combination. The resin (a) containing a carboxyl group is not particularly limited, but usually, a polymerizable monomer having a carboxyl group is polymerized to obtain the resin. Examples of the polymerizable monomer having a carboxyl group include (mercapto)acrylic acid, maleic acid or maleic anhydride, crotonic acid, decylene succinic acid, fumaric acid, and 2- (methyl) propylene oxirane ethyl succinic acid, 2-propenyl oxiranium diethyl adipate, 2-(methyl) propylene oxiranium decanoic acid, 2-(methyl) propylene oxirane ethyl Hydrogen phthalic acid, 2-(indenyl) propylene oxirane ethyl maleic acid, 2-(indenyl) propylene oxypropyl succinic acid, 2-propylene oxypropyl adipic acid, 2-( Methyl) propylene oxime propyl hydroquinone, 2-(indenyl) propylene oxypropyl decanoic acid, 2-(methyl) propylene fluorenyl propyl maleate, 2-(indenyl) propylene醯oxybutyl succinic acid, 2-propenyloxybutyl adipate, 2-(methyl) propylene oxy butyl hydroperic acid, 2-(indenyl) propylene oxybutyl phthalic acid, 2- (Meth) propylene oxirane maleic acid, from (meth)acrylic acid and lactones such as £-caprolactone, /3-propiolactone, 7-butyrolactone, 5-valerolactone Monomer, from (曱基) 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 43 1296639 hydroxy acrylate Esters with succinic acid or anhydride, phthalic acid or phthalic anhydride, maleic acid or maleic anhydride of the acid or anhydride monomer addition. Among them, (meth)acrylic acid and 2-(fluorenyl)acryloxyethyl succinic acid are preferred, and (mercapto)acrylic acid is further preferred. It is also possible to use this monomer in two or more types. The carboxyl group-containing resin (a) may be copolymerized with the above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing polymerizable monomer and another polymerizable monomer having no carboxyl group. The other polymerizable monomer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include decyl acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (mercapto) acrylate, and isopropyl (meth) acrylate. Butyl butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) benzyl acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxy acrylate , (mercapto) phenoxymethyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (mercapto) acrylate; ester, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, glycerol mono (曱) Acrylate, (fluorenyl) tetrahydrofuran methyl acrylate, styrene and its derivatives, α-mercapto styrene, such as poly(fluorenyl) decyl acrylate macromonomer, polystyrene macromonomer, multi ( 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate macromonomer, multi-ethylene glycol macromonomer, polypropylene glycol macromonomer, polycaprolactone giant monomer and other macromonomers. In the above, styrene, methyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ( Mercapto hydroxypropyl acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, and isobutyl (meth) acrylate are preferred. This monomer may be used in combination of two or more kinds. Also, in the specification, "(meth)acryl~", 44 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 "(meth)acrylate", etc. means "acryl ~ or methacryl ~" "acrylate or methacrylate", etc., for example, "(mercapto)acrylic acid" means "acrylic acid or methacrylic acid". The carboxyl group-containing resin (a) is preferably one having a hydroxyl group further from the viewpoint of dispersibility of the pigment. In particular, it contains hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylate such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, etc., glycerol mono (曱) Preferably, the acrylate is a copolymer of a copolymerization component. Specifically, a polymerizable monomer having no hydroxyl group such as decyl methacrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (A) Base) cyclohexyl acrylate, cycloheximinimide, and the like, and a polymerizable monomer such as (meth)acrylic acid 2-ethyl ester, (meth) hydroxypropyl acrylate, (fluorenyl) A copolymer obtained by copolymerization of (4-hydroxybutyl) acrylate or the like and (fluorenyl) acrylic acid. Further, specific examples of preferred resins include decyl acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate. a copolymer of (mercapto) acrylate such as isobutyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and (meth) acrylate; styrene / (mercapto) acrylic copolymer; styrene / α-decyl styrene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer; cyclohexyl maleimide / (fluorenyl) acrylic acid copolymer. The acid value of the "carboxyl group-containing resin (a)" in the present invention is usually 30 to 500 KOHmg/g, preferably 40 to 350 KOHmg/g, and more preferably 50 to 300 KOHmg/g. Further, the compound is added to the "carboxyl group-containing resin (a) when a compound containing ethyl blister 45 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 and a group and an epoxy group are added. The introduction rate of the carboxyl group is usually set at 10 m ο 1 % or more (more preferably 30 m ο 1 % or more), and 90 m ο 1 % or less (at 80 m ο 1 / /. Within the scope of). When the introduction ratio is too low, the side chain having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond cannot be sufficiently introduced, so that a tendency to obtain sufficient dispersibility is formed, and if it is too high, the solubility of the colored resin composition is deteriorated. In the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the resin containing a carboxyl group (a) measured by GPC is usually 200 or more (more preferably 3,000 or more, and further preferably 4,000 or more). Preferably, it is in the range of 100,000 or less (preferably 800,000 or less, and further preferably 5,000 or less). If the weight average molecular weight is too small, poor liquid stability is obtained, and if it is too large, the solubility of the colored resin composition tends to deteriorate. The epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) is a compound containing an ethylenically unsaturated group and an epoxy group in one molecule thereof. Examples of the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) include glycidyl (mercapto)acrylate, allyl glycidyl group, α-ethyl acrylate glycidol, and croton S& glycidol. An acyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound such as a base bond, (iso)crotonate glycidyl ether or 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate glyceryl ether, but in terms of heat resistance and decomposability, The alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound is preferred. Here, examples of the alicyclic epoxy group include 2,3-epoxycyclopentyl group, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl group, and 7,8-epoxy [tricyclo[5 · 2 · 1 · 0 ] 癸 2 _ base] and so on. Further, it is preferred that the ethylenically unsaturated bond is derived from a (meth) acrylonitrile group. 46 312/Invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 is a suitable alicyclic epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound, and specific examples thereof include (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl ( Methyl) acrylate, a compound represented by the following chemical formulas (1) to (15), and the like.

4表示氫原子或曱基) (1) (式中4 represents a hydrogen atom or a sulfhydryl group) (1)

Rib 〇 ch2=c-c-〇~R2~〇 tto° (2) 數 子 原 碳 示 表 b 2 R 基 曱 或 子 原 氮 示 表 b R 中 式 基 曱 亞 括 包 /IV 基 烷 伸 之 3 數 子 原 碳 示 表 b 2 R 基 曱 或 子 原 氮 示 表 b R 中 式 基 甲 亞 括 包 基 烷 伸 之Rib 〇ch2=cc-〇~R2~〇tto° (2) The number of raw carbons is shown in the table b 2 R 曱 or sub-raw nitrogen shows b R Chinese formula 曱 括 / / IV alkyl olefin Carbon indicating table b 2 R hydrazine or sub-raw nitrogen showing the formula b R

RIC II 2 Η CRIC II 2 Η C

\, 4 /V 數 子 原 碳 示 表 b 2 R 基 曱 或 子 原 氮 示 表 b R 中 式 數 子 原 碳 示 表 b 3 R \J/ 基 甲 亞 括 包 /IV 基 烷 伸 之 基 烴 之 k 或 ο 示 表 數 整 之 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 47 1296639\, 4 /V number of raw carbon table b 2 R base or sub-raw nitrogen table b R Chinese formula number of raw carbon table b 3 R \J / base group of sub-package / IV base of the base hydrocarbon k or ο shows the number of the whole table 312 / invention manual (supplement) /93-04/93101159 47 1296639

R lb〇 I 10 II C H2^6 — 0一〇—R 2b k>° (式中,Rlb表示氫原子或甲基 之伸烷基(包括亞曱基))R lb 〇 I 10 II C H2^6 — 0 〇—R 2b k>° (wherein, R lb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group of a methyl group (including an anthracenylene group))

RlK 0 R ικ I lb ii I lb CH2 = C — C一 N—R01—〇一R 2b .0 (式中,各Rlb表示各自獨立表示氫 碳原子數1〜1 0之伸烷基(包括亞甲基 CH2mbR2irQ。 (式中,各Rlb各自獨立表示氫原子 子數1〜1 0之伸烷基(包括亞甲基)) Rlb〇 I 10 II C 一0-0-R (式中,Rlb表示氫原子或曱基,R2 之伸烷基(包括亞甲基))RlK 0 R ικ I lb ii I lb CH2 = C — C—N—R01—〇 R 2b .0 (wherein each R lb represents an alkylene group independently representing a hydrogen atom number of 1 to 10 (including sub Methyl CH2mbR2irQ (wherein each Rlb independently represents an alkylene group (including a methylene group) having a hydrogen atom number of 1 to 10) Rlb〇I 10 II C - 0-0-R (wherein Rlb represents Hydrogen atom or sulfhydryl group, alkyl group of R2 (including methylene group)

Μ C H2=C — C-〇-R2bY、p 0 .C-〇-CH2Μ C H2=C — C-〇-R2bY, p 0 .C-〇-CH2

(式中,Rlb表示氫原子或甲基,R2 (5) b表示碳原子數1〜10(6) 原子或甲基,R2b表示 •))(7) 或曱基,R2b表示碳原(8) b表示碳原子數1〜10 ) (.9) b表示碳原子數1〜1 0 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 48 1296639 之伸烷基(包括亞曱基))(wherein Rb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R2 (5) b represents a carbon atom number of 1 to 10 (6) atoms or a methyl group, R2b represents a))) (7) or a fluorenyl group, and R2b represents a carbon source (8) b represents a carbon number of 1 to 10) (.9) b represents a carbon number of 1 to 1 0 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 48 1296639 of an alkyl group (including an anthracene group)

R]b0 I Ιϋ II C H2 = C — C一〇一RR]b0 I Ιϋ II C H2 = C — C 〇 R

2b HO2b HO

〇 CH2-0-C -〇 ο (10) (式中,Rib表示氫原子或甲基,R2b表示碳原子數1〜10 之伸烧基(包括亞曱基)) R” 0 I lb 11 CH2=C-C-〇-R ~CΗ 2b〇CH2-0-C -〇ο (10) (wherein, Rib represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2b represents a stretching group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (including an anthracenylene group)) R" 0 I lb 11 CH2 =CC-〇-R ~CΗ 2b

HO (11) (式中,Rlb表示氫原子或曱基,R2b表示碳原子數1〜10 之伸烧基(包括亞甲基)) Μ CH2=C-C~〇7—s c h2-〇x HO/W\CH2-0/CH^^i Ο (12) (式中,Rlb表示氫原子或曱基)HO (11) (wherein Rb represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, and R2b represents a stretching group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (including a methylene group)) Μ CH2=CC~〇7-sc h2-〇x HO/ W\CH2-0/CH^^i Ο (12) (wherein, Rlb represents a hydrogen atom or a sulfhydryl group)

Rlb〇 I II C Η 2 = C — C— Ο .· ΗΟ/ O~C Η2 χ 〇- ch2/ch*-Q:〇 (13) (式中,Rib表示氫原子或曱基)Rlb〇 I II C Η 2 = C — C— Ο .· ΗΟ / O~C Η2 χ 〇- ch2/ch*-Q: 〇 (13) (wherein Rib represents a hydrogen atom or a sulfhydryl group)

Plbll CH〇=C-C~0- RPlbll CH〇=C-C~0- R

(14) (式中,Rlb表示氫原子或甲基,R2b表示碳原子數1〜10 之伸烷基(包括亞曱基)) 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639(14) (wherein Rlb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R2b represents an alkylene group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 (including an anthracenylene group)) 312/Invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639

在上述通式(1)〜(15)中,為R2b可例示亞曱基、伸乙基、 伸丙基、伸丁基等,而以亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基較佳。 在上述通式(1 )〜(1 5 )中,以通式(3 )較佳。 在上述化合物中,以(甲基)丙烯酸3,4 -環氧環己基曱酯 較佳。此項含環氧基不飽和化合物可按二種以上合併使用 之方式予以使用。 在本發明中,具有由含環氧基不飽和化合物(b)之環氧基 對含羧基樹脂(a)之羧基加成而成之構造之樹脂,未必實際 使含環氧基不飽和化合物對含羧基樹脂起反應以施行製 造,即無論經過如何,主要結果具有上述構造即可。 為使含環氧基不飽和化合物(b)之環氧基對含羧基樹脂 (a)之羧基起反應之方法,可使用習知之手法。 例如,使含羧基樹脂(a )與含環氧基不飽和化合物(b )在 三級胺(如三乙胺、芊基甲胺等)、四級銨鹽(如氯化十二基 三甲基銨、氯化四曱銨、氯化四乙銨、氯化四丁銨、氯化 苄基三乙基銨等)、吼啶、三苯膦等之觸媒之存在下,在有 機溶劑中、在5 0〜1 5 0 °C反應溫度下進行反應數小時至數十 小時即可將環氧化合物導入含羧基樹脂(a)之羧基。 黏合劑樹脂如此製造者,其酸價在通常為 10〜200KOHmg/g,以 20〜150KOHmg/g 較佳,而以 50 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 30〜150KOHmg/g進一步較佳。GPC所測定之苯乙烯換算之重 量平均分子量(M w )係通常設在2 0 0 0以上(以4 0 0 0以上較 佳,而以5 0 0 0以上進一步較佳),1 2 〇 〇 〇 〇以下(以9 0 0 〇 〇 以下較佳,而以5 0 0 0 0以下進一步較佳,尤其以3 0 0 0 〇以 下特別合適)之範圍内。重量平均分子量若太小,則得到低 劣之液安定性,另若太大,著色樹脂組成物之溶解性則有 惡化之傾向。上述黏合劑樹脂在著色樹脂組成物之全固形 分中所佔之比率係通常為1 〇〜8 〇 w t %,以2 0〜7 0 w t %較佳。再 者,對色材之比率係通常為2 0〜3 0 0 w t °/。,以3 0〜2 0 0 w t %較 佳,而以4 0〜1 0 0 w t %進一步較佳。 [1 -4-2 ] 在本發明中,可將上述以外之未含氮原子之黏合劑樹脂 單獨或以合併使用之方式予以使用。特別合適之黏合劑樹 脂之構造乃在於由(A)含環氧基(曱基)丙烯酸酯5〜90mol % 與(B )可和上述成分(A)共聚合之其他自由基聚合性化合物 1 0〜9 5 mo 1 %所構成之共聚物,係使(C )不飽和一元酸對上述 成分(A )之環氧基之1 0〜1 0 0 m ο 1 %加成後,使多元酐(D )對羥 基(由上述成分(C)之加成所產生者)之10〜l〇〇mol %加成而 得到之樹脂。以下,關於此種黏合劑樹脂加以說明。 < (A)含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯> 為含有環氧基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可舉出(曱基)丙 烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4 -環氧丁酯、(曱基)丙 烯酸(3,4 _環氧環己)甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸4 -羥丁酯縮水甘 油喊,其中以(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯較佳。 51 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 含有環氧基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯(A)在共聚合用單體中之 含量係通常設在5 m ο 1 %以上(以2 0 m ο 1 %以上較佳,而以 3 0 m ο 1 %以上進一步較佳),9 0 m ο 1 %以下(以8 0 m ο 1 %以下較 佳,而以7 0 m ο 1 %以下進一步較佳)之範圍内。該含量若太 多,其他成分則減少,有時造成耐熱性或強度之降低,另 若太少,聚合性成分及驗可溶性成分之加成量則不足,因 此均不合適。 < (B)可和成分(A)共聚合之其他自由基聚合性化合性> 再者,成分(B)乃以含有一具有下式(VI)所示構造之單 (甲基)丙烯酸酯者較佳。In the above formulae (1) to (15), R2b may, for example, be an anthracene group, an exoethyl group, a propyl group or a butyl group, and a methylene group, an ethyl group and a propyl group are preferred. Among the above formulas (1) to (15), the formula (3) is preferred. Among the above compounds, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl decyl (meth)acrylate is preferred. The epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound may be used in combination of two or more. In the present invention, a resin having a structure in which an epoxy group containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) is added to a carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing resin (a) does not necessarily actually have an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound. The carboxyl group-containing resin reacts to be produced, that is, the main result has the above configuration regardless of the passage. In order to react the epoxy group containing the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) with the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing resin (a), a conventional method can be used. For example, the carboxyl group-containing resin (a) and the epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) are in a tertiary amine (such as triethylamine, mercaptomethylamine, etc.), and a quaternary ammonium salt (such as dodecyltrimethyl chloride). In the presence of a catalyst such as ammonium, tetraammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, tetrabutylammonium chloride, benzyltriethylammonium chloride, etc., acridine or triphenylphosphine, in an organic solvent The epoxy compound is introduced into the carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing resin (a) by carrying out the reaction at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C for several hours to several tens of hours. The binder resin is preferably manufactured such that its acid value is usually 10 to 200 KOHmg/g, preferably 20 to 150 KOHmg/g, and 50 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 30 to 150 KOHmg/ g is further preferred. The weight average molecular weight (M w ) in terms of styrene in terms of GPC is usually set to 200 or more (preferably more than 4,000, more preferably more than 5,000), and 1 2 〇〇 The following is preferably in the range of 9000 Å or less, more preferably 5,000 Å or less, and particularly preferably 30,000 Å or less. If the weight average molecular weight is too small, poor liquid stability is obtained, and if it is too large, the solubility of the colored resin composition tends to deteriorate. The ratio of the above binder resin to the total solid content of the colored resin composition is usually from 1 〇 to 8 〇 w t %, preferably from 20 to 70 watt %. Further, the ratio of the color material is usually 2 0 to 3 0 w t °/. Preferably, it is preferably 3 0 to 2 0 0 w t %, and further preferably 4 0 to 1 0 0 w t %. [1 -4-2 ] In the present invention, the binder resin other than the above-mentioned nitrogen atom-free resin may be used singly or in combination. A particularly suitable binder resin is constructed by (A) 5 to 90 mol% of an epoxy group-containing (mercapto) acrylate and (B) another radical polymerizable compound 10 copolymerizable with the above component (A). ~9 5 mo 1 % of the copolymer is obtained by adding (C) unsaturated monobasic acid to 1 0 to 1 0 0 m ο 1 % of the epoxy group of the above component (A), and then making the polybasic anhydride ( D) A resin obtained by adding 10 to 10 mol% of a hydroxyl group (produced by the addition of the above component (C)). Hereinafter, such a binder resin will be described. <(A) (A) epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate> Examples of the epoxy group-containing (meth) acrylate include (meth)acrylic acid glycidyl ester and (meth)acrylic acid 3 , 4-butoxybutyl acrylate, (3,4 epoxycyclohexyl) (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate Preferably. 51 312/Invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 The content of the (oxyalkyl) acrylate (A) containing an epoxy group in the monomer for copolymerization is usually set at 5 m ο 1 % or more ( Preferably, it is more preferably 20 m ο 1 % or more, and more preferably 3 0 m ο 1 % or more, and 9 0 m ο 1 % or less (more preferably 80 m ο 1 % or less, and 7 0 m ο 1% or less is further preferred). If the content is too large, the other components are reduced, and the heat resistance or strength is sometimes lowered. If the amount is too small, the addition amount of the polymerizable component and the soluble component is insufficient, and thus it is not suitable. <(B) Other radical polymerizable compound copolymerizable with the component (A)> Further, the component (B) contains a mono(meth)acrylic acid having a structure represented by the following formula (VI) Ester is preferred.

在上述通式(VI)中,R3〜R8各別獨立表示氫原子或如甲 基、乙基、丙基等之碳原子數1〜3之烷基,R9及R!g各別 獨立表示氫原子或如甲基、乙基、丙基等之碳原子數1〜3 之烷基,或R 9與R i 〇聯結以形成環亦可。由R 9與R1。聯結 所形成之環最好能為脂肪族烴環。脂肪族烴環屬於飽和環 或不飽和環均可,其碳原子數最好能為5或6。 在上述通式(VI)中,尤其較佳者為下面之式(VII)、 (VIII)、或(IX)所示之單(甲基)丙烯酸酯:In the above formula (VI), R3 to R8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group, and R9 and R!g each independently represent hydrogen. An atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a propyl group, or R 9 and R i 〇 may be bonded to form a ring. By R 9 and R1. The ring formed by the bond is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring. The aliphatic hydrocarbon ring may be either a saturated ring or an unsaturated ring, and preferably has a carbon number of 5 or 6. Among the above formula (VI), particularly preferred are mono(meth)acrylates of the following formula (VII), (VIII), or (IX):

(VII) (VIII) 52 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639(VII) (VIII) 52 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639

為具有上述通式(VI)所示構造之單(甲基)丙 使用習知物,例如可舉出下面之構造式(X)所ί ^11 CH2&quot;·-C - C*~〇 - R*j2 (X) Ο (在上面之通式(X)中,Rh表示氫原子或曱遵 上述通式(VI)所示之基) 單(曱基)丙烯酸酯具有上述通式(VI)之構造 合用單體中之含量係通常設在1 0 m ο 1 %以上(以 較佳),9 0 m ο 1 %以下(以7 0 m ο 1 %以下較佳,而以 進一步較佳)之範圍内。由於具有此項構造,有 熱性或強度。 為其他之成分(B ),並未特別受到限制,而為 舉出如下:苯乙烯,苯乙烯之a-、o -、m_、p-炫 硝基衍生物,氰基衍生物,醯胺衍生物,酯衍 二烯、2, 3 -二甲基丁二烯、異戊二烯、氯丁二 類;如(曱基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯 烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(曱基)丙輝 (甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁 丙烯酸戊酯、(曱基)丙烯酸新戊酯、(甲基)丙利 (甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -乙基己酯 烯酸月桂酯、(曱基)丙烯酸十二酯、(甲基)丙鮮 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 烯酸酯,可 :者: ,R 1 2表示 者其在共聚 1 5 mol %以上 5 0 m ο 1 %以下 可能增加耐 其具體例可 基衍生物, 生物;如丁 烯等之二烯 、(甲基)丙 「酸正丁酯、 酯、(甲基) 「酸異戊酯、 、(甲基)丙 •酸環戊酯、 53 1296639 (曱基)丙烯酸環己酯、(曱基)丙烯酸2 -甲基環己酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸二環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異$酯、(曱基)丙烯酸 三環[3 · 3 · 1 · 13 ’7 ]癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(曱基)丙 烯酸炔丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(曱基)丙烯酸萘酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸蔥酯、(甲基)丙烯酸蔥醌酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4 -亞甲二氧芊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸柳酯、(甲基)丙烯酸呋喃酯、 (曱基)丙烯酸呋喃甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸四氫呋喃酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸哌喃酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芊酯、(曱基)丙烯酸苯乙酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸甲苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸1,1,1-三氟乙酯、(曱 基)丙烯酸全氟乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸全氟正丙酯、(曱基) 丙烯酸全氟異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三苯曱酯、(曱基)丙烯 酸異丙苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3 -(N,N -二曱胺)丙酯、(甲基) 丙烯酸2-羥乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥丙酯等之(甲基)丙烯 酸酯類;如(曱基)丙烯醯胺、(曱基)丙烯醯N,N -二曱胺、 (甲基)丙烯醯N,N -二乙胺、(甲基)丙烯醯N,N -二丙胺、(曱 基)丙烯醯N,N -二異丙胺、(甲基)丙烯醯蔥胺等之(甲基) 丙烯醯胺類;如(曱基)丙烯醯苯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯腈、丙 烯醛、氯乙烯、偏二氯亞乙烯、氟乙烯、偏二氟亞乙烯、 N -乙烯吡咯啶酮、乙烯吡啶、乙酸乙烯酯等之乙烯化合物; 如曱基順丁烯二酸二乙酯、順丁烯二酸二乙酯、反丁烯二 酸二乙酯、亞甲基丁二酸二乙酯等之不飽和二元酸二酯; 如N -苯基順丁烯二酸一醯亞胺、N -環己順丁烯二酸一醯亞 胺、N -月桂順丁烯二酸一醯亞胺、N - ( 4 -羥苯)順丁烯二酸 一醯亞胺等之順丁烯二酸一醯亞胺;N -(甲基)丙烯醯酞醯 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 54 1296639 亞胺等。在得到更優之耐熱性及強度之目的上有效的是, 使用選自苯乙烯、(曱基)丙烯酸芊酯、以及順丁烯二酸一 醯亞胺之至少一種化合物以作為成分(B)。 共聚合用單體中之成分(B)之含量範圍在通常為lOmol% 以上,以2 0 m ο 1 %以上較佳,而以3 0 m ο 1 %以上進一步較佳, 再者,在通常為9 5 m 〇 1%以下,以8 0 m ο 1 %以下較佳,而以 7 0 m ο 1 %以下進一步較佳。 成分(B)之含量若過多,則由於成分(A)減少,造成聚合 性成分及驗可溶性成分之加成量不足,反之若過少,财熱 性或強度則會降低,因此均不合適。 &lt; (C )不飽和一元酸&gt; 使(C )不飽和一元酸起加成作用於上述成分(A )與成分(B ) 之共聚物所含環氧基之10〜lOOmol%。 為成分(C ),可使用習知物,為此可舉出具有乙烯性不飽 和雙鍵之不飽和羧酸,為其具體例可舉出丙烯酸、曱基丙 烯酸,巴豆酸,鄰-,間-,對-乙烯苯曱酸、(曱基)丙烯酸之 (3:位_烧基、烧氧基、_素、硝基、氰基取代物等之一元 酸等。尤其較佳者為丙烯酸或曱基丙烯酸。 成分(C )之加成率乃以成分(A )與成分(B )之共聚物所含 之環氧基為基準,通常設在1 0 m ο 1 %以上(以3 0 m ο 1 %以上較 佳,而以50mol%以上進一步較佳),lOOmol%以下之範圍 内。加成率若太低,則殘存環氧基可能對經時安定性等有 惡劣影響。 &lt; (D )多元酐&gt; 55 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 對於由成分(C )加成於成分(A )與成分(B )之共聚物之環 氧基時所產生之經基之10〜lOOmol%,使多元酐(D)起加成 作用。 多元酐(D)之使用目的在於使本發明之黏合劑樹脂具有 驗可溶性,而為此可使用習知之多元酐,例如可舉出下述 者:如順丁烯二酐、丁二酐、亞曱基丁二酐、酞酐、四氫 酞酐、六氫酞酐、1,4,5,6,7,7-六氯雙環[2·2·1]-5 -庚烯 -2 ,3 -二曱酐等之二元酐;如偏苯三曱酐、1,2, 4, 5 -苯四曱 酐、二苯基酮四曱酐、聯苯四曱酐等之多元酐。其中以四 氫酜酐或丁二酐較佳。 多元酐之加成率乃以成分(C )加成於環氧基時所產生之 羥基全體中之莫耳比為基準,通常設在1 0 m 〇 1%以上(以 2 0 m ο 1 %以上較佳,而以3 0 m ο 1 %以上進一步較佳),1 0 0 m ο 1 % 以下(以9 0 in ο 1 %以下較佳,而以8 0 m ο 1 %以下進一步較佳) 之範圍内,以進行加成。加成率若過高,顯像時之殘膜率 則有時會降低,另若過低,則造成溶解性不足。 &lt;黏合劑樹脂之製造方法&gt; 為成分(A )與成分(B )之共聚合反應,可應用習知之溶液 聚合法。需要使用之溶劑主要對自由基聚合呈惰性即可, 並未特別受到限制,而可使用通常所用之有機溶劑。例如, 為其具體例,可舉出如下:如乙酸乙酯,乙酸異丙酯,乙 二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類(如乙酸2 -乙氧乙酯、乙酸2 - 丁氧 乙酯等),一縮貳(乙二醇)單烷基醚乙酸酯類(如一縮貳(乙 二醇)單甲醚乙酸酯、卡必醇乙酸酯、丁卡必醇乙酸酯等), 56 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類,一縮貳(丙二醇)單乙醚乙酸酯 類等之乙酸乙酯類;乙二醇二烷基醚類;一縮貳(乙二醇) 二烷基醚類(如甲卡必醇、乙卡必醇、丁卡必醇等);二縮 三(乙二醇)二烷基醚類;丙二醇二烷基醚類;一縮貳(丙二 醇)二烷基醚類;醚類(如1,4 -二碍烷、四氫呋喃等);酮 類(如丙酮、甲基乙基酮、曱基異丁基酮、環己酮等);烴 類(苯、曱苯、二曱苯、辛烷、癸烷等);石油系溶劑(如石 油醚、石腦油、氫化石腦油、溶劑石腦油等);乳酸酯類(如 乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丁酯等);二曱基曱醯胺;N-曱基咣咯咬酮等。將此項溶劑單獨使用或以二種以上予以 合併使用均可。 溶劑之使用量乃以黏合劑樹脂1 0 0份(重量)為基準,通 常設在3 0份(重量)以上(以5 0份(重量)以上較佳),1 0 0 0 份(重量)以下(以8 0 0份(重量)以下較佳)之範圍内。若在 此範圍外,則難於控制分子量。 本發明使用之自由基聚合引發劑主要可引發自由基聚 合,則未特別受到限制,而可使用通常所用之有機過氧化 物觸媒或偶氮化合物。例如,其具體例可分類為,習知之 過氧化酮、過氧化縮,、氫過氧化物、過氧化二烤丙基、 過氧化二醯、過氧化酯、過氧二碳酸酯,再者,偶氮化合 物亦有效。 關於具體例,例如可使用過氧化苯甲醯基、過氧化二茴 香基、過氧化二異丙苯基、過氧化二第三丁基、過氧苯曱 酸第三丁酯、過氧苯曱酸第三己酯、過氧-2-乙基己酸第三 57 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 丁酯、過氧-2 -乙基己身第三己酯、1,1-雙(第三丁 氧)-3,3,5-三曱基環己烷、氫過氧化2, 5-二曱-2,5 三丁過氧)己基-3,3 -異丙基、氫過氧化第三丁基、 二茴香基、氫過氧化二茴香基、過氧化乙醯基、過 酸雙(4 -第三丁基環己酯)、過氧二碳酸二異丙酯、 異丁基、過氧化3, 3, 5 -三甲基己醯基、過氧化月桂 1,1一雙(第三丁過氧)3,3,5-三甲基環己烷、1,1一雙( 過氧)3,3,5 -三曱基環己烷、偶氮雙異丁腈、偶氮雙 等。依照聚合溫度選擇適當之半減期之自由基聚合弓 自由基聚合引發劑之使用量乃以共聚合反應上使 體合計100份(重量)為基準,通常設在0.5份(重i (以1份(重量)以上較佳),2 0份(重量)以下(以1 0 量)以下較佳)之範圍内。 關於聚合方法,使共聚合反應上使用之單體及自 合引發劑溶於溶劑,一邊揽拌一邊升溫以施行聚合 可,或將添加有自由基聚合引發劑之單體滴加於已 拌之溶劑中亦可。反應條件可依照目標分子量自由 反應溫度係通常設在7 0 °C以上(以8 0 °C以上較佳): 以下(以1 3 0 °C以下較佳)之範圍内。再者,反應時 常設在2小時以上(以3小時以上較佳),2 0小時以 1 0小時以下較佳)之範圍内。 為使不飽和一元酸(C)加成於上述之共聚物後,對 元酐(D)加成之方法,可使用習知之方法。 再者,在本發明中,為了提高光感度,亦可以在 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 過 -雙(第 過氧化 氧二碳 過氧化 醯基、 第三己 碳醯胺 I發劑。 用之單 t )以上 份(重 由基聚 反應亦 升溫揽 變更, 丨 150〇C 間係通 下(以 此使多 多元酐 58 1296639 (D )加成後,對所產生之羧基之一部分,使(甲基)丙烯酸縮 水甘油酯或具有聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物起加 成作用’或為了提高顯像性,亦可以在多元酐(D)加成後, 對所產生之羧基之一部分,使未具聚合性不飽和基之縮水 甘油醚化合物起加成作用。此外,將兩者合併使用亦可。 未具聚合性不飽和基之縮水甘油醚化合物之具體例乃包括 具有苯基或烧基之縮水甘油謎化合物(「Nagase化成工業」 公司所製造,商品名:DenacolEX-111, DenacolEX-121, DenacolEX- 141,DenacolEX-145,DenacolEX-146, DenacolEX-171,DenacolEX-192)等。 本發明之黏合劑樹脂藉G P C (膠透層析法)所測定之重量 平均分子量(M w )係通常設在2 0 0 0以上(以3 0 0 0以上較佳, 而以5000以上進一步較佳),100000以下(以50000以下 較佳,而以1 0 0 0 0以下進一步較佳,尤其以8 0 0 0以下特別 合適)之範圍内。重量平均分子量若小於2 0 0 0,則會得到 低劣之耐熱性及膜強度,在另一方面若超過1 〇 〇 〇 〇 〇,則造 成對顯像液之溶解性不足,因此均不合適。在模塗式塗敷 中,為了防止塗敷時之模口先端之乾燥凝聚被促進,最好 能設在1 0 0 0 0以下。再者,分子量分布(Mw/Μη)乃以2〜5 較佳。 此項黏合劑樹脂在本發明之著色樹脂組成物之全固形分 中之含量係通常設在1 0 w t %以上(以2 0 w t %以上較佳), 8 0 w t %以下(以7 〇 w t %以下較佳)之範圍内。再者,對色材之 比率係通常設在2 0 w t %以上(以3 0 w t %以上較佳,而以5 0 w t % 59 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 以上進一步較佳),5 Ο 0 w t %以下(以3 Ο 0 w t %以下較佳,而以 2 0 0 w t %以下進一步較佳)之範圍内。 又按,關於此項樹脂構造,例如在日本專利特開平 8 - 2 9 7 3 6 6號公報或特開2 Ο (Π - 8 9 5 3 3號公報中有所敘述, 而已屬習知,但如前所述,需要其與具有特定構造之分散 劑之配合,始可發揮所希望之效果。 [1 - 5 ]有機羧酸、有機羧酐 本發明之著色樹脂組成物亦可以含有分子量1 0 0 0以下 之有機羧酸及/或有機羧酐。較佳的是,在分散劑為胺甲酸 乙酯系分散劑之場合,含有此項有機魏酸及/或有機竣肝。 為有機羧酸化合物,具體可舉出脂肪族羧酸或芳香族羧 酸。為脂肪族羧酸,可舉出,如曱酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、 戊酸、三曱基戊酸、己酸、羥乙酸、丙烯酸、曱基丙烯酸 等之一元羧酸,如乙二酸、丙二酸、丁二酸、戊二酸、己 二酸、庚二酸、環己基二甲酸、環己烯二甲酸、亞曱基丁 二酸、甲基順丁烯二酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸等之二 元羧酸,如均丙三甲酸、1,2, 3 -丙烯三曱酸等之三元羧酸 等。再者,為芳香族羧酸,可舉出如苯甲酸、酞酸等之在 苯基直接結合有羧基之羧酸,以及苯基藉由碳鍵結合有羧 基之羧酸類。在其中,特別以分子量6 0 0以下尤其分子量 5 0〜5 0 0之羧酸類較佳,具體而言,以順丁烯二酸、丁二酸、 亞甲基丁二酸較佳。 為有機羧酐化合物,具體可舉出脂肪族羧酐或芳香族羧 酐。具體可舉出,如乙酐、三氯乙酐、三氟乙酐、四氫酞 60 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 酐、丁二酐、順丁烯二酐、亞甲基丁二酐、戊二酐、1,2-環己烯二甲酐、正十八基丁二酐、5 -去曱备烯-2,3-二甲酐 等之脂肪族羧酐。為芳香族羧酐,可舉出酞酐、偏苯三甲 酐、1,2, 4,5 -苯四甲酐、萘甲酐等。在其中,特別以分子 量600以下尤其分子量50〜500之羧酐較佳,具體而言,以 順丁烯二酐、丁二酐、亞甲基丁二酐較佳。 此項有機羧酸及/或有機羧酐之添加量(在全固形分中所 佔之比率)係通常設在0 . 0 1〜1 0 w t %,以0 . 0 3〜5 w t %較佳,而 以0.05〜3wt%進一步較佳)之範圍内。 由於添加此項分子量1 0 0 0以下之有機羧酸及/或有機羧 酐,有可能在保持高度之圖型密合性之下,進一步減少著 色樹脂組成物之未溶解物之殘存。在專利第3 2 9 3 1 7 1號雖 然倡議一種對著色組成物添加分子量1 0 0 0以下之有機羧 酸化合物之方法,但如前所述,依照此一方法會引起圖像 部之密合性之降低,致使顯像範圍加窄,而容易發生像素 之剝離,容易產生白變缺陷。然而,依照本發明之分散劑 與黏合劑樹脂之組合,即使添加有機羧酸及/或有機羧酐, 亦不會發生此種現象,僅顯現使未溶解物之殘存減少之效 果。 [1 - 6 ]光聚合性單體 光聚合性單體主要屬於可聚合之低分子化合物,則未特 別受到限制,不過最好能為具有至少一個乙烯性雙鍵之可 加成聚合之化合物(以下稱為「乙烯性化合物」)。乙烯性 化合物係具有乙烯性雙鍵之化合物,該雙鍵使本發明之著 61 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 色樹脂組成物在受到活性光線之照射時藉後述之光聚合引 發系之作用發生加成聚合而硬化。又按,本發明之單體之 意義為與所謂之高分子物質相對之概念,係除了包含狹義 之單體外,亦包含二聚物、三聚物、低聚物之概念。 為乙烯性化合物,例如可舉出如下:不飽和叛酸;由不 飽和羧酸與一羥化合物所形成之酯;由脂肪族多羥化合物 與不飽和羧酸所形成之酯;由芳香族多烴化合物與不飽和 羧酸所形成之酯;由不飽和羧酸與多元羧酸及多價羥化合 物(如上述之脂肪族多經化合物、芳香族多經化合物等)之 酯化反應所得到之酯;具有由多異氰酸酯化合物與含有(甲 基)丙烯醯基之羥化合物之反應所得之胺甲酸乙酯骨架之 乙婦性化合物等。 為由脂肪族多羥化合物與不飽和羧酸所形成之酯,可舉 出,如乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、二縮三(乙二醇)二丙烯酸酯、 三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基乙烷三丙烯酸酯、異 戊四醇二丙婦酸s旨、異戊四醇三丙稀酸s旨、異戊四醇四丙 烯酸酯、二異戊四醇四丙烯酸酯、二異戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、 二異戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、丙三醇丙烯酸酯等之丙烯酸酯。 又可舉出,此項丙烯酸酯之丙烯酸部分被甲基丙烯酸部分 取代而成之甲基丙烯酸酯,被亞甲基丁二酸部分取代而成 之亞曱基丁二酸酯,被巴豆酸部分取代而成之巴豆酸酯, 或被順丁烯二酸部分取代而成之順丁烯二酸酯等。 為由芳香族多烴化合物與不飽和羧酸所形成之酯,可舉 出氫醌二丙烯酸酯、氫醌二甲基丙烯酸酯、間苯二酚二丙 62 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 烯酸酯、間苯二酚二甲基丙烯酸酯、1,2,3 -苯三酚三丙烯 酸酯等。 由不飽和叛酸與多元竣酸及多價經化合物之酯化反應所 得到之酯未必為單一物,而為混合物亦可。為其代表例可 舉出如下··由丙烯酸、酞酸、以及乙二醇所形成之縮合物; 由丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、以及一縮(乙二醇)所形成之縮合 物;由甲基丙烯酸、對酞酸、以及異戊四醇所形成之縮合 物;由丙烯酸、己二酸、丁二醇、以及丙三醇所形成之縮 合物等。 為具有由多異氰酸酯化合物與含(曱基)丙烯醯基羥化合 物之反應所得之胺甲酸乙酯骨架之乙烯性化合物,可舉 出,多氰酸酯化合物如脂肪族二異氰酸酯(如六亞曱二異氰 酸酯、三甲六亞曱二異氰酸酯等)、脂環式二異氰酸酯(如 環己烷二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯等)、芳香族二異 氰酸酯(如甲伸苯二異氰酸酯、二苯曱烷二異氰酸酯等)等 與含(甲基)丙烯醯基羥化合物如丙烯酸2 -羥乙酯、曱基丙 烯酸2-羥乙酯、3 -羥(1,1,1-三丙烯醯氧曱基)丙烷、3 -羥 (1,1,1-三甲基丙烯醯氧曱基)丙烷等所形成之反應物。 此外,關於本發明使用之乙烯性化合物之例子,丙烯醯 胺類(如伸乙雙丙烯醯胺等)、烯丙酯類(如酞酸二烯丙酯 等)、含乙烯基化合物(如酞酸二乙烯酯等)等亦有用。 此項乙烯性化合物之摻配率乃以本發明之著色樹脂組成 物之全固形分為基準,通常設在Owt%以上(以5wt%以上較 佳,而以1 0 w t %以上進一步較佳),8 0 w t %以下(以7 0 w t %以 63 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 下較佳,而以5 0 w t %以下進一步較佳,尤其以4 0 w t %以下較 合適)之範圍内。再者,對色材之比率係通常設在〇 w t %以 上(以5 w t %以上較佳,而以1 0 w t %以上進一步較佳,尤其以 2 0 w t %以上較合適),2 0 0 w t %以下(以1 0 0 w t %以下較佳,而 以8 0 w t %以下進一步較佳)之範圍内。 [1 - 7 ]光聚合引發劑系 在本發明之著色樹脂組成物含有單體成分之乙烯性化合 物之情況,較佳的是,摻配有光聚合引發劑系成分,其具 有直接吸收光或被光增感而發生分解反應或拔氫反應以致 產生聚合活性自由基之功能者。又按,在本發明中,光聚 合引發劑系成分之意義為一種混合物,合併使用有光聚合 引發劑,加速劑,以及增感色素等之加成劑者。 為構成光聚合引發劑系成分之光聚合引發劑,可舉出, 例如日本專利特開昭5 9 - 1 5 2 3 9 6號、特開昭6 1 - 1 5 1 1 9 7號 各公報所載述之包含貳環戊二烯鈦之貳環戊二烯金屬錯合 物,日本專利特開昭5 8 - 4 0 3 0 2 3號公報、特公昭4 5 - 3 7 3 7 7 號公報、特開平1 0 - 3 9 5 0 3號公報所載述之六芳基聯咪唑衍 生物,鹵甲-s -三畊衍生物,N -芳基-α -胺基酸類(如N -苯 基胺乙酸等),Ν -芳基-α _胺基酸鹽類,Ν -芳基-α -胺基酸 酯類等之自由基活性劑,「7 7彳 &gt; 夂$力小」(F i n e Chemical)(1991 年,3 月 1 曰號,vol. 20, No. 4)之第 16〜26 頁所載述之二烷基苯乙酮系、安息香、9 -氧二苯并硫哌喃 衍生物等,此外可舉出,日本專利特開平4 - 2 2 1 9 5 8號公 報、特開平4 - 2 1 9 7 5 6號公報等所載述之由貳環戊二烯鈦與 64 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 羥環己基苯基酮、α-羥-2 -曱苯基丙酮、1-羥-1--(對異丙苯)酮、1 _羥-1 -(對-十二基苯基)酮、2 一(4,-(曱硫)苯)-2 -嗎啉一 1 -丙酮、1,1,1 -三氯曱一 酮等之苯乙酮衍生物; 如硫d山酮、2 -乙硫plU酮、2異丙硫⑽酮、2 -氯 2 , 4 -二甲硫〇山酮、2,4 -二乙硫_酮、2,4 -二異丙 之硫酮衍生物; 如對-二曱胺苯甲酸乙酯、對-二乙胺苯曱酸乙 曱酸酯衍生物;如9 -苯基吖啶、9 -(對-曱氧苯) 吖啶衍生物;如9,1 0 -二曱苯并啡畊等之啡畊衍 如苯并蔥酮等之蔥酮衍生物; 如二氣貳環戊二烯鈦、雙苯貳環戊二烯鈦、雙 -2,3,4,5,6 -五氟苯-1-基武環戊二嫦欽、雙-2,3, 苯-1-基氣環戊二稀鈦、雙-2,4,6 -三氟苯-1-基武 欽、2,6 -二氣苯-1-基武環戊二婦欽、2,4 -二 環戊二烯鈦、雙-2, 3, 4, 5, 6-五氟苯-1-基貳甲環 鈦、雙-2, 6-二氟苯-1_基貳甲環戊二烯鈦、2, 6-二 ρ各-1-基)-苯-1-基武環戊二稀欽等之氣環戍二婦 物; 如2_曱基-1*~[4-(甲硫)苯]-2-嗎琳丙烧-1-酉同 二甲胺-1-(4 -嗎啉苯基)-丁酮-1、4 -二甲胺苯曱 4-二曱胺苯甲酸異戊酯、4 -二乙胺苯乙酮、4-二 苯、1,4 -二甲胺苯甲酸2 -乙基己酯、2,5 -雙(4-苄)環己酮、7 -二乙胺-3 -(4 -二乙胺苯甲醯)苯并 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 甲基乙基 -曱基 (對-丁苯) 硫她西同、 硫酮等 酯等之苯 吖啶等之 生物; 5,6 _ 四 it 環戊二烯 篆-1-基貳 戊二烯 氟- 3 -(吼 鈦衍生 、2-苄-2-酸乙酯、 曱胺丙醯 二乙胺亞 派喃酮、 66 1296639 4-(二乙胺)苯基苯乙烯基酮等之胺烷基苯基W系化合 物。 為構成光聚合引發劑系成分之加速劑,例如可使用如 N,N-二甲胺苯甲酸乙酯等之N,N-二烷基胺苯甲酸.烷基 醋,如2 - Μ苯并σ塞σ坐、2 -魏苯并令σ坐、2 -疏苯并味σ坐等之 具有雜環之巯化合物或脂肪族多官能毓化合物等。光聚合 引發劑及加速劑各別為二種以上之混合物亦可。 上述光聚合引發劑系成分之摻配率乃以本發明之著色樹 脂組成物之全固形分為基準,通常設在0 · 1 w t %以上(以 0 · 5 w t %以上較佳,而以0 · 7 w t %以上進一步較佳),3 0 w t %以 下(以2 0 w t %以下較佳,而以1 0 w t %以下進一步較佳)之範圍 内。若摻配率為顯著低值,有時成為對曝光光線之感度降 低之原因,另若係相反之顯著高值,未曝光部分對顯像液 之溶解性則降低,有時誘發顯像不良。再者,亦可以將光 聚合引發劑及加速劑各以二種以上混合使用,而為光聚合 引發劑與加速劑之較佳組合,可舉出咪唑衍生物,α -胺烷 基苯基酮系化合物,以及具有雜環之酼化合物之組合。 在必要時,在提高感應感度之目的下,對光聚合引發劑 系成分摻配一依照圖像曝光光源之波長之增感色素。為此 項增感色素可舉出日本專利特開平4 - 2 2 1 9 5 8號、特開平 4 - 2 1 9 7 5 6號各公報所載述之冰色素,特開平3 - 2 3 9 7 0 3號、 特開平5 - 2 8 9 3 3 5號各公報所載述之具有雜環之葉草素色 素,特開平3 - 2 3 9 7 0 3號、特開平5 - 2 8 9 3 3 5號各公報所載 述之3 -酮薰草素化合物,特開平6 - 1 9 2 4 0號所載述之吼咯 67 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 亞甲色素,此外,可舉出曰本專利特開昭4 7 - 2 5 2 8號、特 開昭5 4 - 1 5 5 2 9 2號、特公昭4 5 - 3 7 3 7 7號、特開昭4 8 - 8 4 1 8 3 號、特開昭5 2 - 1 1 2 6 8 1號、特開昭5 8 - 1 5 5 0 3號、特開昭 6 0 - 8 8 0 0 5號、特開昭5 9 - 5 6 4 0 3號、特開平2-69號、特開 昭5 7 - 1 6 8 0 8 8號、特開平5 - 1 0 7 7 6 1號、特開平5 - 2 1 0 2 4 0 號、以及特開平4 - 2 8 8 8 1 8號各公報所載述之具有二烷胺苯 骨架之色素等。 在上述增感色素中,以含胺基增感色素較佳,而以同一 分子内含有胺基及苯基之化合物進一步較佳。其特別合適 之例子為如下:如4, 4’ -二甲胺二苯基酮、4, 4’-二乙胺二 苯基酮、2 -胺二苯基酮、4-胺二苯基酮、4, 4’-二胺二苯基 酉同、3,3’-二胺二苯基酮、3,4-二胺二苯基酮等之二苯基綱 系化合物;如2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并pf唑、2 -(對-二乙胺 苯)苯并嘌唑、2 -(對-二曱胺苯)苯并[6,7 ]苯并嶒唑、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺苯)1 , 3,4 -屬唑、2 _ (對-二甲胺苯)苯并噻 唑、2 -(對-二乙胺苯)苯并噻唑、2 -(對-二甲胺苯)苯并咪 唑、2 -(對-二乙胺苯)苯并咪唑、2,5 -雙(對-二乙胺 苯)1 , 3,4 -噻二唑、(對-二甲胺苯)咄啶、(對-二乙胺苯) 吼啶、(對-二甲胺苯)喳啉、(對-二乙胺苯)喳啉、(對-二 曱胺苯)嘧啶、(對-二乙胺苯)嘧啶等之含有對-二烷胺苯基 之化合物等。在其中最合適者為4, 4’-二烷胺二苯基酮。 增感色素在本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物中所佔之摻配 率範圍乃以著色樹脂組成物之全固形分為基準,通常設在 0 w t %以上(以0 · 2 w t %以上較佳,而以0 . 5 w t %以上進一步較 68 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 性,添加顏料衍生物等之類以作為分散助劑亦可。 衍生物,可舉出偶氮系、酞菁系、喳吖啶酮系、苯 酮系、喹諾酞酮系、異吲哚啉醌系、異吲哚啉系、 系、蔥醌系、靛蔥醌(陰丹士林)系、迫聯苯系、迫立 二酮咄咯并吡咯系、二,畊系等,各顏料之衍生物 料衍生物之取代基,可舉出,磺酸基、磺醯胺基及 鹽、酞醯亞胺曱基、二烷胺烷基、羥基、羧基、醯胺 直接或藉由烷基、芳基、雜環基等與顏料骨架結合 中以磺醯胺基及其四級鹽、磺酸基較佳,而以磺酸 步較佳。再者,此項取代基以複數取代於一個顏料 或屬於取代數不同之化合物之混合物均可。為顏料 之具體例,可舉出偶氮顏料之磺酸衍生物,酞菁顏 酸衍生物,喳諾酞酮顏料之磺酸衍生物,異哨噪啉 石黃酸衍生物,慧S昆顏料之續酸衍生物,ϋ奎吖σ定酮顏 酸衍生物,二酮咄咯并吡咯顏料之磺酸衍生物,二 料之磺酸衍生物等。其中較佳者為顏料黃1 3 8之磺 物,顏料黃1 3 9之磺酸衍生物,顏料紅2 5 4之磺酸农 顏料紅2 5 5之磺酸衍生物,顏料紅2 6 4之磺酸衍生 料紅2 7 2之磺酸衍生物,顏料紅2 0 9之磺酸衍生物 橙71之磺酸衍生物,顏料紫2 3之磺酸衍生物,而 較佳者為顏料黃1 3 8之磺酸衍生物,顏料紅2 5 4之 生物。顏料衍生物之添加量乃以顏料為基準,通 0 . 1 w t %以上,3 0 w t %以下(以 2 0 w t %以下較佳,而以 以下進一步較佳,又以 5 w t %以下更進一步較佳) 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 為顏料 并咪唑 二噚畊 酮系、 。為顏 其四級 基等, 者,其 基進一 骨架, 衍生物 料之磺 顏料之 料之磺 今丼顏 酸衍生 f生物, 物,顏 ,顏料 進^一步 磺酸衍 常設在 1 0 w t °/〇 之範圍 70 1296639 内。若添加量少,則無法發揮其效果,反之若添加量太多, 則反而使分散性、分散安定性惡化。 為界面活性劑,可使用陰離子系、陽離子系、非離子系、 兩性界面活性劑等之各種界面活性劑,而基於各特性受不 良影響之可能性低之觀點,最好能使用非離子系界面活性 劑。界面活性劑之濃度乃以組成物全量為基準,通常使用 O.OOlwt%以上(以0.005wt%以上較佳,而以O.Olwt%進一步 較佳,又以0 · 0 3 w t %以上最合適),1 0 w t %以下(以1 w t %以下 較佳,而以0 · 5 w t %以下進一步較佳,又以0 . 3 w t %以下最合 適)之範圍。 為熱聚合防止劑,例如可使用氫醌、對-甲氧苯酚、五倍 子酚、兒茶酚、2, 6 -第三丁 -對-曱苯酚、点-萘酚等。熱聚 合防止劑之摻配量以組成物之全固形分為基準時,最好能 設在0 w t %以上,3 w t %以下之範圍内。 為助塑劑,例如可使用酞酸二辛酯、酞酸二月桂酯、二 縮三(乙二醇)二辛酸酯、二曱基乙二醇酞酸酯、磷酸三甲 苯酯、己二酸二辛酯、癸二酸二丁酯、三乙醯甘油等。此 項助塑劑之摻配量以組成物之全固形分為基準時,通常設 在10wt%以下之範圍。 [2 ]著色樹脂組成物(光阻)之特性 本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物(光阻)尤其由於使用如上 述特定之黏合劑樹脂及分散劑,而具有下述特性:優異之透 射性,優異之顯像密合性,少有未溶解物殘渣。此外,在 必要時具有下述特性亦可:低度之黏度變化率;良好之再溶 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 71 1296639 解性,高度之電壓保持率。以下,關於各特性加以說明。 [2 - 1 ]透射率 關於透射率,根據下述之方法所測定之測定值,施行紅、 綠、藍之各像素之反射率之評價。以下,具體加以說明。 將對象之著色樹脂組成物藉旋塗法塗敷於5 cm平方之玻 璃基板(旭硝子(Asahi Glass)公司製品「AN100」)上,在 熱板上在80°C溫度下加熱3分鐘,將全面按100mJ/cm2曝 光後,用2 3 °C之0 . 1 w t %碳酸鈉水溶液在0 . 3 Μ P a之水壓下 施行喷霧顯像3 0秒鐘,其後在熱風循環爐内施行2 3 0 °C 3 0 分鐘之燒製。燒製後之著色樹脂組成物之膜厚乃以C I E表 色系所示之色坐標,關於紅色可符合X = 0 . 6 0,關於綠色可 符合y = 0.55,而關於藍色可符合y = 0.14者(全為C光源) 作為塗敷條件。 為了色度之測定,使用「日立製作所」公司所製之分光 光度計[U 3 5 0 0 ]。 本發明之紅色著色樹脂組成物在C I E表色系中之Y值乃 在下式中任一式所示之範圍内: 2 0 0 y-41. 4(y &lt; 0. 34) 100y-7. 4(y ^ 0. 34) 再者,較佳的是,在下式中任一式所示之範圍内: 2 0 0 y - 40. 9(y &lt; 0. 34) Y^10 0y-6.9(y^0.34) 再者,本發明之綠色著色樹脂組成物在C I E表色系中之 Y值乃在下式所示之範圍内: 72 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Υ 2 2 4 0x - 7· 1 再者,較佳的是,在下式所示之範圍内: yg 240χ - 6· 6 再者,本發明之藍色著色樹脂組成物在C I Ε表色系中之 Υ值乃在下式所示之範圍内: 20χ+16. 2 再者,較佳的是,在下式所示之範圍内: Υ ^ 20χ+1 6. 4 由於使用本發明之具有優異之透射性之著色樹脂組成 物,彩色濾光片之透射率被提高,致使液晶顯示裝置之輝 度升高,因此可得到鮮明之圖像為其優點。 [2 - 2 ]顯像密合性 關於顯像密合性,根據下述之方法所測定之最小圖型寬 度施行評價。以下,具體加以說明。 將對象之著色樹脂組成物以乾燥膜厚可成為 1 . 3 // m之 方式塗敷於玻璃基板上,在6 0 °C溫度下乾燥1分鐘後,在 1 1 0 °C溫度下加熱乾燥2分鐘,在使用一具有線寬1 # m刻 度之線狀開口部之測試光罩之下,按間隙 1 5 0 /z m 以 300mJ/cm2之曝光量曝光後,用O.lwt%碳酸鈉水溶液在23 °C顯像液溫度下以2 k g / c m2之液壓施行顯像6 0秒鐘,繼之 在3 k g / c m2之水壓下施行喷露水洗處理3 0秒鐘以形成圖型 之際,測定以線狀圖像殘留之最小圖型寬度。 本發明之著色樹脂組成物之最小圖型寬度為 1 0 // m以 下,以8 // m以下較佳。 73 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 由於使用本發明之具有優異顯像密合性之著色樹脂組 成物,不會產生白變缺陷,而可形成高品質之彩色濾光片。 [2 - 3 ]未溶解物殘渣 關於未溶解物殘渣,根據下述之方法所測定之分光反射 率施行評價。以下,具體加以說明。 關於由對象之著色樹脂組成物所得之彩色濾光片光 片,將非像素部(素玻璃上)之3 Ο X 1 0 0 m m部分使用一由平 均3 m以下之聚酯長纖維所構成之布塊(例如「T 〇 r a y」公 司產品「TORAYS EEMK Clean Cloth」)按 lkgf/cm2 之壓力 予以擦拭。上述布塊係預先固定於1 c m x 1 c m之樹脂製方材 之先端,用巴氏吸管使之浸潰0 . 1 c c乙醇後,以供使用者。 對於擦拭後之布塊之1 c m X 1 c m部分,藉「島津製作所」公 司所製造之分光光度計「UV - 3 1 0 0 S」在使用積分球之條件 下測定分光反射率。在表-5中,展示又=5 0 0 n m (與紅色殘 潰相對應)、4 5 0 n m (與綠色殘潰相對應)、5 5 0 n m (與藍色殘 清相對應)之分光反射率。 在本發明之上述評價法中,紅色(5 0 0 n m )、綠色 (450nm)、藍色(550nm)之分光反射率各別為 95%以上,以 9 7 %以上較佳。 由於使用本發明之少含未溶解物殘渣之著色樹脂組成 物,可形成一種高品質之彩色濾光片,其未發生透射率或 對比率之降低等,且亦難於引起I T 0膜之剝離或液晶單元 化步驟中之密封性惡化等者。 [2 - 4 ]黏度變化率 74 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 關於黏度變化率,依照下述方法施行評價。以下具體加 以說明。 將對象之著色樹脂組成物剛製成時之黏度以及在 2 3 °C 之恆溫單元中靜置 7日後之黏度(20rpm)在使用「東機產 業」公司(Toki Sangyo Co·, Ltd.)所製之 E型黏度計 [R E - 8 0 L ]之下予以測定。 本發明之著色樹脂組成物經 7日後之黏度變化(以初期 黏度為基準者)為1 0 %以下,以5 %以下較佳,而以3 %以下 進一步較佳。 本發明之黏度變化率低之著色樹脂組成物由於具有優異 之保存安定性,而具有可長期在相同之處理條件下被使用 之優點。 [2 - 5 ]再溶解性 關於再溶解性,依照下述方法施行評價。以下具體加以 說明。 將對象之著色樹脂組成物各別按乾燥膜厚 2. 5 // m藉旋 塗法塗敷於5 0 m m平方之玻璃基板上,予以風乾6 0分鐘, 然後在該著色樹脂組成物形成用之溶劑6 . 2 5 g中浸潰3分 鐘,使之再分散,從浸潰開始起經過1 0分鐘後,用「日機 裝」公司(NIKKI SO CO.,LTD·)所製之一種粒度分布測定裝 置「MicroTrackUPA」來測定粒度分布,而算出體積平均 粒徑 mv。 本發明之著色樹脂組成物在再分散液中之體積平均粒 徑mv通常為200nm以下,以150nm以下較佳。 75 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 本發明之具有良好再溶解性之著色樹脂組成物在依照 模塗法塗敷之際,亦難於產生模口先端之乾燥凝聚異物, 因此可抑制異物缺陷,而以高收率形成高品質之彩色濾光 片光片。 [2 _ 6 ]電壓保持率 關於電壓保持率,依照下述方法施行評價。以下,具體 加以說明。 準備一電極基板A,係在2 . 5 c m平方之無鹼玻璃基板(旭 硝子(AsahiGlass)公司製品「AN100」)之單面上全面形成 有ITO膜者,以及一電極基板B,係在2.5cm平方之相同 之玻璃基板之單面中央部上形成有lcm平方之ITO膜,在 此連接有2 mm寬度之輸出電極者,將配向膜劑(「日產化學 工業」 公司(Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.)產品 「Sunever7492」)藉旋塗法塗敷於電極基板A及B上之後, 在熱板上施行1 1 0 °C 1分鐘之乾燥,然後在熱風循環爐内在 2 0 (TC溫度下加熱1小時,以形成膜厚7 0 n m之塗膜。 將各實施例之著色樹脂組成物藉旋塗法塗敷於塗有配向 膜劑之電極基板A上,在熱板上在 8 0 °C溫度下加熱 3分 鐘,將全面按1 0 0 m J / c m2曝光後,使用2 3 °C之0 · 1 w t %碳酸 鈉水溶液在0 . 3 Μ P A之水壓下施行喷霧顯像3 0秒鐘,然後 在熱風循環爐内在2 3 0 °C溫度下施行燒製3 0分鐘。以燒製 後之著色組成物之膜厚可成為 1 . .7 # m之方式調整塗敷條 件。將含有直徑5 μ m之二氧化碎珠之環氧樹脂系密封劑在 使用分配器之下塗敷於塗有配向膜劑之電極基板B之外周 76 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 在色材之分散處理之際,較佳的是,將黏合劑樹脂或分 散助劑等適當合併使用。關於在色材之分散處理時使用之 黏合劑樹脂,特別合適的是,使用一種具有由含環氧基不 飽和化合物之環氧部分加成於含叛基樹脂之缓基部分而成 之構造之樹脂。再者,在使用砂磨機之下施行分散處理之 場合,最好能使用直徑0. 1 mm至數mm之玻璃珠,或氧化鍅 珠。分散處理時之溫度係通常設定於0 °C以上(以室溫以上 較佳),1 0 (TC以下(以8 0 °C以下較佳)之範圍内。又按,分 散時間乃依油墨狀液體之組成(色材,溶劑,具有含氮官能 基之分散劑)及砂磨機裝置之大小等而有不同之適當之分 散時間,因此有必要適當予以調整。 對於由上述分散處理所得到之油墨狀液體,使溶劑,黏 合劑樹脂,必要時添加之指定量之光聚合性單體,光聚合 引發劑系成分,以及上述以外之成分等混合以製成均勻之 分散溶液。為與油墨狀液體混合之黏合劑樹脂,以鹼可溶 性樹脂較佳,而特別合適者為如下:前述之具有由含環氧基 不飽和化合物(b)之環氧部分加成於含羧基樹脂(a )之羧基 部分而成之構造之未含氮原子之黏合劑樹脂;對一種由成 分(A )即含環氧基之(曱基)丙烯酸酯 5〜9 0 m ο 1 %與成分(B ) 即對上述成分(A)可共聚合之其他自由基聚合性化合物 1 0〜9 5 m ο 1 %所形成之共聚物,使成分(C )即不飽和一元酸加 成於上述成分(A )之環氧基之1 0〜1 0 0 mo 1 %,而使成分(D )即 多元酐加成於由成分(C)之加成所產生之羥基之 1 0〜1 0 0 m ο 1 %,如此得到之感光性樹脂,係具有重量平均分 78 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 子量M w為2 Ο Ο 0〜1 Ο Ο Ο 0之樹脂;等等。再 其他樹脂一起使用亦可。 較佳的是,感光性著色樹脂組成物中之拍 合之「樹脂」予以界定為藉GPC之重量平J 以上之樹脂)之6 0 w t %以上為鹼可溶性樹脂 量若低於6 0 w t %,則有時造成溶解性不足 此外,在驗可溶性樹脂成分中,較佳的 未含氮原子之黏合劑樹脂,具有由含環氧 (b )之環氧部分加成於含羧基樹脂(a )之羧 造者,即該黏合劑樹脂之含量係通常為 5 0 w t %以上較佳,而以8 0 w t %以上進一步較, 之情況,則有時無法發揮上述樹脂中之不 聚合性之效果,造成感度之降低。 感光性著色樹脂組成物中之樹脂之摻配 色樹脂組成物中之全固形分為基準,通常 10〜50wt%較佳。 又按,在分散處理步驟及混合之各步驟 生細微塵埃之混入,較佳的是,使所得之 過濾器等之過濾處理。 [4 ]彩色濾光片基板之製造 其次,針對本發明有關之彩色濾光片加 本發明有關之彩色濾光片之特徵為,在 使用上述著色樹脂組成物所形成之像素者 [4 - 1 ]透明基板(支持體) 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 者,上述樹脂與 f脂部分(在此場 句分子量為1 0 0 0 。鹼可溶性樹脂 〇 是,高含前述之 基不飽和化合物 基部分而成之構 3 0 w t %以上,以 圭。在低於3 0 w t % 飽和鍵由來之光 率乃以感光性著 為 5〜60wt%,以 中,由於有時發 油墨狀液體經過 以說明。 基板上形成有由 79 1296639 彩色濾光片之透明基板主要具有透明性及適當程度 度,則未特別受到限制。為其材質,例如可舉出,由 系樹脂(如聚對酞酸乙二酯等)、聚烯烴系樹脂(如聚丙 聚乙烯等)、熱塑性樹脂(如聚碳酸酯、聚曱基丙烯酸曱 聚砜等)所製之片材,由環氧樹脂、不飽和聚酯樹脂、】 基)丙烯酸系樹脂等之熱固性樹脂所製之片材,或各種 等。其中在耐熱性之觀點上,以玻璃、耐熱性樹脂較 為了改良透明基板及黑色基體形成用基板之表面 (如黏附性等),在必要時對此項基板施加電暈放電處 臭氧處理,矽烷偶合劑、胺曱酸乙酯系樹脂等各種樹 薄膜形成處理等亦可。透明基板之厚度係通常設在〇. 以上(以(Κ 1 m m以上較佳),1 0 m m以下(以7 m m以下較4 範圍内。再者,在施行各種樹脂之薄膜形成處理之場 其膜厚係通常設在0. 0 1 // m以上(以0 . 0 5 // m以上較4 1 0 // m以下(以5 // m以下較佳)之範圍内。 [4 - 2 ]黑色基體 在上述透明基板上設置黑色基體,然後形成通常所 紅色、綠色、藍色之像素圖像時,可藉此形成本發明 之彩色濾光片。上述著色樹脂組成物乃被用作上述紅 綠色、藍色中之至少一色之光阻形成用塗敷液。關於 基體,在透明基板上之素玻璃面上,或關於紅色、綠 藍色,在形成於透明基板上之樹脂黑色基體形成面上 在使用鉻化合物或其他遮光金屬材料所形成之金屬黑 體形成面上,施行塗敷、加熱乾燥、圖像曝光、顯像 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 之強 聚酯 烯、 酯、 U曱 玻璃 佳。 物性 理 , 脂之 0 5mm &quot;之 合, &quot;, 用之 有關 色、 黑色 色、 ,或 色基 、 以 80 1296639 及熱硬化之各處理,以形成各色之像素圖像。 黑色基體係在利用遮光金屬薄膜或黑色基體用感光性著 色樹脂組成物之下形成於透明基板上者。為遮光金屬材 料,可使用金屬鉻、氧化鉻、氮化鉻等之鉻化合物,鎳與 鎢之合金等,其為此項材料積層成二層以上之多層物亦可。 上述金屬遮光膜在一般係依照濺鍍法所形成,藉正型光 阻以膜狀形成所指定之圖型後,對鉻使用一種由硝酸敍飾 (I V )與過氯酸及/或硝酸混合成之蝕刻液,而對其他材料使 用對該材料合適之蝕刻液,以施行蝕刻,最後將正型光阻 藉專用之剝離劑予以剝離即可形成黑色基體。 在此場合,首先藉蒸鍍法(蒸氣沈積法)或濺鍍法等之方 法,在透明基板上形成上述金屬或金屬·金屬氧化物之薄 膜。其次,在此薄膜上形成著色樹脂組成物之塗膜後,在 使用擁有條紋、嵌花、三角等之重複圖型之光罩之下,使 塗膜曝光·顯像,而形成光組圖像。然後,此對塗膜施加 蝕刻處理即可形黑色基體。 在利用黑色基體用著色樹脂組成物之場合,使用一含有 黑色色材之著色樹脂組成物以形成黑色基體。例如,使用 一含有單獨或複數之黑色色材(如碳黑、石墨、鐵黑、苯胺 黑、菁黑、鈦黑等)或含有從無機或有機之顏料、染料中適 當選出之藉紅色、綠色、藍色等之混合所得之黑色色材之 著色樹脂組成物,與下述之紅色、綠色、藍色之像素圖像 形成方法一樣施行即可形成黑色基體。 [4 - 3 ]像素之形成 81 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 在設有黑色基體之透明基板上,塗敷一含有紅色、綠 藍色中任一色之著色材料之著色樹脂組成物,乾燥後 光罩重疊在塗膜上,藉由此光罩施行圖像曝光、顯像 要時施行熱硬化或光硬化,以形成像素圖像,而製成 層。將此操作,關於紅、綠、藍之三色之著色樹脂組 各別施行即可形成彩色濾光片圖像。 彩色濾光片用之著色樹脂組成物之塗敷可藉旋塗沒 心喷射塗法)、密繞線桿塗法、流塗法、(狹縫)模塗法 塗法、喷塗法等施行之。尤其依照模塗法(狹縫給液^ 時,可大幅減少塗敷液使用量,且全然不受到依照旋 時所附著之濕氣等之影響,此外可抑制異物之產生等 綜合觀點上較佳。 塗膜之厚度若太大,圖型顯像則變得有困難之同時 晶單元化步驟中之間隙調整亦變得有困難,在另一方 太小,則難於提高顏料濃度,有時導致無法顯現所指 顏色。關於塗膜之厚度,其乾燥後之膜厚係通常設在 // m以上(以 0 . 5 // m以上較佳,而以 0 · 8 // m以上進一 佳),2 0 // m以下(以1 0 # m以下較佳,而以5 // m以下 步較佳)之範圍内。 [4 - 4 ]塗膜之乾燥 著色樹脂組成物塗敷於基板上之後之塗膜之乾燥最 依照使用熱板、I R烘箱、對流烘箱之乾燥法施行之。 在初步乾燥後,再次予以加熱乾燥。初步乾燥之條件 前述溶劑成分之種類,要使用之乾燥機之性能等適當 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 色、 ,將 , 必 著色 成物 Γ (離 、滚 t法) 塗法 ,在 ,液 面若 定之 0. 2 步較 進一 好能 通常 可依 選擇 82 1296639 之。乾燥溫度及乾燥時間係依溶劑成分之種類,要使用之 乾燥機之性能等選擇者,具體而言,乾燥溫度係通常設在 4 0 °C以上(以5 0 °C以上較佳),8 0 °C以下(以7 0 °C以下較佳) 之範圍内,而乾燥時間係通常設在1 5秒鐘以上(以3 0秒鐘 以上較佳),5分鐘以下(以3分鐘以下較佳)之範圍内。 再加熱乾燥之溫度條件乃以高於初步乾燥溫度之溫度較 佳,具體而言,其溫度係通常設在5 0 °C以上(以7 0 °C以上 較佳),2 0 0 °C以下(以1 6 0 °C以下較佳,尤其以1 3 0 °C以下 較佳)之範圍内。乾燥時間乃依加熱溫度而不同,不過,通 常設在1 0秒鐘以上(以1 5秒鐘以上較佳),1 0分鐘以下(以 5分鐘以下較佳)之範圍内。乾燥溫度愈高,對透明基板之 黏附性愈被提高,但若太高,黏合劑樹脂則會分解,有時 誘發熱聚合而發生顯像不良。又按,為此塗膜之乾燥步驟, 使用不提高溫度而在減壓室内施行乾燥之減壓乾燥法亦 可 〇 [4 - 5 ]曝光步驟 圖像曝光乃將負型之基體圖型重疊在著色樹脂組成物之 塗膜上,藉由此光罩圖型照射以紫外線或可視光線之光 源,以施行曝光。此際,在必要時,為了防止氧氣所引起 之光聚合性層之感度降低,在光聚合性層上形成聚乙烯醇 層等之氧氣遮斷層後施行曝光亦可。使用於上述圖像曝光 之光源並未特別受到限制。為光源,例如可舉出,如氙燈、 鹵燈、鎢燈、高壓汞燈、超高壓汞燈、金屬鹵化物燈、中 壓汞燈、低壓汞燈、碳弧燈、螢光燈等之燈光源,如氬離 83 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 子雷射、YAG雷射、準分子雷射(excimer laser)、氮雷射、 氦鎘雷射、半導體雷射等之雷射光源等。在照射特定波長 之光以供使用之場合,利用光學濾波器亦可。 [4-6 ]顯像步驟 本發明有關之彩色濾光片係可用下述方法來製造:即對 塗膜,在使用本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物之所形成者, 藉上述光源施行圖像曝光後,使用有機溶劑或含有界面活 性劑及鹼性化合物之水溶液以施行顯像,藉此在基板上形 成圖像之方法。此水溶液可進一步含有有機溶劑、緩衝劑、 錯合化劑、染料或顏料。 為驗性化合物,可舉出,如氫氧化納、氫氧化If、氫氧 化鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、矽酸鈉、 矽酸鉀、偏矽酸鈉、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、磷酸氫鈉、磷酸氫 鉀、磷酸二氫鈉、磷酸二氫鉀、氫氧化銨等之無機鹼性化 合物,如乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、曱胺、二曱胺、 三甲胺、乙胺、二乙胺、三乙胺、異丙胺、二異丙胺、正 丁胺、異丙醇胺、二異内醇胺、三異丙醇胺、伸乙亞胺、 氫氧化四曱銨(TMAH)、膽綸等之有機鹼性化合物。此項鹼 性化合物為二種以上之鹼性化合物之混合物亦可。 為界面活性劑,例如可舉出,如多氧伸乙基烧基ϋ類、 多氧伸乙基烧基芳基_類、多氧伸乙基烧基酯類、花楸丹 烧基酯類、單甘油酯烧基酯類等之非離子系界面活性劑, 如烷基苯磺酸鹽類,烷基萘磺酸鹽類、烷基硫酸鹽類、烷 基磺酸鹽類、磺酸基丁二酸酯鹽類等之陰離子性界面活性 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 84 1296639 劑、如烧基甜菜礆類、胺基酸類等之兩性界面活性劑。 為有機溶劑,例如可舉出異丙醇、苄醇、2 -乙氧乙醇、 2-丁氧乙醇、2-苯氧乙醇、丙二醇、二丙酮醇等。將有機 溶劑單獨使用或與水溶液合併使用均可。 顯像處理之條件並未特別受到限制,不過,顯像溫度係 通常設在1 0 °C以上(以1 5 °C以上較佳,而以2 0 °C以上進一 步較佳),5 0 °C以下(以4 5 °C以下較佳,而以4 0 °C以下進一 步較佳)之範圍内。顯像方法可依照浸潰顯像法、喷霧顯像 法、刷子顯像法、超音波顯像等方法中之任一方法。 又按,本發明有關之彩色濾光片之製造,除了可依照上 述之製造方法之外,亦可依照(1 )將一含有溶劑、酞菁系顏 料(充當色材)、以及聚醯亞胺系樹脂(充當黏合劑樹脂)之 硬化性著色樹脂組成物塗敷於基材上而用蝕刻法來形成像 素圖像之方法施行製造。為其製造方法,又可舉出(2 )將含 有酞菁系顏料之著色樹脂組成物用作著色油墨,而在使用 印刷機之下,直接在透明基板上形成像素圖像之方法,(3 ) 將含有酞菁系顏料之著色樹脂組成物用作電極沈積液,使 基板浸潰於此電極沈積液中,而使著色膜沈積於形成有指 定圖型之I T 0電極上之方法等。此外,可舉出(4 )將塗有一 含有酞菁系顏料之著色樹脂組成物之膜片貼在透明基板上 而予以剝離,施行圖像曝光、顯像,以形成像素圖像之方 法,(5 )將含有酞菁系顏料之著色樹脂組成物用作著色油 墨,而使用喷墨列印機來形成像素圖像之方法等。彩色濾 光片之製造方法乃依照彩色濾光片用著色樹脂組成物之組 85 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 成,採取對此合適之方法。 [4 - 7 ]熱硬化處理 對顯像後之彩色濾光片施加熱硬化處理。關於此際之熱 硬化處理條件,其溫度係通常在1 0 0 °C以上(以1 5 0 °C以上 較佳),2 8 0 °C以下(以 2 5 0 °C以下較佳)之範圍内選擇,而 其時間係在5分鐘以上,6 0分鐘以下之範圍内選擇者。經 過上述之一連串步驟後,完成一個顏色之圖型圖像之形 成。依次反覆此一連串步驟,施行黑色、紅色、綠色、藍 色之圖型化,以形成彩色濾光片。又按,4色之圖型化之 次序並未受到上述次序之限制。 [4 - 8 ]透明電極之形成 本發明有關之彩色濾光片乃以此原狀直接在圖像上形成 I TO等之透明電極,而充當彩色顯示器、液晶顯示裝置等 之零件之一部分被使用,不過為了提高表面平滑性或耐久 性,必要時在圖像上形成聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺等之頂塗層亦 可。再者,一部分在平面取向型驅動方式(I PS模態)等之 用途上,有時不形成透明電極。 [5]液晶顯不裝置(面板) 其次,針對本發明有關之液晶顯示裝置(面板)之製造方 法加以說明。本發明有關之液晶顯示裝置之製造在一般之 情形為如下:在上述本發明有關之彩色濾光片上形成配向 膜,使間隔物散布於此配向膜上之後,與對向基板相對黏 貼以形成液晶早元,將液晶注入所形成之液晶早元,將對 向電極予以結線而完成製造。配向膜乃以樹脂(如聚醯亞胺 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 86 1296639 等)膜較合適。為配向膜之形成,可採用凹版印刷法及/或 凸版印刷法(F 1 e X 〇 g r a p h i c p r i n t i n g,舊名為苯胺印刷 法),而將配向膜之厚度設定為數 1 0 nm。按加熱燒製法施 行配向膜之硬化處理後,藉紫外線之照射或用摩擦用布之 處理以施行表面處理,而加工成可調整液晶傾度之表面狀 態。 為間隔物使用一種具有對應於配向膜與對向基板之間隙 之大小者,通常以2〜8 // m大小較合適。在彩色遽光片基板 上,藉光蝕刻法形成透明樹脂膜之光刻隔層(P S ),以此應 用以代替間隔物亦可。為對向基板,通常使用陣列基板, 尤其以TFT(薄膜電晶體)基板較合適。 與對向基板相對黏貼後(隔著間隔物)之間隙乃依液晶顯 示裝置之用途而不同,不過通常在2//m以上,8/zm以下 之範圍内予以選擇。在配向膜與對向基板相對黏貼後,將 液晶注入口以外之部分使用環氧樹脂等之密封劑予以封 閉。藉U V照射及/或加熱使密封劑硬化,以密封液晶單元 周邊。 將周邊密封後之液晶單元按面板單位予以切斷後,在真 空室内形成減壓狀態,使上述液晶注入口浸潰於液晶中, 然後泄放於室内,藉此將液晶注入液晶單元内。液晶單元 内之減壓度係通常設在1 X 1 0 _ 2 P a以上(以1 X 1 0 _ 3 P a以上較 佳),lx 10_7Pa以下(以lx 10-6Pa以下較佳)之範圍内。再 者,在減壓時較佳的是,施行液晶單元之加溫,加溫之溫 度係通常設在3 0 °C以上(以5 0 °C以上較佳),1 0 0 °C以下(以 87 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 9 0 °C以下較佳)之範圍内。減壓時之加溫保持時間乃設在 1 0分鐘以上,6 0分鐘以下之範圍内。然後(使液晶單元) 浸潰於液晶中。注入有液晶之液晶早元由其液晶注入口猎 U V硬化樹脂之硬化而被封閉,完成液晶顯示裝置(面板)。 液晶之種類並未特別受到限制,可為如芳香族系液晶、 脂肪族系液晶、多環狀化合物液晶等之迄今習知之液晶, 而屬於感膠離子液晶(lyotropic liquid crystal)、熱致 液晶(the rmotropic liquid crystal)等之中之任一種液 晶均可。為熱致液晶、已知有向列液晶、層列液晶(s m e c t i c liquid crystal) ^膽固醇液晶等,而屬於其中之任一種液 晶均可。 &lt;實施例&gt; 其次,舉出製造例、實施例、以及比較例,以進一步具 體說明本發明,但本發明只要不超過其要旨,則未受到以 下之實施例之限制。又按,在下述實施例中,「份」表示「份 (重量)」。 &lt;實施例1〜1 8及比較例1〜1 3 &gt; &lt;合成例1 &gt;黏合劑樹脂a之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙烯2 0份(重量), 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5 7份,以及具有三環癸烷骨架之單 丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「F A - 5 1 3 Μ」8 2份(重量), 然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器 内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二曱胺苯酚0. 7份(重量) 88 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 及氫醌Ο . 1 2份(重量)投入丙烯酸2 7份(重量),在1 2 0 °C 溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞酐(Τ Η P A ) 5 2份 (重量),三乙胺Ο · 7份(重量),而在1 2 0 °C溫度下進行反 應3 . 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂藉G P C所測定之重量 平均分子量M w為約1 5 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例2 &gt;黏合劑樹脂b之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙烯1 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯7 1份(重量),以及具有三環癸烷骨 架之單丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「FA-513M」82份 (重量),然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將 反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺甲苯酚 0 · 9份(重量)及氫醌Ο · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸3 4份(重 量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞 酐(THPA)65份(重量),三乙胺0.8份(重量),而在120°C 溫度下進行反應3. 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂藉G P C 所測定之重量平均分子量M w為約1 7 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例3 &gt;黏合劑樹脂c之合成 將丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加曱基丙烯酸苄酯1 8份 (重量),甲基丙稀酸甲酯10份(重量),甲基丙稀酸縮水甘 油酯7 1份(重量),以及具有三環癸烷骨架之單丙烯酸酯 (「日立化成」公司產品「F A - 5 1 3 Μ」)6 2份(重量),然後 在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器内之 89 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺甲苯酚Ο . 9份(重量)及 氫醌Ο · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸3 4份(重量),在1 2 0 °C溫 度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞酐(THP A) 6 5份(重 量),三乙胺0.8份(重量),而在120 °C溫度下進行反應3.5 小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂藉GPC所測定之重量平均分 子量Mw為約1 3 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例4 &gt;黏合劑樹脂d之合成 將丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙烯3 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸3 4份(重量),然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2 小時。其次,將反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁 二曱胺曱苯酚0.9份(重量)及氫醌0.15份(重量)投入丙烯 酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)曱酯5 1份(重量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼 續反應6小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂藉GPC所測定之重 量平均分子量Mw為約1 8 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例5 &gt;黏合劑樹脂e之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加曱基丙烯酸苄酯5 3份 (重量),甲基丙豨酸甲酯40份(重量),甲基丙稀酸26份(重 量),然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應 容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二曱胺曱苯酚0 . 9份 (重量)及氫醌0 · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基) 甲酯4 0份(重量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。如此 得到之黏合劑樹脂藉GPC所測定之重量平均分子量Mw為約 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 90 1296639 1 6 0 0 0 ° &lt;合成例6 &gt;黏合劑樹脂a ’之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以擾拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙稀2 0份(重量), 甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5 7份,以及具有三環癸烷骨架之單 丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「F A - 5 1 3 Μ」8 2份(重量), 然後在1 4 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應容器 内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二曱胺曱苯酚0 . 7份(重量) 及氫醌0 · 1 2份(重量)投入丙烯酸2 7份(重量),在1 2 0 °C 溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞酐(Τ Η P A ) 5 2份 (重量),三乙胺0 · 7份(重量),而在1 2 0 °C溫度下f進行反 應3. 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量平均分子量M w 藉G P C所測定之結果為約5 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例7 &gt;黏合劑樹脂b ’之合成 將丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙烯1 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯7 1份(重量),以及具有三環癸烷骨 架之單丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「FA-513M」82份 (重量),然後在1 4 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將 反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺甲苯酚 0 · 9份(重量)及氫醌0 · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸3 4份(重 量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酜 酐(THPA)65份(重量),三乙胺0.8份(重量),而在120°C 溫度下進行反應3 · 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量 91 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 平均分子量Mw藉GPC所測定之結果為約6 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例8 &gt;黏合劑樹脂c ’之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加苯乙烯2 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5 7份(重量),以及具有三環癸烷骨 架之單丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「FA-513M」82份 (重量),然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將 反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺甲苯酚 0 · 7份(重量)及氫醌0 · 1 2份(重量)投入丙烯酸2 7份(重 量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞 酐(THPA)52份(重量),三乙胺0. 7份(重量),而在120°C 溫度下進行反應3. 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量 平均分子量M w藉G P C所測定之結果為約1 5 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例9 &gt;黏合劑樹脂d ’之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加苯乙烯1 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯7 1份(重量),以及具有三環癸烷骨 架之單丙烯酸酯(「日立化成」公司產品「FA-513M」82份 (重量),然後在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將 反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺甲苯酚 0 . 9份(重量)及氫醌0 . 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸3 4份(重 量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。其後,添加四氫酞 酐(THPA)65份(重量),三乙胺0.8份(重量),而在120°C 溫度下進行反應3 · 5小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量 92 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 平均分子量Mw藉GPC所測定之結果為約1 7 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例1 0 &gt;黏合劑樹脂e ’之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C 。對此滴加苯乙烯3 0份(重量), 曱基丙烯酸3 4份(重量),然後在1 4 (TC溫度下繼續攪拌2 小時。其次,將反應容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁 二曱胺曱苯酚0 . 9份(重量)及氫醌0 · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯 酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)甲酯5 1份(重量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼 續反應6小時。如此得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量平均分子量 M w箱· G P C所測定之結果為約8 0 0 0。 &lt;合成例1 1 &gt;黏合劑樹脂f ’之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯145份(重量)在用氮氣換氣之下 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加曱基丙烯酸苄酯5 3份 (重量),曱基丙烯酸曱酯40份(重量),曱基丙烯酸26份(重 量),然後在1 4 0 °C溫度下繼續攪拌2小時。其次,將反應 容器内之環境氣體改換以空氣,將叁二甲胺曱苯酚0 . 9份 (重量)及氫醌0 · 1 5份(重量)投入丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基) 甲酯4 0份(重量),在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時。如此 得到之黏合劑樹脂之重量平均分子量M w藉G P C所測定之結 果為約8000 。 &lt;合成例1 2 &gt;聚己内酯之合成 使月桂醇5份(重量)、己内酯9 5份(重量)、以及二月桂 酸二丁鍚0 · 0 0 3份(重量)混合,而在1小時以内加熱至1 6 0 °C 。當得到9 9 %之固體含量時,立刻終止加成反應。 93 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;合成例1 3 &gt;聚己内酯之合成 除了將合成例1 2之月桂醇改為曱醇之外,均以與合成例 1 2相同之條件進行反應。 &lt;合成例1 4 &gt;胺甲酸乙酯系分散樹脂之合成 將二異氰酸伸甲苯酯之三聚物(「三菱化學」公司產品 「MAITEC GP 7 5 0 A」,樹脂固形分5 0 w t %,2,4 -二異氰酸伸 曱苯酯:2,6 _二異氰酸伸曱苯酯=8 : 2之混合物,乙酸丁酯 溶液)3 2份(重量)及充當觸媒之二月桂酸二丁錫0 · 0 1份 (重量)使用PGMEA(丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯)47份(重量)予以 稀釋溶化。對此,在攪拌下滴加一由平均分子量2,0 0 0之 在一末端形成有月桂烷氧基之聚己内酯(由合成例1 2所得 者)14.4份(重量)與平均分子量1,000之多氧四亞甲基乙 二醇9 · 6份(重量)所形成之混合物後,在7 0 °C溫度下進行 反應3小時。其次,添加N,N -二曱-1,3 -丙二胺1份(重 量),在4 0 °C溫度下再進行反應1小時。將如此得到之含 有分散樹脂之溶液之胺價藉中和滴定求出之結果為 3 2mgKOH/g。再者,將樹脂含量藉乾固法(用熱板在1 50°C 溫度下加熱3 0分鐘以除去溶劑而由重量變化量算出樹脂 濃度)求出之結果,得到樹脂含量4 0 w t %。 &lt;合成例1 5 &gt;胺甲酸乙酯系分散樹脂之合成 除了將合成例14之在一末端形成有月桂烷氧基之具有 平均分子量2, 000之聚己内酯改為在一末端形成有曱氧基 之具有平均分子量2,0 0 0之聚己内酯(由合成例1 3所得者) 之外,均以與合成例1 4相同之方式施行合成而得到下述構 94 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 造之分散樹脂。此樹脂之酸價為3 2 m g Κ Ο Η / g,樹脂含量為 4 0 w t % 〇 &lt;合成例1 6 &gt;胺曱酸乙酯系分散樹脂之合成 除了將合成例14之在一末端形成有月桂烷氧基之具有 平均分子量2, 000之聚己内酯改為在一末端形成有曱氧基 之具有平均分子量2,0 0 0之聚己内酯(由合成例1 3所得者) 並將N,N -二曱_1,3_丙二胺改為3_胺基-1,2,4-三°坐之 外,均以與合成例1 4相同之方式施行合成而得到分散樹 脂。此樹脂之酸價為3 2 m g Κ Ο H / g,樹脂含量為4 0 w t %。 合成例1 4〜1 6所製得之胺甲酸乙酯系分散劑之構造為如 下所示:For the conventional use of the mono(methyl)propyl group having the structure represented by the above formula (VI), for example, the following structural formula (X): ^^CH CH2&quot;·-C - C*~〇-R *j2 (X) Ο (In the above formula (X), Rh represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrazine according to the formula (VI)). The mono(indenyl) acrylate has the above formula (VI). The content of the structural monomer is usually set at 10 m ο 1 % or more (preferably), and 90 m ο 1 % or less (more preferably 70 m ο 1 % or less, and further preferably) Within the scope. Due to this configuration, there is heat or strength. The other component (B) is not particularly limited, and is as follows: styrene, styrene a-, o-, m-, p-non-nitro derivative, cyano derivative, guanamine derivative , ester-diene, 2,3-dimethylbutadiene, isoprene, chloroprene; such as methyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate Isopropyl (meth)acrylate, (butyl) propylene (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Propylene (meth) hexyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (lauryl) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, (methyl) propylene 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 enoate, which can be: R 1 2 indicates that it may increase the resistance to specific examples of the derivative of the compound, such as butene, in the copolymerization of 15 mol% or more and 5 0 m ο 1 % or less. Diene, (meth)propane "n-butyl acrylate, ester, (methyl)" isoamyl ester, (methyl) propyl acid cyclopentyl ester, 53 1296639 (fluorenyl) Cyclohexyl enoate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, isomeric (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [3 · 3 · 1 · 13 '7 ] decyl ester, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (mercapto) acrylate, lysyl (decyl) acrylate , onion methyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-methylene dimethacrylate (meth)acrylate, sulphate (meth) acrylate, furyl (meth) acrylate, furfuryl (meth) acrylate , (mercapto) tetrahydrofuran acrylate, (meth) acrylate, methacrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, toluene (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 1, 1,1-trifluoroethyl ester, perfluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoro-n-propyl (meth) acrylate, perfluoroisopropyl (meth) acrylate, triphenyl methacrylate , (decyl) cumene acrylate, 3-(N,N-diguanamine) propyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl enoate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate; such as (mercapto) acrylamide, (mercapto) propylene hydrazine N, N - decylamine , (meth) propylene oxime N, N - diethylamine, (meth) propylene hydride N, N - dipropylamine, (mercapto) propylene hydrazine N, N - diisopropylamine, (meth) propylene allysamine (meth) acrylamide; such as (fluorenyl) acrylonitrile, (meth) acrylonitrile, acrolein, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, vinyl fluoride, vinylidene fluoride, N - an ethylene compound such as vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl pyridine or vinyl acetate; such as diethyl decyl maleate, diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, methylene An unsaturated dibasic acid diester such as diethyl succinate; such as N-phenyl maleic acid monoamine, N-cyclohexane maleic acid monoamine, N-lauric acid N-(meth)acrylic acid oxime 312/N-(4-hydroxyphenyl) maleic acid monoimine, etc. Instruction manual (supplement) /93-04/93101159 54 129 6639 Imine, etc. It is effective to obtain at least one compound selected from the group consisting of styrene, (decyl) decyl acrylate, and maleic acid monoamine as a component (B) for the purpose of obtaining superior heat resistance and strength. . The content of the component (B) in the monomer for copolymerization is usually in the range of usually 10 mol% or more, preferably 20 m ο 1 % or more, more preferably 30 m ο 1 % or more, and further, usually It is preferably 9 5 m 〇 1% or less, preferably 80 ο 1 % or less, and further preferably 70 ο 1 % or less. If the content of the component (B) is too large, the amount of the polymerizable component and the soluble component to be added is insufficient because the component (A) is decreased. On the other hand, if the amount is too small, the heat retention property or the strength is lowered, which is not preferable. &lt;(C) Unsaturated monobasic acid&gt; The (C) unsaturated monobasic acid is added to 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group contained in the copolymer of the above component (A) and component (B). For the component (C), a conventional one can be used, and examples thereof include an unsaturated carboxylic acid having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and specific examples thereof include acrylic acid, mercaptoacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, and - p-vinylbenzoic acid, (mercapto)acrylic acid (3:-position, alkyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano substituted, etc., etc., especially preferably acrylic or Mercaptoacrylic acid. The addition ratio of the component (C) is based on the epoxy group contained in the copolymer of the component (A) and the component (B), and is usually set at 10 m ο 1 % or more (at 3 m ο 1 % or more is preferable, and more preferably 50 mol% or more, and 100 mol% or less. If the addition ratio is too low, the residual epoxy group may have a bad influence on stability over time and the like. &lt; (D) Polyhydric anhydride&gt; 55 312/Invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 The epoxy group added to the copolymer of the component (A) and the component (B) from the component (C) The 10 to 100 mol% of the radical generated at the time causes the polybasic anhydride (D) to function as an addition. The use of the polybasic anhydride (D) is intended to impart solubility to the binder resin of the present invention, and a conventional polybasic anhydride can be used for this purpose, and examples thereof include, for example, maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and sub-anhydride. Mercaptosuccinic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, 1,4,5,6,7,7-hexachlorobicyclo[2·2·1]-5-heptene-2,3 a dibasic anhydride such as phthalic anhydride; a polybasic anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetraphthalic anhydride, diphenylketone tetraphthalic anhydride or biphenyl tetraphthalic anhydride. Among them, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride or succinic anhydride is preferred. The addition ratio of the polybasic anhydride is based on the molar ratio of the total amount of the hydroxyl groups generated when the component (C) is added to the epoxy group, and is usually set at 10 m 〇 1% or more (at 20 m ο 1 %). Preferably, the above is more preferably 30 m ο 1 % or more, and 1 0 0 m ο 1 % or less (more preferably 9 0 in ο 1 % or less, and further preferably 80 ο 1 % or less). In the range of ) to perform the addition. If the addition rate is too high, the residual film ratio at the time of development may be lowered, and if it is too low, the solubility may be insufficient. &lt;Method for Producing Binder Resin&gt; For the copolymerization reaction between the component (A) and the component (B), a conventional solution polymerization method can be applied. The solvent to be used is mainly inert to the radical polymerization, and is not particularly limited, and an organic solvent which is usually used can be used. For example, specific examples thereof include ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, and ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate (e.g., 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-butoxyethyl acetate, etc.). a mono-alkyl ether acetate (eg, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, carbitol acetate, tetracaine acetate, etc.), 56 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Propylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate, ethyl acetate of monohydric (propylene glycol) monoethyl ether acetate; ethylene glycol dialkyl ether Class; a condensed oxime (ethylene glycol) dialkyl ethers (such as carbaryl alcohol, carbitol, tetracaine, etc.); di-tris (ethylene glycol) dialkyl ethers; propylene glycol II Alkyl ethers; monohydric (propylene glycol) dialkyl ethers; ethers (such as 1,4 - di- ethane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.); ketones (such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, decyl isobutyl) Ketones, cyclohexanone, etc.); hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, diphenyl, octane, decane, etc.); petroleum solvents (such as petroleum ether, naphtha, hydrogenated naphtha, solvent naphtha) ); Lactic acid esters (e.g. methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, etc.); Yue-yl two Yue Amides; N-rattle slightly bite Yue-yl ketone. These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The solvent is used in an amount of 100 parts by weight based on the weight of the binder resin, usually 30 parts by weight or more (more preferably 50 parts by weight or more), and 1 part by weight (weight). The following (with a weight of 800 parts by weight or less). If it is outside this range, it is difficult to control the molecular weight. The radical polymerization initiator used in the present invention is mainly used to initiate radical polymerization, and is not particularly limited, and an organic peroxide catalyst or an azo compound which is usually used can be used. For example, specific examples thereof can be classified into conventional ketone peroxides, peroxy condensates, hydroperoxides, di-bromo peroxide, bismuth peroxide, peroxyesters, peroxydicarbonates, and further, Azo compounds are also effective. As a specific example, for example, benzammonium peroxide, difenyl peroxide, dicumyl peroxide, ditributyl peroxide, tert-butyl peroxybenzoate, or benzoquinone can be used. Acid hexyl hexyl ester, peroxy-2-ethylhexanoic acid III 57 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 butyl ester, peroxy-2-ethylhexyl trihexyl ester, 1,1-bis(t-butoxy)-3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, hydroperoxide 2,5-diindole-2,5 tributylperoxy)hexyl-3,3-iso Propyl, tert-butyl hydroperoxide, difenyl, difenyl hydroperoxide, ethoxylated oxime, peroxybis(4-tert-butylcyclohexyl), diisopropyl peroxydicarbonate Ester, isobutyl, 3, 3, 5 -trimethylhexyl peroxide, laurel, 1,1 double (third butyl peroxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, 1 , 1 double (peroxy) 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexane, azobisisobutyronitrile, azobis and the like. The amount of the radical polymerization polymerization initiator which is selected according to the polymerization temperature to be an appropriate half-reduction period is based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of the copolymerization reaction, and is usually set at 0.5 part (weight i (in 1 part) It is preferably (by weight) or more, and is in the range of 20 parts by weight or less (preferably 1 or less). In the polymerization method, the monomer used in the copolymerization reaction and the self-initiating initiator are dissolved in a solvent, and the mixture is heated while being stirred to carry out polymerization, or the monomer to which the radical polymerization initiator is added is added dropwise to the mixed solution. Also in the solvent. The reaction conditions may be in accordance with the target molecular weight. The reaction temperature is usually set at 70 ° C or higher (preferably at 80 ° C or higher): or less (preferably at 130 ° C or lower). Further, the reaction is carried out for a period of 2 hours or longer (preferably 3 hours or longer), and 20 hours for preferably 10 hours or less. In order to add the unsaturated monobasic acid (C) to the above copolymer, a conventional method can be used for the addition of the anhydride (D). Furthermore, in the present invention, in order to improve the light sensitivity, it is also possible to pass-double (peroxy oxycarbonate, third carbon ruthenium) in 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159. Amine I hair. Use a single t) above (the weight of the base polymerization reaction is also heated to change, 丨150〇C between the system (to make the polynuclear anhydride 58 1296639 (D) addition, the resulting One part of the carboxyl group, such that the glycidyl (meth)acrylate or the glycidyl ether compound having a polymerizable unsaturated group functions as an addition' or, in order to improve the developability, after the addition of the polybasic anhydride (D), The glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group is added to one part of the generated carboxyl group. Further, the two may be used in combination. Specific examples of the glycidyl ether compound having no polymerizable unsaturated group Examples include glycidol mystery compounds having a phenyl group or a burnt group ("Nagase Chemical Industry", trade name: Denacol EX-111, Denacol EX-121, Denacol EX-141, Denacol EX-145, Denacol EX-146, Denacol EX-171 , DenacolE X-192), etc. The weight average molecular weight (M w ) of the adhesive resin of the present invention measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography) is usually set at 200 or more (more preferably 3,000 or more, Further, it is more preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 100,000 or less (preferably 50,000 or less, further preferably 10,000 or less, particularly preferably 8,000 or less), and the weight average molecular weight is less than 2. When 0 0 0, poor heat resistance and film strength are obtained, and if it exceeds 1 Torr, the solubility in the developing solution is insufficient, so that it is not suitable. In order to prevent the dry coagulation of the tip end of the die at the time of coating from being promoted, it is preferable to set it to 1 or less. Further, the molecular weight distribution (Mw/Μη) is preferably 2 to 5. The content of the agent resin in the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention is usually set at 10% by weight or more (more preferably 20% by weight or more), and 80% by weight or less (less than 7% by weight). In addition, the ratio of color materials is usually set at 20% or more (at 30% by weight) Preferably, it is further preferably 5 wt 0 wt % or less (5 wt 0 wt % or less), and preferably 5 wt 0 wt % or less, and is preferably 50 % % 59 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 2 0 0 wt % or less is further preferred). Further, as for the resin structure, it is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 08-269-36, or JP-A No. 2, However, as described above, it is required to cooperate with a dispersing agent having a specific structure to achieve a desired effect. [1 - 5 ] Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride The colored resin composition of the present invention may also contain a molecular weight of 1 An organic carboxylic acid and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride of less than 0 0 0. Preferably, when the dispersing agent is an urethane dispersing agent, the organic ferulic acid and/or organic scorpion liver is contained. Specific examples of the acid compound include an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include citric acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimellitic acid, and caproic acid. a monocarboxylic acid such as glycolic acid, acrylic acid or mercaptoacrylic acid, such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexyl dicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid a dicarboxylic acid such as sulfhydryl succinic acid, methyl maleic acid, maleic acid or fumaric acid For example, a tricarboxylic acid such as propylene terephthalic acid or 1,2,3-propylene tridecanoic acid, etc. Further, the aromatic carboxylic acid may be directly bonded to a phenyl group such as benzoic acid or citric acid. a carboxylic acid having a carboxyl group; and a carboxylic acid having a carboxy group bonded to a carboxy group by a carbon bond. Among them, a carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 6,000 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 50,000 is preferable, specifically, cis. The enedic acid, succinic acid, and methylene succinic acid are preferred. The organic carboxylic anhydride compound may, for example, be an aliphatic carboxylic anhydride or an aromatic carboxylic anhydride. Specific examples thereof include acetic anhydride and trichloroacetic anhydride. , trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydroanthracene 60 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride, methylene succinic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1, An aliphatic carboxylic anhydride such as 2-cyclohexene phthalic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride or 5-decanethene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride, and examples of the aromatic carboxylic anhydride include phthalic anhydride. a trimellitic anhydride, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic anhydride, naphthoic anhydride, etc., particularly preferably a carboxylic anhydride having a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500, specifically, a maleene Diacetate, The dianhydride and the methylene succinic anhydride are preferably used. The amount of the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic anhydride (the ratio of the total solids) is usually set at 0. 0 1 to 1 0 wt %. It is preferably in the range of 0.03 to 5 wt%, more preferably 0.05 to 3 wt%. By adding the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic anhydride having a molecular weight of less than 1 000, it is possible to further reduce the residual of the undissolved material of the colored resin composition while maintaining the pattern adhesion of the height. In the patent No. 3 2 3 3 1 7 1 , although a method of adding an organic carboxylic acid compound having a molecular weight of 1 or less to a coloring composition is proposed, as described above, the denseness of the image portion may be caused according to this method. The decrease in the compatibility causes the development range to be narrowed, and the peeling of the pixels is liable to occur, and whitening defects are liable to occur. However, in the combination of the dispersant and the binder resin according to the present invention, even if an organic carboxylic acid and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride is added, such a phenomenon does not occur, and only the effect of reducing the residual of the undissolved matter is exhibited. [1 - 6 ] Photopolymerizable monomer The photopolymerizable monomer is mainly a polymerizable low molecular compound, and is not particularly limited, but is preferably an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenic double bond ( Hereinafter referred to as "ethylene compound"). The ethylenic compound is a compound having an ethylenic double bond, and the double bond causes the resin composition of the invention 61 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 color resin to be irradiated by active light. The photopolymerization initiating system is subjected to addition polymerization to be hardened. Further, the meaning of the monomer of the present invention is a concept opposite to the so-called high molecular substance, and includes the concept of a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer in addition to a monomer having a narrow meaning. The ethylenic compound may, for example, be as follows: unsaturated taurine; an ester formed from an unsaturated carboxylic acid and a monohydroxy compound; an ester formed from an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; An ester formed by a hydrocarbon compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid; obtained by esterification of an unsaturated carboxylic acid with a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a polyvalent hydroxy compound (such as the above aliphatic poly-peripheral compound, aromatic poly-peripheral compound, etc.) An ester; an ethyl amide compound having an urethane skeleton obtained by a reaction of a polyisocyanate compound and a hydroxy compound containing a (meth) acrylonitrile group. Examples of the ester formed of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include ethylene glycol diacrylate, triethylene glycol diacrylate, and trimethylolpropane triacrylate. Trimethylolethane triacrylate, pentaerythritol dipropionate s, isoprenol trisuccinate, isopentanol tetraacrylate, diisopentaerythritol tetraacrylate, two An acrylate such as pentaerythritol pentaacrylate, diisopentyl alcohol hexaacrylate or glycerin acrylate. Further, the methacrylate in which the acrylic acid moiety of the acrylate is partially substituted with methacrylic acid, the fluorenyl succinate partially substituted by methylene succinic acid, is partially crotonic acid. A substituted crotonate or a maleic acid ester substituted with a maleic acid moiety. Examples of the ester formed of the aromatic polyhydrocarbon compound and the unsaturated carboxylic acid include hydroquinone diacrylate, hydroquinone dimethacrylate, resorcinol dipropylene 62 312/invention specification (supplement)/ 93-04/93101159 1296639 Oleate, resorcinol dimethacrylate, 1,2,3-benzenetriol triacrylate, and the like. The ester obtained by the esterification reaction of unsaturated traconic acid with a polybasic acid and a polyvalent compound is not necessarily a single substance but may be a mixture. The representative examples thereof include the following: a condensate formed of acrylic acid, citric acid, and ethylene glycol; a condensate formed of acrylic acid, maleic acid, and monocondensed ethylene glycol; a condensate formed of methacrylic acid, p-citric acid, and pentaerythritol; a condensate formed of acrylic acid, adipic acid, butanediol, and glycerin. In the case of an ethylenic compound having an urethane skeleton obtained by a reaction of a polyisocyanate compound and a (fluorenyl)-based fluorenyl-based hydroxy compound, a polycyanate compound such as an aliphatic diisocyanate (such as hexamethylene fluorene) may be mentioned. Diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, etc.), alicyclic diisocyanate (such as cyclohexane diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, etc.), aromatic diisocyanate (such as methyl benzene diisocyanate, diphenyl decane) Diisocyanate, etc. and the like (meth) propylene sulfhydryl hydroxy compound such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 3-hydroxy (1,1,1-tripropenyl fluorenyl) A reactant formed by propane, 3-hydroxy (1,1,1-trimethylpropenylfluorenyl)propane or the like. Further, examples of the ethylenic compound used in the present invention include acrylamides (e.g., ethylene bis acrylamide, etc.), allyl esters (e.g., diallyl citrate, etc.), vinyl-containing compounds (e.g., hydrazine). Acid divinyl ester, etc.) are also useful. The blending ratio of the ethylenic compound is based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention, and is usually set to be more than Owt% (preferably 5 wt% or more, more preferably 10 wt% or more). , 80 wt% or less (70 wt% to 63 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 is preferred, and 50 wt% or less is further preferred, especially 40 wt% The following is more appropriate). Furthermore, the ratio of the color material is usually set to 〇wt% or more (preferably 5 wt% or more, more preferably 10 wt% or more, and particularly preferably 20 wt% or more), 2 0 0 It is in the range of wt% or less (preferably 1/10 wt% or less, and further preferably 80 wt% or less). [1 - 7 ] Photopolymerization Initiator In the case where the colored resin composition of the present invention contains an ethylenic compound of a monomer component, it is preferred to incorporate a photopolymerization initiator component which has direct absorption light or A function that is sensitized by light to cause a decomposition reaction or a hydrogen extraction reaction to produce a polymerization active radical. Further, in the present invention, the meaning of the component of the photopolymerization initiator is a mixture of a photopolymerization initiator, an accelerator, and an additive such as a sensitizing dye. The photopolymerization initiator which is a photopolymerization initiator component is exemplified by, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 59-150-369, and JP-A-6-151. The ruthenium cyclopentadienide metal complex containing ruthenium cyclopentadiene is described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. SHO-58-304, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 4 5 - 3 7 3 7 7 The hexaarylbiimidazole derivative, the halo-s-tri-negative derivative, and the N-aryl-α-amino acid (such as N-) described in the Gazette of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 1-0 - 3 9 5 0 3 "Phenylaminoacetic acid, etc.), Ν-aryl-α-amino acid salts, free radical active agents such as Ν-aryl-α-amino acid esters, "7 7彳&gt; 夂$力小" Dialkyl acetophenone, benzoin, 9-oxodibenzosulfone, as described on pages 16 to 26 of (Fine Chemical) (March 1, 1991, vol. 20, No. 4) In the case of a piperidine derivative, etc., the ruthenium cyclopentadiene which is described in JP-A-2002-242, And 64 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, α- -2 -Phenylphenylacetone, 1-hydroxy-1--(p-isopropyl)one, 1 -hydroxy-1 -(p-dodecylphenyl)one, 2 (4,-(sulfur) An acetophenone derivative such as benzene)-2-morpholine-1-propanone or 1,1,1-trichloropurinone; such as sulfur d-ketone, 2-ethylsulfur plU ketone, and 2 isopropyl sulfide (10) ketone , 2-chloro 2 , 4 - dimethyl thioxanthone, 2,4-diethyl thio-ketone, 2,4-diisopropyl thione derivative; such as ethyl p-diamine benzoate, a diethylamine benzoic acid acetate derivative; such as 9-phenyl acridine, 9-(p-oxime) acridine derivative; such as 9,10-dibenzophenone An onion ketone derivative such as benzoxanone; such as dioxindole cyclopentadienyl titanium, bisbenzoquinone cyclopentadienyl titanium, bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene- 1-based Cyclopentazone, bis-2,3, phenyl-1-ylcyclopentadiene titanium, bis-2,4,6-trifluorobenzene-1-yl wuqin, 2,6- Dioxene-1-yl-cyclopentaphenone, titanium 2,4-dicyclopentadiene, bis-2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzene-1-ylindole, titanium -2,6-difluorobenzene-1_ylindenylcyclopentadienyltitanium, 2,6-di-n-yl-1-yl)-phenyl-1-yl-wucyclopentadiene, etc. Gas ring 戍 two women's objects; such as 2_ fluorenyl-1*~[4-(methylthio)benzene]-2- phenanthrene-propan-1-ol dimethylamine-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl) )-butanone-1, 4-dimethylamine benzoquinone 4-diguanamine benzoic acid isoamyl ester, 4-diethylamine acetophenone, 4-diphenyl, 1,4-dimethylamine benzoic acid 2 - Ethylhexyl ester, 2,5-bis(4-benzyl)cyclohexanone, 7-diethylamine-3-(4-diethylamine benzamidine) benzo 312/invention specification (supplement)/93- 04/93101159 Methyl ethyl-fluorenyl (p-butylbenzene) thiophene, thione and other esters such as benzopyridinium; 5,6 _ tetra it cyclopentadienyl-1-ylindole Pentadiene fluoride - 3 - (anthracene titanium derivative, 2-benzyl-2-acid ethyl ester, decyl propyl hydrazine diethyl hexanone, 66 1296639 4-(diethylamine) phenyl styryl ketone, etc. Amine alkylphenyl W compound. As the accelerator constituting the photopolymerization initiator component, for example, N,N-dialkylamine benzoic acid, alkyl acetonate such as N,N-dimethylamine benzoate or the like can be used, such as 2- fluorene benzophenone. A heterocyclic ruthenium compound or an aliphatic polyfunctional ruthenium compound, such as σ sigma sigma, 2 - Wei benzo sigma, 2 - benzene, and sigma. The photopolymerization initiator and the accelerator may each be a mixture of two or more kinds. The blending ratio of the photopolymerization initiator component is based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition of the present invention, and is usually set at 0. 1 wt% or more (more preferably 0. 5 wt% or more, and 0). More preferably, 7 wt% or more, and 30 wt% or less (preferably 20 wt% or less, and further preferably 10 wt% or less). If the blending ratio is remarkably low, the sensitivity to the exposure light may be lowered. If the contrast is significantly higher, the solubility of the unexposed portion to the developing solution may be lowered, and the development may be induced. In addition, a photopolymerization initiator and an accelerator may be used in combination of two or more kinds, and a preferred combination of a photopolymerization initiator and an accelerator may, for example, be an imidazole derivative or an α-aminoalkyl phenyl ketone. A compound, and a combination of compounds having a heterocyclic ring. When necessary, the photopolymerization initiator component is blended with a sensitizing dye according to the wavelength of the image exposure light source for the purpose of improving the sensitivity. The sensitizing dyes of the present invention include the ice pigments described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 4 - 2 2 1 9 5 8 and JP-A-4-279.756, and the special Kaiping 3 - 2 3 9 No. 7 0 3, Special Kaiping 5 - 2 8 9 3 3 No. 5 contains the heterocyclic lutein pigment, special Kaiping 3 - 2 3 9 7 0 3, special Kaiping 5 - 2 8 9 3 - keto-oxacin compound described in the Gazettes of 3 3 5, 吼 67 67 312 / invention manual (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 as described in JP-A-6 - 1 9 2 4 0 Methylene-based pigments, in addition, may be exemplified by the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 4 7 - 2 5 2 8 , the special opening 5 4 - 1 5 5 2 9 2 , and the special public 4 5 - 3 7 3 7 7 Special opening 4 8 - 8 4 1 8 3, special opening 5 2 - 1 1 2 6 8 1 , special opening 5 8 - 1 5 5 0 3, special opening 6 0 - 8 8 0 0 No. 5, Special Open No. 5 9 - 5 6 4 0 No. 3, Special Kaiping No. 2-69, Special Open No. 5 7 - 1 6 8 0 8 8 , Special Kaiping 5 - 1 0 7 7 6 1 Kaiping No. 5 - 2 1 0 2 4 0, and a pigment having a dialkylamine benzene skeleton as described in each of the Japanese Patent Publication No. 4 - 2 8 8 8 1 8 . Among the above sensitizing dyes, an amine group-containing sensitizing dye is preferred, and a compound containing an amine group and a phenyl group in the same molecule is more preferred. Particularly suitable examples are as follows: 4, 4'-dimethylamine diphenyl ketone, 4, 4'-diethylamine diphenyl ketone, 2-amine diphenyl ketone, 4-amine diphenyl ketone a diphenyl series compound such as 4,4'-diamine diphenyl fluorene, 3,3'-diamine diphenyl ketone or 3,4-diamine diphenyl ketone; such as 2 - (pair -diampamethylene benzene)benzo pfazole, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene)benzoxazole, 2-(p-diguanamine benzene)benzo[6,7]benzoxazole, 2, 5-bis(p-diethylamine benzene) 1, 3,4-oxazole, 2 _ (p-dimethylaminobenzene) benzothiazole, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene) benzothiazole, 2 - (p-dimethylaminobenzene) benzimidazole, 2-(p-diethylamine benzene) benzimidazole, 2,5-bis(p-diethylamine benzene) 1,3,4-thiadiazole, ( p-Dimethylamine benzene) acridine, (p-diethylamine benzene) acridine, (p-dimethylaminobenzene) porphyrin, (p-diethylamine benzene) porphyrin, (p-diamine benzene) a compound containing a p-dialkylamine phenyl group such as pyrimidine or (p-diethylamine benzene) pyrimidine. The most suitable one among them is 4, 4'-dialkylamine diphenyl ketone. The blending ratio of the sensitizing dye in the colored resin composition of the present invention is based on the total solid content of the colored resin composition, and is usually set at 0 wt% or more (more preferably 0. 2 wt% or more). Further, it is more than 0.5% by weight or more than 68 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639, and a pigment derivative or the like may be added as a dispersing aid. Azo, phthalocyanine, acridone, benzophenone, quinolone, isoindoline, isoporphyrin, system, onion, leeks a sulfonate group, a sulfonamide group and a salt, and a substituent of a derivative derivative of each pigment, etc., may be mentioned as a substituent of a derivative derivative of each pigment. a sulfonium amide group and a quaternary salt thereof, which are bonded to a pigment skeleton directly or by an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like, or a sulfonium amide group and a quaternary salt thereof, The sulfonic acid group is preferred, and the sulfonic acid step is preferred. Further, the substituent is substituted with a plurality of pigments or a compound having a different number of substitutions. The mixture may be a specific example of the pigment, and examples thereof include a sulfonic acid derivative of an azo pigment, a phthalocyanine derivative, a sulfonic acid derivative of a quinolone pigment, and an isosodium oxyfluoride derivative. Hui S Kun pigment continuous acid derivative, ϋ 吖 吖 吖 酮 颜 颜 颜 颜 颜 颜 衍生物 , , , , , 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸 磺酸1 3 8 sulfonate, pigment yellow 1 3 9 sulfonic acid derivative, pigment red 2 5 4 sulfonic acid agricultural pigment red 2 5 5 sulfonic acid derivative, pigment red 2 6 4 sulfonic acid derivative red 2 a sulfonic acid derivative of 7 2, a sulfonic acid derivative of a pigment red 2 0 9 sulfonic acid derivative, a sulfonic acid derivative of a pigment purple 2 3 , and preferably a sulfonic acid derivative of a pigment yellow 1 3 8 , pigment red 2 5 4 organisms. The amount of pigment derivative added is based on the pigment, through 0.1 wt% or more, 30 wt% or less (preferably below 20 wt%, and further below) Good, and further better than 5 wt%) 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 for pigment and imidazole diterpenoids, for Yan Qisi The base, etc., is based on a skeleton, a sulfonated pigment material of a derivative material, which is derived from a sulfonate-derived acid, a substance, a pigment, a pigment, and a sulfonic acid derivative in a range of 10 wt ° / 70 70 1296639 If the amount of addition is small, the effect cannot be exerted. On the other hand, if the amount added is too large, the dispersibility and dispersion stability are deteriorated. For the surfactant, an anionic, cationic, nonionic, and amphoteric interface can be used. It is preferable to use a nonionic surfactant in view of various surfactants such as an active agent, and from the viewpoint that the possibility that each property is adversely affected is low. The concentration of the surfactant is based on the total amount of the composition, and is usually used in an amount of 0.001 wt% or more (more preferably 0.005 wt% or more, further preferably O.Ol wt%, and most preferably 0. 03 wt% or more). And a range of 10 wt% or less (preferably 1 wt% or less, further preferably 0. 5 wt% or less, and most preferably 0.3 wt% or less). As the thermal polymerization inhibitor, for example, hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, gallicol, catechol, 2,6-tributyl-p-nonylphenol, p-naphthol or the like can be used. The blending amount of the heat polymerization preventing agent is preferably set to be in the range of 0 w t % or more and 3 w t % or less based on the total solid content of the composition. As a plasticizer, for example, dioctyl phthalate, dilauryl citrate, di(triethylene glycol) dioctanoate, dinonyl glycol phthalate, tricresyl phosphate, and hexamethyl phosphate can be used. Dioctyl acid ester, dibutyl sebacate, triethylene glycol glycerin, and the like. When the blending amount of the plasticizer is based on the total solid form of the composition, it is usually in the range of 10% by weight or less. [2] Characteristics of Colored Resin Composition (Photoresist) The colored resin composition (photoresist) according to the present invention has the following characteristics, in particular, by using the specific binder resin and dispersant as described above: excellent transmittance, Excellent image adhesion and few undissolved residue. In addition, it may have the following characteristics if necessary: low viscosity change rate; good re-dissolution 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 71 1296639 solvability, height voltage retention. Hereinafter, each characteristic will be described. [2 - 1 ] Transmittance Regarding the transmittance, the reflectance of each of red, green, and blue pixels was evaluated according to the measured value measured by the method described below. Hereinafter, it will be specifically described. The colored resin composition of the object was applied by spin coating on a 5 cm square glass substrate (Asahi Glass product "AN100"), and heated on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to be comprehensive. After exposure at 100 mJ/cm2, spray imaging was carried out under a water pressure of 0.3 Μ P a for 30 seconds with a 0.1% by weight aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 23 ° C, and then carried out in a hot air circulating furnace. 2 3 0 °C 3 0 minutes of firing. The film thickness of the colored resin composition after firing is the color coordinate shown by the CIE color system, and the red color can be X = 0. 60, the green color can be y = 0.55, and the blue color can be y = y = 0.14 (all C light sources) as coating conditions. For the measurement of the chromaticity, a spectrophotometer [U 3 5 0 0] manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. was used. The Y value of the red colored resin composition of the present invention in the C I E color system is within the range shown by any of the following formulas: 2 0 0 y-41. 4 (y &lt; 0. 34) 100y - 7. 4 (y ^ 0. 34) Further, preferably, it is within the range of any of the following formulas: 2 0 0 y - 40. 9 (y &lt; 0. 34) Y^10 0y-6.9 (y^0.34) Further, the Y value of the green colored resin composition of the present invention in the CIE color system is within the range shown by the following formula: 72 312 / invention Specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 Υ 2 2 4 0x - 7· 1 Furthermore, preferably, it is within the range shown by the following formula: yg 240χ - 6· 6 Furthermore, the blue of the present invention The Υ value of the color-colored resin composition in the CI Ε color system is within the range of the following formula: 20 χ + 16.2 Further, preferably, within the range shown by the following formula: Υ ^ 20 χ +1 6. 4 Since the coloring resin composition having excellent transmittance of the present invention is used, the transmittance of the color filter is improved, and the luminance of the liquid crystal display device is increased, so that a sharp image can be obtained as an advantage. [2 - 2 ] Image adhesion The development image adhesion was evaluated according to the minimum pattern width measured by the method described below. Hereinafter, it will be specifically described. The colored resin composition of the object is applied to a glass substrate in a dry film thickness of 1. 3 // m, dried at 60 ° C for 1 minute, and then dried by heating at 110 ° C. 2 minutes, under the test mask using a linear opening with a line width of 1 # m scale, after exposure at a distance of 1 500 /zm at an exposure of 300 mJ/cm 2 , using an aqueous solution of 0.1% by weight of sodium carbonate The image was developed at a hydraulic pressure of 2 kg / c m2 at a temperature of 23 ° C for 60 seconds, and then subjected to a water spray treatment at a water pressure of 3 kg / c m 2 for 30 seconds to form a pattern. At the time of measurement, the minimum pattern width remaining in the line image is measured. The minimum pattern width of the colored resin composition of the present invention is 10 // m or less, preferably 8 // m or less. 73 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 The use of the colored resin composition of the present invention having excellent image adhesion does not cause whitening defects, and can form high-quality color filter. sheet. [2 - 3] Undissolved residue The undissolved residue was evaluated by the spectral reflectance measured by the following method. Hereinafter, it will be specifically described. Regarding the color filter light sheet obtained from the colored resin composition of the object, a portion of the non-pixel portion (on the plain glass) of 3 Ο X 1 0 0 mm is formed of a polyester long fiber having an average of 3 m or less. The cloth (for example, "TRAY RAY" product "TORAYS EEMK Clean Cloth") is wiped at a pressure of lkgf/cm2. The above-mentioned cloth is fixed in advance at the tip end of a resin square material of 1 c m x 1 c m, and is impregnated with 0.1 C c ethanol by a Pasteur pipette for the user. For the 1 c m X 1 c m portion of the cloth after wiping, the spectrophotometer "UV - 3 1 0 0 S" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation was used to measure the spectral reflectance under the condition of using an integrating sphere. In Table-5, the spectroscopy of = 750 nm (corresponding to red suffocation), 4500 s (corresponding to green scum), and 550 nm (corresponding to blue residual) is shown. Reflectivity. In the above evaluation method of the present invention, the spectral reflectances of red (500 nm), green (450 nm), and blue (550 nm) are each 95% or more, preferably 97% or more. By using the colored resin composition containing the undissolved matter residue of the present invention, a high-quality color filter can be formed, which does not cause a decrease in transmittance or contrast ratio, and is also difficult to cause peeling of the IT 0 film or The sealing property in the liquid crystal cell formation step is deteriorated or the like. [2 - 4 ] Viscosity change rate 74 312/Invention manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Regarding the viscosity change rate, the evaluation was carried out in accordance with the following method. The following is specifically explained. The viscosity of the resin composition of the object immediately after preparation and the viscosity (20 rpm) after standing for 7 days in a constant temperature unit at 23 ° C were used by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. The E-type viscometer [RE - 8 0 L ] was measured. The viscosity change of the colored resin composition of the present invention after 7 days (based on the initial viscosity) is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and still more preferably 3% or less. The colored resin composition of the present invention having a low viscosity change rate has an advantage of being able to be used under the same processing conditions for a long period of time because of its excellent storage stability. [2 - 5 ] Resolubility With respect to resolubility, evaluation was carried out in accordance with the following method. The details are explained below. The coloring resin composition of the object was applied to a glass substrate of 50 mm square by a spin coating method at a dry film thickness of 2.5 mm, and air-dried for 60 minutes, and then formed into a colored resin composition. The solvent was immersed in 6.5 g for 3 minutes, and then dispersed again. After 10 minutes from the start of the impregnation, a particle size prepared by NIKKI SO CO., LTD. The distribution measuring device "MicroTrackUPA" was used to measure the particle size distribution, and the volume average particle diameter mv was calculated. The volume average particle diameter mv of the colored resin composition of the present invention in the redispersion is usually 200 nm or less, preferably 150 nm or less. 75 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 The colored resin composition of the present invention having good resolubility is also difficult to produce dry cohesive foreign matter at the tip end of the die when coated by a die coating method. Therefore, foreign matter defects can be suppressed, and a high-quality color filter light sheet can be formed in a high yield. [2 _ 6 ] Voltage holding ratio Regarding the voltage holding ratio, evaluation was performed according to the following method. The details will be described below. An electrode substrate A was prepared, and an ITO film was integrally formed on one surface of a 2.5 cm square alkali-free glass substrate (AsahiGlass product "AN100"), and an electrode substrate B was attached at 2.5 cm. A 1 cm square ITO film is formed on the central portion of the single-sided glass substrate, and an output electrode having a width of 2 mm is connected thereto, and an alignment film agent ("Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.") The product "Sunever7492" is applied to the electrode substrates A and B by spin coating, dried on a hot plate at 1 10 ° C for 1 minute, and then heated at 20 ° in a hot air circulation furnace. In an hour, a coating film having a film thickness of 70 nm was formed. The colored resin compositions of the respective examples were applied by spin coating to an electrode substrate A coated with an alignment film on a hot plate at a temperature of 80 ° C. After heating for 3 minutes, the whole surface is exposed to 100 m J / c m2, and then sprayed with a 0. 1 wt% aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 23 ° C under a water pressure of 0.3 Μ PA. In seconds, then in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 2 30 ° C for 30 minutes The film thickness of the coloring composition after firing can be adjusted to 1.7 #m. The epoxy resin sealant containing the oxidized beads having a diameter of 5 μm is coated under the dispenser. Applied to the outer surface of the electrode substrate B coated with the alignment film 76 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 At the time of dispersion treatment of the color material, it is preferred to use a binder resin or dispersion aid The agent or the like is used in combination as appropriate. With regard to the binder resin used in the dispersion treatment of the color material, it is particularly preferable to use a buffer having an epoxy moiety containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound added to the base containing the ruthenium-based resin. Partially constructed resin. Further, in the case of dispersion treatment using a sand mill, it is preferable to use glass beads having a diameter of 0.1 mm to several mm or yttrium oxide beads. It is usually set above 0 °C (better than room temperature), 10 (below TC (preferably below 80 °C). Also, the dispersion time is based on the composition of the ink liquid (color material) , a solvent, a dispersant having a nitrogen-containing functional group) and The size of the sander device varies depending on the size of the sand mill device, so it is necessary to adjust it appropriately. For the ink-like liquid obtained by the above dispersion treatment, the solvent, the binder resin, and the specified amount of light are added as necessary. The polymerizable monomer, the photopolymerization initiator component, and the components other than the above are mixed to form a uniform dispersion solution. The binder resin mixed with the ink-like liquid is preferably an alkali-soluble resin, and particularly preferably The following is a binder resin having a structure containing a carboxyl moiety containing an epoxy group containing an epoxy group-containing unsaturated compound (b) and which is added to a carboxyl group of the carboxyl group-containing resin (a); (A) is an epoxy group-containing (fluorenyl) acrylate 5 to 90 m ο 1 % and component (B), which is another radical polymerizable compound which can be copolymerized with the above component (A), 10 to 9 5 m ο 1 % of the copolymer formed, the component (C), that is, the unsaturated monobasic acid is added to the epoxy group of the above component (A) by 10 to 1 0 0 mol 1%, and the component (D) is Polyanhydride addition to the addition of component (C) The resulting hydroxyl group is 0 0 to 1 0 0 m ο 1 %, and the photosensitive resin thus obtained has a weight average of 78 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 sub-quantity M w is 2 Ο Ο 0~1 Ο Ο Ο 0 resin; and so on. Other resins may be used together. Preferably, the "resin" of the photosensitive colored resin composition is defined as 60% by weight or more of the resin which is more than J by weight of GPC, and the amount of the alkali-soluble resin is less than 60% by weight. In addition, in the soluble resin component, a preferred non-nitrogen-containing binder resin has an epoxy moiety containing an epoxy (b) added to the carboxyl group-containing resin (a). The content of the binder resin is usually 50% by weight or more, and more preferably 80% by weight or more. In some cases, the non-polymerization effect in the above resin may not be exhibited. , causing a decrease in sensitivity. The blending of the resin in the photosensitive colored resin composition is based on the total solid content of the color resin composition, and is usually 10 to 50% by weight. Further, in the dispersion treatment step and the mixing step, fine dust is mixed, and it is preferred to subject the obtained filter or the like to filtration treatment. [4] Manufacture of color filter substrate Next, the color filter according to the present invention is added to the color filter of the present invention, which is characterized in that the pixel formed by using the above colored resin composition [4 - 1] Transparent substrate (support) 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159, the above resin and f-fat part (in this case, the molecular weight is 1 000. The alkali-soluble resin 〇 is high, the above The base of the unsaturated compound is formed to have a composition of more than 30% by weight, and is less than 30% by weight. The light transmittance of the saturated bond is 5 to 60% by weight, in some cases, due to The ink-like liquid is exemplified. The transparent substrate on which 79 1296639 color filter is formed on the substrate is mainly limited in transparency and appropriate degree, and the material thereof is, for example, a resin ( Such as polyethylene terephthalate (such as polyethylene terephthalate), polyolefin resin (such as polypropylene, etc.), thermoplastic resin (such as polycarbonate, polyacrylonitrile polysulfone, etc.) made of epoxy resin ,Unsaturated polyester resin,】 ) A thermosetting resin sheet of an acrylic resin made by the, or various like. In the heat resistance, the surface of the transparent substrate and the substrate for forming a black substrate (such as adhesion) is improved by using glass or a heat-resistant resin, and if necessary, ozone treatment is applied to the substrate by corona discharge, and decane is used. Various tree film forming treatments such as a coupling agent and an amine phthalate-based resin may be used. The thickness of the transparent substrate is usually set to 〇. or more (for (Κ 1 mm or more), 10 mm or less (with a range of 7 mm or less and 4 or less. Further, in the case of performing film formation treatment of various resins) The film thickness is usually set at 0. 0 1 // m or more (with a range of 0. 0 5 // m or more than 4 1 0 // m (better than 5 // m). [4 - 2 The black matrix is formed by providing a black matrix on the transparent substrate and then forming a pixel image of a red, green, and blue color. The color filter of the present invention can be formed. a coating liquid for forming a photoresist for at least one of red, green, and blue. The substrate is formed on a plain glass surface on a transparent substrate or on a resin black matrix formed on a transparent substrate with respect to red, green, and blue. On the surface of the metal black body formed by using a chromium compound or other light-shielding metal material, coating, heat drying, image exposure, development 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 strong polymerization Esterene, ester, U-glass is good. Physical properties, fat The combination of 0 5mm &quot;, &quot;, related color, black color, or chromatic base, 80 1296639 and thermal hardening to form pixel images of various colors. Black based system using a light-shielding metal film Or a black matrix is formed on a transparent substrate by using a photosensitive colored resin composition. For the light-shielding metal material, a chromium compound such as metal chromium, chromium oxide or chromium nitride, an alloy of nickel and tungsten, or the like can be used. The material may be laminated into two or more layers. The above metal light-shielding film is generally formed according to a sputtering method, and after forming a specified pattern by a positive-type photoresist in a film form, An etchant is prepared by mixing (IV) with perchloric acid and/or nitric acid, and an etching solution suitable for the material is used for etching, and the positive photoresist is stripped by a special stripping agent. A black matrix is formed. In this case, first, a film of the above metal or metal/metal oxide is formed on a transparent substrate by a vapor deposition method (vapor deposition method) or a sputtering method. After the coating film of the colored resin composition is formed on the film, the coating film is exposed and developed under the mask having a repeating pattern such as a stripe, an intarsia, or a triangle to form a light group image. Then, A black matrix can be formed by applying an etching treatment to the coating film. In the case of using a colored resin composition for a black substrate, a colored resin composition containing a black coloring material is used to form a black matrix. For example, a black containing a single or plural color is used. Color material (such as carbon black, graphite, iron black, aniline black, black, black, etc.) or black color obtained by mixing red, green, blue, etc., which are appropriately selected from inorganic or organic pigments and dyes. The colored resin composition of the material is formed in the same manner as the pixel image forming method of red, green, and blue described below to form a black matrix. [4 - 3 ] Pixel formation 81 312 / Invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 On a transparent substrate provided with a black substrate, a colored material containing any one of red, green and blue is applied. The colored resin composition is dried, and the mask is superposed on the coating film, and the reticle is subjected to image exposure, and the image is subjected to thermal curing or photohardening to form a pixel image to form a layer. In this operation, a color filter image can be formed by performing a separate coloring resin group of three colors of red, green, and blue. The coating of the colored resin composition for the color filter can be carried out by spin coating, the method of flow-coating, the method of flow coating, the method of (slit) die coating, the spraying method, and the like. It. In particular, according to the die coating method (the slit liquid supply is used, the amount of the coating liquid can be greatly reduced, and it is not affected by the moisture adhering to the spinning time, and the like, and the generation of foreign matter can be suppressed. If the thickness of the coating film is too large, the pattern development becomes difficult, and the gap adjustment in the crystal unitization step becomes difficult. On the other side, it is difficult to increase the pigment concentration, sometimes it is impossible. The color of the coating is revealed. Regarding the thickness of the coating film, the film thickness after drying is usually set at //m or more (preferably 0.5 or more, and preferably 0. 8 // m or more). 2 0 // m or less (preferably 1 0 #m or less, and preferably 5 // m or less). [4 - 4 ] After drying the colored resin composition of the coating film on the substrate The drying of the coating film is carried out according to the drying method using a hot plate, an IR oven, and a convection oven. After the preliminary drying, the film is heated and dried again. The conditions of the preliminary drying conditions, the type of the solvent component, the performance of the dryer to be used, etc. Appropriate 312 / invention manual (supplement) /93-04/93101159 color , will, will be colored into a material 离 (off, roll t method) coating method, in the liquid surface if the 0. 2 step is better than a good one can usually choose 82 1296639. Drying temperature and drying time are based on solvent composition The type, the performance of the dryer to be used, etc., specifically, the drying temperature is usually set at 40 ° C or higher (preferably above 50 ° C), below 80 ° C (at 70 ° C) In the range of the following preferred), the drying time is usually set to be more than 15 seconds (preferably 30 seconds or more), and 5 minutes or less (preferably 3 minutes or less). The temperature condition is preferably higher than the initial drying temperature. Specifically, the temperature is usually set at 50 ° C or higher (preferably above 70 ° C), and below 200 ° C (by 16). 0 ° C or less is preferable, especially in the range of preferably 130 ° C or less. The drying time varies depending on the heating temperature, but is usually set to 10 seconds or more (more preferably 15 seconds or more). , 10 minutes or less (preferably less than 5 minutes). The higher the drying temperature, the transparent substrate The adhesion is improved, but if it is too high, the binder resin will decompose, and sometimes the thermal polymerization will be induced to cause poor development. In addition, the drying step of the coating film is used in the decompression chamber without increasing the temperature. Drying and drying under reduced pressure may also be performed by [4 - 5 ] exposure step image exposure by superimposing the negative base pattern on the coating film of the colored resin composition, whereby the reticle pattern is irradiated with ultraviolet rays or In order to prevent the sensitivity of the photopolymerizable layer caused by oxygen from being lowered, an oxygen barrier layer such as a polyvinyl alcohol layer is formed on the photopolymerizable layer, and exposure is performed. can. The light source used for the above image exposure is not particularly limited. Examples of the light source include lamps such as xenon lamps, halogen lamps, tungsten lamps, high pressure mercury lamps, ultrahigh pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, medium pressure mercury lamps, low pressure mercury lamps, carbon arc lamps, fluorescent lamps, and the like. Light source, such as argon 83 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 sub-laser, YAG laser, excimer laser, nitrogen laser, cadmium-emitting laser, semiconductor laser Wait for the laser source, etc. When a light of a specific wavelength is used for use, an optical filter may be used. [4-6] Developing Step The color filter according to the present invention can be produced by a method of applying a light-emitting resin composition using the light source of the present invention to a coating film. After the exposure, an organic solvent or an aqueous solution containing a surfactant and a basic compound is used to perform development, thereby forming an image on the substrate. The aqueous solution may further contain an organic solvent, a buffer, a dismutating agent, a dye or a pigment. The test compound may, for example, be sodium hydroxide, hydroxide If, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate, potassium citrate, sodium metasilicate, phosphoric acid. Inorganic basic compounds such as sodium, potassium phosphate, sodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium dihydrogen phosphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, ammonium hydroxide, etc., such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, decylamine, diamine, trimethylamine Amine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, diisopropylamine, n-butylamine, isopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, ethylenediamine, tetrahydroanhydride An organic basic compound such as ammonium (TMAH) or bile. The basic compound may be a mixture of two or more basic compounds. Examples of the surfactant include, for example, polyoxoethyl oxime, polyoxyethylidene aryl, polyoxyethylidene ester, and saponin. Nonionic surfactants such as monoglyceride alkyl esters, such as alkylbenzenesulfonates, alkylnaphthalenesulfonates, alkyl sulfates, alkylsulfonates, sulfonates Anionic interfacial activity of succinate salts and the like 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 84 1296639 agents, such as amphoteric beet moss, amino acid and the like, an amphoteric surfactant. Examples of the organic solvent include isopropanol, benzyl alcohol, 2-ethoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 2-phenoxyethanol, propylene glycol, and diacetone alcohol. The organic solvent may be used singly or in combination with an aqueous solution. The conditions of the development processing are not particularly limited, but the development temperature is usually set at 10 ° C or higher (preferably at 15 ° C or higher, and further preferably at 20 ° C or higher), 50 °. C is below (better than 4 5 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C or less). The development method may be any one of methods such as dipping development, spray imaging, brush imaging, and ultrasonic imaging. Further, according to the manufacturing method of the color filter of the present invention, in addition to the above-described manufacturing method, a solvent, a phthalocyanine-based pigment (which functions as a color material), and a polyimine may be used according to (1). The curable colored resin composition of the resin (which acts as a binder resin) is applied to a substrate and is formed by a method of forming a pixel image by etching. For the production method, (2) a method in which a colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine-based pigment is used as a coloring ink, and a pixel image is directly formed on a transparent substrate using a printing machine, (3) A method in which a colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine-based pigment is used as an electrode deposition liquid, a substrate is immersed in the electrode deposition liquid, and a colored film is deposited on an IT 0 electrode having a specified pattern. Further, (4) a method in which a film coated with a colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine-based pigment is attached to a transparent substrate and peeled off, and image exposure and development are performed to form a pixel image, 5) A method in which a colored resin composition containing a phthalocyanine-based pigment is used as a colored ink, and a pixel image is formed using an ink jet printer. The method of producing the color filter is in accordance with the group of colored resin composition for color filter 85 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639, and a suitable method is adopted. [4 - 7] Thermal hardening treatment Apply heat hardening to the color filter after development. The thermal hardening treatment conditions in this case are usually at a temperature of 100 ° C or higher (preferably at 150 ° C or higher), and at a temperature of 280 ° C or lower (preferably at 250 ° C or lower). Choose within the range, and the time is selected within the range of 5 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. After a series of steps as described above, the formation of a graphic image of a color is completed. This series of steps is repeated in turn, and black, red, green, and blue patterns are applied to form a color filter. In addition, the order of the four colors is not limited by the above order. [4 - 8] Formation of Transparent Electrode The color filter according to the present invention directly forms a transparent electrode such as I TO on the image as it is, and is used as part of a part of a color display, a liquid crystal display device, or the like, However, in order to improve the surface smoothness or durability, it is also possible to form a top coat of polyamine, polyimide or the like on the image as necessary. Further, some of the transparent alignment electrodes may not be formed in some applications such as a planar alignment type driving method (IPS mode). [5] Liquid crystal display device (panel) Next, a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display device (panel) according to the present invention will be described. The liquid crystal display device according to the present invention is generally manufactured as follows: an alignment film is formed on the color filter of the present invention, and after the spacer is spread on the alignment film, the spacer is relatively adhered to form the opposite substrate. In the liquid crystal early, the liquid crystal is injected into the formed liquid crystal early, and the counter electrode is connected to the wire to complete the manufacture. The alignment film is preferably a resin (e.g., polyimine 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 86 1296639, etc.). For the formation of the alignment film, a gravure printing method and/or a relief printing method (F 1 e X 〇 g r a p h i c p r i n t i n g (formerly known as flexographic printing)) may be employed, and the thickness of the alignment film is set to several 10 nm. After the hardening treatment of the alignment film is carried out by a heating firing method, the surface treatment is carried out by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or a rubbing cloth to form a surface state in which the tilt of the liquid crystal can be adjusted. It is suitable to use a spacer having a size corresponding to the gap between the alignment film and the counter substrate, usually in the range of 2 to 8 // m. On the color slab substrate, a lithographic spacer (P S ) of a transparent resin film is formed by photolithography, and this may be used instead of the spacer. For the counter substrate, an array substrate is generally used, and in particular, a TFT (Thin Film Transistor) substrate is suitable. The gap between the opposing substrates (the spacers) is different depending on the use of the liquid crystal display device, but is usually selected within a range of 2/m or more and 8/zm or less. After the alignment film and the opposite substrate are pasted, the portion other than the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with a sealing agent such as an epoxy resin. The sealant is hardened by U V irradiation and/or heating to seal the periphery of the liquid crystal cell. After the liquid crystal cell sealed by the periphery is cut in the panel unit, a reduced pressure state is formed in the vacuum chamber, the liquid crystal injection port is immersed in the liquid crystal, and then discharged into the chamber, whereby the liquid crystal is injected into the liquid crystal cell. The degree of decompression in the liquid crystal cell is usually set to be 1 X 1 0 _ 2 P a or more (preferably 1 X 1 0 _ 3 P a or more), and lx 10_7 Pa or less (preferably 1×10-6 Pa or less). Inside. Further, in the case of decompression, it is preferred to carry out the heating of the liquid crystal cell, and the temperature of the heating is usually set at 30 ° C or higher (preferably at 50 ° C or higher) and below 100 ° C ( In the range of 87 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 9 0 ° C or less). The heating retention time during decompression is set in the range of 10 minutes or more and 60 minutes or less. Then (make the liquid crystal cell) immersed in the liquid crystal. The liquid crystal injecting the liquid crystal is sealed by the liquid crystal injection port and the U V hardening resin is hardened to complete the liquid crystal display device (panel). The type of the liquid crystal is not particularly limited, and may be a conventional liquid crystal such as an aromatic liquid crystal, an aliphatic liquid crystal, or a polycyclic compound liquid crystal, and is a lyotropic liquid crystal or a thermotropic liquid crystal ( Any of the rmotropic liquid crystals and the like may be liquid crystal. It is a thermotropic liquid crystal, and a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, a cholesteric liquid crystal, or the like is known, and any of the liquid crystals may be used. <Examples> Next, the present invention will be further described by way of Production Examples, Examples, and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited by the following examples as long as it does not exceed the gist of the present invention. Further, in the following embodiments, "parts" means "parts (weight)". &lt;Examples 1 to 18 and Comparative Examples 1 to 1 3 &gt;&lt;Synthesis Example 1 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin a 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 20 parts by weight of styrene, 57 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemical" product "FA - 5 1 3 Μ" 8 were added dropwise. 2份(重量) 88 312/发明发明。 2 parts by weight, and then continued to stir at a temperature of 1 2 ° C for 2 hours. Next, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, decylamine phenol 0. 7 parts by weight 88 312 / invention Instruction manual (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 and hydroquinone. 1 2 parts by weight of 2 7 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and continue to react at 1 20 ° C for 6 hours. Thereafter, add four Hydroquinone anhydride (Τ Η PA ) 5 2 parts by weight, triethylamine Ο · 7 parts by weight, and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The binder resin thus obtained is borrowed by GPC. The weight average molecular weight M w measured was about 1 500. &lt;Synthesis Example 2 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin b 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 10 parts by weight of styrene, 7 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemicals" product "FA-513M" 82 were added dropwise. Parts (by weight), then stirring was continued for 2 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and dimethyl dimethyl phenol phenol (0 9 ) by weight and hydroquinone · 1 5 parts by weight of 3 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Thereafter, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) was added in an amount of 65 parts by weight, and triethylamine was 0.8. The weight (weight) was carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight M w of the thus obtained binder resin as determined by GPC was about 17,000. &lt;Synthesis Example 3 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin c 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 18 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 10 parts by weight of methyl methacrylate, 7 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and tricyclodecane were added dropwise. The monoacrylate of the skeleton ("FA - 5 1 3 Μ" of "Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.") was fed in a volume of 6 2 parts by weight, and then stirred at a temperature of 120 ° C for 2 hours. Next, change the 89 312/invention manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 ambient gas in the reaction vessel to air, and yttrium dimethylamine phenol phenol. 9 parts by weight and hydroquinone · 1 5 The mixture was charged with 34 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued at a temperature of 1,200 ° C for 6 hours. Thereafter, 6 parts by weight of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THP A) and 0.8 parts by weight of triethylamine were added, and the reaction was carried out at 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the adhesive resin thus obtained measured by GPC was about 13,000. &lt;Synthesis Example 4 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin d 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 30 parts by weight of styrene and 34 parts by weight of methacrylic acid were added dropwise, followed by stirring at a temperature of 1,200 ° C for 2 hours. Next, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and 0.9 parts by weight of decylamine phenol and 0.15 parts by weight of hydroquinone were put into 5 parts of acrylate (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) decyl ester. (Weight), the reaction was continued at a temperature of 1 20 ° C for 6 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the adhesive resin thus obtained measured by GPC was about 18,000. &lt;Synthesis Example 5 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin e 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. 5 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 40 parts by weight of methyl propyl decanoate and 26 parts by weight of methyl acrylate were added dropwise thereto, and then continued at a temperature of 120 ° C. Stir for 2 hours. Next, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and the decylamine phenol quinone 0.9 parts by weight and the hydroquinone 0 · 15 parts by weight were put into the acrylic acid (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl). The methyl ester was 40 parts by weight, and the reaction was continued at a temperature of 1,200 ° C for 6 hours. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the adhesive resin thus obtained measured by GPC is about 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 90 1296639 1 6 0 0 0 ° &lt;Synthesis Example 6 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin a ' 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was scrambled under a nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. 20 parts by weight of styrene, 57 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemical" product "FA - 5 1 3 Μ" was added dropwise thereto. 8 parts by weight, and then stirring at a temperature of 140 ° C for 2 hours. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and the hydrazine diamine phenol was 0.7 parts by weight and hydrogen.醌0 · 1 2 parts by weight of 2 7 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction is continued for 6 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Thereafter, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (Τ Η PA ) 5 2 parts by weight is added. And triethylamine 0 · 7 parts by weight, and the reaction was carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight M w of the thus obtained binder resin was about 5 as determined by GPC. 0 0 0. &lt;Synthesis Example 7 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin b ' 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 10 parts by weight of styrene, 7 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemicals" product "FA-513M" 82 were added dropwise. Parts (by weight), and then stirring at a temperature of 140 ° C for 2 hours. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and dimethyl dimethyl phenol phenol was 0 · 9 parts by weight and hydroquinone 0 · 1 5 parts by weight of 3 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Thereafter, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (THPA) was added in an amount of 65 parts by weight, and triethylamine was 0.8. (weight), and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3 · 5 hours. The weight of the adhesive resin thus obtained 91 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 average molecular weight Mw determined by GPC The result is about 6,000. &lt;Synthesis Example 8 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin c ' 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 20 parts by weight of styrene, 57 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemicals" product "FA-513M" 82 were added dropwise. Parts (by weight), and then stirring at a temperature of 1 2 ° C for 2 hours. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel is changed to air, and dimethyl dimethyl phenol phenol is 0 · 7 parts by weight and hydroquinone 0 · 1 2 parts by weight of 27 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Thereafter, tetrahydrofurfuric anhydride (THPA) 52 parts by weight, triethylamine 0 was added. 7 parts by weight, and the reaction was carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3.5 hours. The weight average molecular weight M w of the thus obtained binder resin was about 1 500 as determined by GPC. &lt;Synthesis Example 9 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin d ′ 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen gas and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 10 parts by weight of styrene, 7 parts by weight of glycidyl methacrylate, and a monoacrylate having a tricyclodecane skeleton ("Hitachi Chemicals" product "FA-513M" 82 were added dropwise. Parts (by weight), then stirring at a temperature of 1 2 ° C for 2 hours. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, dimethyl dimethyl methoxide 0. 9 parts by weight and hydroquinone 0 1 5 parts by weight of 3 parts by weight of acrylic acid, and the reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of 120 ° C. Thereafter, tetrahydrofurfuric anhydride (THPA) was added in an amount of 65 parts by weight, and triethylamine was 0.8. (weight), and the reaction is carried out at a temperature of 120 ° C for 3 · 5 hours. The weight of the binder resin thus obtained 92 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 average molecular weight Mw determined by GPC The result is about 1 700. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 0 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin e ' 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 30 parts by weight of styrene and 34 parts by weight of methacrylic acid were added dropwise, and then stirring was continued for 1 hour at 14 °C. Secondly, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and叁 曱 曱 曱 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸 丙烯酸The reaction was continued for 6 hours at a temperature of C. The weight average molecular weight of the thus obtained binder resin was measured by GPC, and the result by GPC was about 8000. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 1 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin f ' 145 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere and heated to 1,200 °C. To the mixture, 5 parts by weight of benzyl methacrylate, 40 parts by weight of decyl methacrylate and 26 parts by weight of methacrylic acid were added dropwise, followed by stirring at a temperature of 140 ° C for 2 hours. Next, the ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to air, and yttrium dimethylamine phenol (0.9 parts by weight) and hydroquinone 0 · 15 parts by weight were put into acrylic acid (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl). The methyl ester was 40 parts by weight, and the reaction was continued at a temperature of 1,200 ° C for 6 hours. The weight average molecular weight M w of the binder resin thus obtained was determined by G P C to be about 8,000. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 2 &gt; Synthesis of polycaprolactone 5 parts by weight of lauryl alcohol, 9 parts by weight of caprolactone, and dibutyl laurate 0. 0 0 parts by weight And heated to 1 60 °C within 1 hour. When a solids content of 99% was obtained, the addition reaction was immediately terminated. 93 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;Synthesis Example 1 3 &gt; Synthesis of polycaprolactone The reaction was carried out under the same conditions as in Synthesis Example 12 except that the lauryl alcohol of Synthesis Example 12 was changed to decyl alcohol. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 4 &gt; Synthesis of urethane-based dispersion resin A terpolymer of toluene diisocyanate ("Mitsubishi Chemical" product "MAITEC GP 7 5 0 A", resin solid content 5 0 Pt %, 2,4 - diisocyanate phenyl ester: 2,6 _ diisocyanate phenyl ester = 8 : 2 mixture, butyl acetate solution) 3 2 parts by weight and act as catalyst Dibutyltin dilaurate 0. 0 1 part by weight was diluted and dissolved using PGMEA (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate) 47 parts by weight. To this end, a polycaprolactone having a lauryloxy group (manufactured by Synthesis Example 12) having an average molecular weight of 2,0 0 0 was added dropwise with stirring, and 14.4 parts by weight and an average molecular weight of 1 were added dropwise with stirring. After the mixture of 9,000 parts of polyoxytetramethylene glycol 9 6 parts by weight, the reaction was carried out at 70 ° C for 3 hours. Next, 1 part by weight of N,N-diindole-1,3-propylenediamine was added, and the reaction was further carried out at a temperature of 40 ° C for 1 hour. The amine value of the thus obtained solution containing the dispersion resin was determined by neutralization titration to be 3 2 mgKOH/g. Further, the resin content was determined by dry-drying (heating at a temperature of 150 ° C for 30 minutes to remove the solvent and calculating the resin concentration from the amount of change in weight) to obtain a resin content of 40 w %. &lt;Synthesis Example 1 5 &gt; Synthesis of urethane-based dispersion resin A polycaprolactone having an average molecular weight of 2,000 having a lauryloxy group formed at one end of Synthesis Example 14 was changed to be formed at one end. In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 14, except that the polycaprolactone having an average molecular weight of 2,0 0 (the one obtained by Synthesis Example 13) having a nonyloxy group was synthesized, the following structure 94 312 / Disclosure resin made by the invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639. The acid value of this resin is 3 2 m g Κ Ο Η / g, and the resin content is 4 0 w t % 〇 &lt;Synthesis Example 1 6 &gt; Synthesis of Amino Acryl Ester-Based Dispersing Resin In addition to the polycaprolactone having an average molecular weight of 2,000 having a lauryloxy group formed at one end of Synthesis Example 14 was changed to one end Polycaprolactone having an average molecular weight of 2,0 0 (formed by Synthesis Example 13) and having N,N-diindole-1,3-propylenediamine changed to a 3-amino group Extrusion was carried out in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 14 except that the -1,2,4-three-degree sitting was carried out to obtain a dispersion resin. The acid value of this resin was 3 2 m g Κ Ο H / g, and the resin content was 40 w %. The configuration of the urethane-based dispersing agent prepared in Synthesis Example 1 4 to 16 is as follows:

h3c 在上面之構造式中,各R各別獨立表示表-1中之R所示 之任一基。 95 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 R 莫耳比 合成例14 —NHC-^OCHaCHzCHzCHz-^-OH 0 4 —NHC-f〇CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2--C-U〇C12H25 ο δ/ 3 CH —nhcnh-ch2ch2ch2-n^ 3 o ch3 8 合成例15 —NHC 十 CH2CH2CH2CH 士 OH 0 4 —NHg-^OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-{^OCH3 0 0 3 xch3 —nhcnh-ch2ch2ch 广 nC 〇 CH3 8 合成例1 6 —NHg 十 CH2CH2CH2CH2^-OH o 4 —NHC-JoC^CHzCHzCHzCHz-C-JpOCHa 3 -nhcnh^nh O Nia/ 4 *n = 14,m=16,1 = 17(平均值) &lt;合成例1 7 &gt;分散劑A ’之合成 使具有分子量約5000之聚乙亞胺50份(重量)及n = 5之 聚己内酯40分(重量)與丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯300份(重量) 混合,而在1 5 0 °C溫度下且在氮氣環境氣體下攪拌3小時。 如此合成之分散劑藉G P C所測定之重量平均分子量M w為約 9 0 0 0 〇 &lt;合成例1 8 &gt;分散劑Β ’之合成 使具有分子量約5 0 0 0之聚乙亞胺50份(重量),η = 5之 聚己内酯4 0份(重量),以及硬脂酸6份(重量)與丙二醇單 甲醚乙酸酯3 0 0份(重量)混合,而在1 5 0 °C溫度下且在氮 氣環境氣體下攪拌3小時。如此合成之分散劑藉GPC所測 定之重量平均分子量Mw為約9 3 0 0。 96 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;合成例1 9 &gt;分散劑C ’之合成 使具有分子量約1 0 0 0 0之聚乙亞胺5 0份(重量),η: 聚己内酯4 0份(重量),以及硬脂酸6份(重量)與丙二 甲醚乙酸酯4 5 0份(重量)混合,而在1 5 0 °C溫度下且&gt; 氣環境氣體下攪拌3小時。如此合成之分散劑藉GPC 定之重量平均分子量Mw為約1 9 0 0 0。 &lt;紅色顏料分散液之製備&gt; 將充當色材之C _ I ·顏料紅1 7 7 1 0 · 0 0份(重量),充 劑之丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯3 3 · 7 5份(重量),充當分散 表-1所載述之分散劑6 · 2 5份(重量),以及直徑0 · 5 m 氧化锆珠1 8 0份(重量)填充於不銹鋼容器内,用油漆 器使之分散6小時,而製備紅色顏料分散液。 &lt;藍色顏料分散液之製備&gt; 將充當色材之C · I ·顏料藍1 5 : 6 1 0 · 0 0份(重量), 溶劑之丙二醇單甲醚乙酸S旨33.75份(重量),充當分 之表-1所載述之分散劑6 · 2 5份(重量),以及直徑0 · 之氧化锆珠1 8 0份(重量)填充於不銹鋼容器内,用油 動器使之分散6小時,而製備藍色顏料分散液。 &lt;綠色顏料分散液之製備&gt; 將充當色材之C · I ·顏料綠3 6 1 0 · 0 0份(重量),充 劑之丙二醇單甲鍵乙酸酯33.75份(重量),充當分散 表- 2〜表-4所載述之分散劑6. 2 5份(重量),以及直徑0 之氧化锆珠180份(重量)填充於不銹鋼容器内,用油 動器使之分散6小時,而製備綠色顏料分散液。 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 =5之 醇單 &amp;氮 所測 當溶 劑之 m之 搖動 充當 散劑 5 mm 漆搖 當溶 劑之 .5 mm 漆搖 97 1296639 表- 2 A 在合成例-3合成之分散劑 B C 在合成例-4合成之分散劑 在合成例-5合成之分散劑 D E 「Byk-Chemie」公司產品「Disperbyk-2000」(變性懕券,力系嵌段共聚物) 「楠本化成」公司產品「disparlonda-325」(多鱗醢酯之胺鹽) 表-3 分散 劑 接枝共聚物 中之式(I ) 含量(m ο 1 % ) Ri A ( m 0 1 % ) ] [分子量Mw Ο yCieH37 、c, II 0 H Α, 100 C2H4 10 0 90 9 0 0 0 Β, 100 C2H4 10 2 88 9 3 0 0 __ C, 100 C2H4 10 2 88 19000 一 D, 「Byk-Chemie」公司產品「Disperbyk-2000ι (蠻也 t壓象力系嵌段共聚物λ Ε, 「楠本化成」公司產品「DISPARLONDA - 325」(多醚磷酸酯之胺鹽) 表-4 分散劑 構造或商品名 市售品:具有曱基丙烯酸酯由來之嵌段構造單元(嵌段B)及在甲基丙烯 酸由來之側鏈有下式構造之四級銨鹽之單體由來之嵌段構造單元(嵌 段A)之A-B嵌段共聚物 xh3 一N+ 聚苯烯換算重量平均分子量:4000 |^cH3 H2C 四級銨鹼量:分散劑每gl. 75mmol 酸價:Omg-KOH/g pj) 胺價:4mg-K0H/g B,, 下面之構造式所示之磷酸酯 H3C、0〜。丫〜丫〜^ 〇 〇 HO 0H C” 「楠本化成」公司產品「DISPARLONDA - 325」(多醚磷酸酯之胺鹽) 〈著色組成物之製備&gt; 根據表_ 5〜表-9所示之組成,對前述之顏料分散液混合 其他之成分而製成實施例1 ~實施例1 8,比較例1〜比較例 98H3c In the above formula, each R independently represents any of the groups shown by R in Table-1. 95 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 R Mobi Ratio Synthesis Example 14 - NHC-^OCHaCHzCHzCHz-^-OH 0 4 —NHC-f〇CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2--CU〇C12H25 ο δ / 3 CH —nhcnh-ch2ch2ch2-n^ 3 o ch3 8 Synthesis Example 15—NHC 十CH2CH2CH2CH OH 0 4 —NHg-^OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2-{^OCH3 0 0 3 xch3 —nhcnh-ch2ch2ch Wide nC 〇CH3 8 Synthesis Example 1 6 —NHg 十CH2CH2CH2CH2^-OH o 4 —NHC-JoC^CHzCHzCHzCHz-C-JpOCHa 3 -nhcnh^nh O Nia/ 4 *n = 14,m=16,1 = 17 (average value) &lt;Synthesis Example 1 7 &gt; Synthesis of Dispersant A' gives 50 parts by weight of polyethylenimine having a molecular weight of about 5,000 and 40 parts by weight of polycaprolactone having n = 5 and 300 parts by weight of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (weight) The mixture was stirred and stirred at a temperature of 150 ° C for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The thus synthesized dispersant has a weight average molecular weight M w of about 9000 as measured by GPC. &lt;Synthesis Example 18 &gt; Dispersant Β 'Synthesis gives a polyethylenimine 50 having a molecular weight of about 5,000. Parts by weight, η = 5 polycaprolactone 40 parts by weight, and stearic acid 6 parts by weight mixed with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 300 parts by weight, while at 15 Stir at a temperature of 0 ° C for 3 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The weight average molecular weight Mw measured by GPC of the dispersant thus synthesized was about 930. 96 312 / Inventive specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;Synthesis Example 1 9 &gt; Dispersant C 'Synthesis 50 parts by weight of polyethylenimine having a molecular weight of about 1 000 , η: 40 parts by weight of polycaprolactone, and 6 parts by weight of stearic acid and 450 parts by weight of dimethyl ether acetate, and at a temperature of 150 ° C and &gt; Stir under a gaseous atmosphere for 3 hours. The dispersant thus synthesized has a weight average molecular weight Mw of about 1 9000 by GPC. &lt;Preparation of Red Pigment Dispersion&gt; C _ I · Pigment Red serving as a color material 1 7 7 1 0 · 0 0 parts by weight, propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 3 3 · 7 5 parts (by weight), used as a dispersing agent in Dispersion Table-1, 6 · 25 parts by weight, and a diameter of 0 · 5 m zirconia beads, 180 parts by weight, filled in a stainless steel container, made with a painter The dispersion was allowed to stand for 6 hours to prepare a red pigment dispersion. &lt;Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion&gt; C · I · Pigment Blue 1 5 : 6 1 0 · 0 0 (by weight) as a color material, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate S as a solvent 33.75 parts by weight Served as a dispersing agent of 2.6 parts by weight as described in Table-1 and 180 parts by weight of zirconia beads of 0 Å filled in a stainless steel container and dispersed by an oil squeegee A blue pigment dispersion was prepared for 6 hours. &lt;Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion&gt; C·I·Pigment Green 3 6 1 0·0 0 (by weight) serving as a color material, and 33.75 parts by weight of a propylene glycol monomethyl bond acetate serving as a charge Dispersing agent - 2 to 4 - Dispersing agent: 6. 5 parts by weight, and 0 parts by weight of zirconia beads, 180 parts by weight, filled in a stainless steel container, and dispersed by an oil sitter for 6 hours , and a green pigment dispersion was prepared. 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 = 5 alcohol single &amp; nitrogen measured when the shaking of the solvent m acts as a powder 5 mm paint shake as a solvent. 5 mm paint shake 97 1296639 Table - 2 A Dispersant BC synthesized in Synthesis Example-3 Dispersant synthesized in Synthesis Example-4 Dispersant synthesized in Synthesis Example-5 DE "Byk-Chemie" product "Disperbyk-2000" (denatured coupon, force block Copolymer) "Disparlonda-325" (Nanthene amine salt) Table-3 Formula (I) content in dispersant graft copolymer (m ο 1 % ) Ri A ( m 0 1 % ) ] [Molecular weight Mw Ο yCieH37 , c, II 0 H Α, 100 C2H4 10 0 90 9 0 0 0 Β, 100 C2H4 10 2 88 9 3 0 0 __ C, 100 C2H4 10 2 88 19000 A D, " Byk-Chemie's product "Disperbyk-2000ι" is also a product of the company "DISPARLONDA - 325" (amine salt of polyether phosphate). Table-4 Dispersant Structure or trade name: commercially available product: block structure unit derived from mercapto acrylate (block B) and in methacrylic acid The side chain has a quaternary ammonium salt of the following formula: the block structure unit (block A) of the AB block copolymer xh3 - N + polyphenylene conversion weight average molecular weight: 4000 | ^ cH3 H2C four Amount of ammonium base: dispersant per gl. 75 mmol Acid value: Omg-KOH/g pj) Amine value: 4 mg-K0H/g B, the phosphate H3C, 0~ shown in the following structural formula.丫~丫~^ 〇〇HO 0H C" "DISPARLONDA - 325" ("Alkyl salt of polyether phosphate") <Preparation of coloring composition> According to Table _ 5 to Table -9 Composition, the other pigment components were mixed with the other components to prepare Examples 1 to 18.8, Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 98.

312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 1 3之硬化性樹脂組成物。 又按,僅於比較例9中,除了表-5、表-6之成分之外, 又添加充當有機羧酸成分之丁二酸0 · 3 3份(重量)。 表- 5 成分之種類 成分之細節 摻配量份(重量) 色材 上述顏料分散液 10. 0 溶媒 上述顏料分散液+丙二醇單 曱醚乙酸酯 127. 0 分散劑 上述顏料分散液 6. 25 黏合劑樹脂 下表所載之構造 6. 5 有機羧酸、有機羧酐 下表所載之化合物 記述於下表中 光聚合性單體1 乙婦性化合物(a) 3. 25 光聚合性單體2 乙稀性化合物(b) 3. 25 光聚合引發劑系成份1 2-M苯并噻唑 0. 83 光聚合引發劑系成份2 對-二曱胺苯曱酸曱酯 0. 83 光聚合引發劑系成份3 米其勒酮 0. 83 [附註](1)乙烯性化合物(a)為以下之構造式[V] :]所示之化合物。 (2 )乙烯性化合物(b)為三羥曱基丙烷三丙烯酸酯。 表- 6 分散劑 黏合劑樹脂 有機羧酸、有機羧酐 種類 添加量份(重量) 實施例1 A a 丁二酐 0.35 實施例2 B a 丁二酐 0. 35 實施例3 C a 丁二酐 0.35 實施例4 A b 順丁烯二酐 0. 35 實施例5 C b 順丁婦二酐 0. 35 實施例6 A c 順丁烯二酐 0. 35 比較例1 C d 丁二酐 0. 35 比較例2 C e 丁二酐 0. 35 比較例3 D b 丁二酐 0. 35 比較例4 E b 無 0 比較例5 D e 無 0312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 1 3 The curable resin composition. Further, in Comparative Example 9, in addition to the components of Tables 5 and 6, a succinic acid serving as an organic carboxylic acid component was added in an amount of 0.33 parts by weight. Table - 5 Ingredients of the composition of the components of the composition of the amount of the component (weight) of the pigment material of the above pigment dispersion 10. 0 Solvents of the above pigment dispersion + propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 127. 0 dispersant of the above pigment dispersion 6. 25 Adhesive Resin The following table shows the structure of 6.5. Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic acid The following table shows the compounds described in the following table. Photopolymerizable monomer 1 Ethyl compound (a) 3. 25 Photopolymerizable single Body 2 Ethylene compound (b) 3. 25 Photopolymerization initiator component 1 2-M benzothiazole 0. 83 Photopolymerization initiator component 2 p-dioxamic acid oxime oxime ester 0. 83 photopolymerization Initiator component 3 Miclotone 0. 83 [Note] (1) The ethylenic compound (a) is a compound represented by the following structural formula [V]:]. (2) The ethylenic compound (b) is trishydroxypropyl propane triacrylate. Table - 6 Dispersant binder resin Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride type Adding amount (by weight) Example 1 A a succinic anhydride 0.35 Example 2 B a succinic anhydride 0. 35 Example 3 C a succinic anhydride 0.35 Example 4 A b maleic anhydride 0. 35 Example 5 C b cis-butanyl dianhydride 0. 35 Example 6 A c maleic anhydride 0. 35 Comparative Example 1 C d succinic anhydride 0. 35 Comparative Example 2 C e succinic anhydride 0. 35 Comparative Example 3 D b succinic anhydride 0. 35 Comparative Example 4 E b No 0 Comparative Example 5 D e None 0

CH2=CH-C-〇-CH2-C-CH2-〇 Ο OH o- 分Pq_ ch3 Η ——ch2-c-ch2-o-c-ch=ch2 [VI]CH2=CH-C-〇-CH2-C-CH2-〇 OH OH o- 分 Pq_ ch3 Η ——ch2-c-ch2-o-c-ch=ch2 [VI]

I II OH 0 99 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表- 7 黏合劑 樹脂 (A)(B)共聚物之原料單體(m〇l%) 成分(C) (加成率 成分(D) (加成率 2&gt;) 成分(A) 成分(B) 曱基丙烯酸 縮水甘油酯 丙烯酸三環 癸酯 苯乙烯 曱基丙烯酸 苄酯 曱基丙烯酸 曱酯 甲基丙烯酸 丙烯酸 四氩酞酸 a 40 40 20 0 0 0 88 86 b 50 40 10 0 0 0 90 82 c 50 30 0 10 10 0 90 82 d 0 0 60 0 0 403) 0 0 e 0 0 0 30 30 40° 0 0 1) 以含在(A)(B)共聚物中之環氧基為基準之成分(C)之加成率(m〇i%) 2) 以於成分(C)加成時所產生之羥基為基準之成分(D)之加成率(m〇i%) 3) 使丙烯酸(3, 4-環氧環己基)曱酯加成於曱基丙烯酸之70mol % 4) 使丙烯酸(3, 4-環氧環己基)曱酯加成於曱基丙烯酸之55mol0/〇 表8 黏合劑 樹脂 重量平 均分子 量 (Mw) (A) (B)共聚物之原料單體(mol%) 成分(C) (加成率 °) 成分(D) (加成率 2)) 成分 (A) 成分(Β) 甲基丙烯酸 縮水甘油δ旨 丙烯酸三環 癸酯 苯乙烯 甲基丙烯酸 芊酯 甲基丙烯酸 甲酯 曱基丙烯酸 丙烯酸 四氮Sk酸 a. 5000 40 40 20 0 0 0 88 86 b, 6000 50 40 10 0 0 0 90 82 c. 15000 40 40 20 0 0 0 88 86 d, 17000 50 40 10 0 0 0 90 82 e. 8000 0 0 60 0 0 403) 0 0 f, 8000 0 0 0 30 30 404) 0 0 1) 以含在(A)(B)共聚物中之環氧基為基準之成分(c)之加成率(mol%) 2) 以於成分(C)加成時所產生之羥基為基準之成分(D)之加成率(mol%) 3) 使丙烯酸(3, 4-環氧環己基)甲酯加成於曱基丙烯酸之70mol % 4) 使丙烯酸(3, 4-環氧環己基)甲酯加成於甲基丙烯酸之55mol % 100 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639I II OH 0 99 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table - 7 Adhesive Resin (A) (B) Copolymer Raw Material Monomer (m〇l%) Ingredient (C) (Add Yield component (D) (addition rate 2 &gt;) Ingredient (A) Ingredient (B) Glycidyl methacrylate, tricyclodecyl methacrylate, styrene benzyl methacrylate, decyl acrylate, methacrylate, acrylic acid, tetra argon Citrate a 40 40 20 0 0 0 88 86 b 50 40 10 0 0 0 90 82 c 50 30 0 10 10 0 90 82 d 0 0 60 0 0 403) 0 0 e 0 0 0 30 30 40° 0 0 1 The addition ratio (m〇i%) of the component (C) based on the epoxy group contained in the (A) (B) copolymer 2) is the hydroxyl group generated when the component (C) is added Addition ratio of the component (D) of the reference (m〇i%) 3) Adding (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl) decyl acrylate to 70 mol% of mercaptoacrylic acid 4) Making acrylic acid (3, 4- Epoxycyclohexyl) decyl ester added to thioglycolic acid 55mol0 / 〇 Table 8 Binder resin Weight average molecular weight (Mw) (A) (B) Copolymer raw material monomer (mol%) Ingredient (C) (plus Yield °) Component (D) (Addition rate 2)) Component (A) Component (Β) Glycidyl methacrylate δ, tricyclodecyl acrylate, styrene methyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid, tetrazos, k s a. 5000 40 40 20 0 0 0 88 86 b, 6000 50 40 10 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1) The addition ratio (mol%) of the component (c) based on the epoxy group contained in the (A) (B) copolymer 2) based on the hydroxyl group generated when the component (C) is added Addition ratio (mol%) of component (D) 3) Adding (3, 4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl acrylate to 70 mol% of mercaptoacrylic acid 4) Making acrylic acid (3, 4-epoxy ring) Addition of hexyl)methyl ester to methacrylic acid 55 mol % 100 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639

分散劑 黏合劑樹脂 實施例1 A a 實施例2 B a 實施例3 C a 實施例4 A b 實施例5 C b 實施例6 A c 實施例7 A, a 實施例8 B, a 實施例9 C, a 實施例1 0 A, b 實施例1 1 B, b 實施例1 2 A, c 實施例1 3 A” a, 實施例1 4 A丨丨 b, 實施例1 5 An + B n (重量比 2 : 1 ) a, 實施例1 6 A &quot; + B π (重量比 2 : 1 ) b, 實施例1 7 An + B &quot;(重量比 2 : 1 ) c, 實施例1 8 A n + B &quot;(重量比 2 : 1 ) d, 表-9 (續)Dispersant Adhesive Resin Example 1 A a Example 2 B a Example 3 C a Example 4 A b Example 5 C b Example 6 A c Example 7 A, a Example 8 B, a Example 9 C, a Example 1 0 A, b Example 1 1 B, b Example 1 2 A, c Example 1 3 A" a, Example 1 4 A丨丨b, Example 1 5 An + B n ( Weight ratio 2 : 1 ) a, Example 1 6 A &quot; + B π (weight ratio 2 : 1 ) b, Example 1 7 An + B &quot; (weight ratio 2 : 1 ) c, Example 1 8 A n + B &quot; (weight ratio 2: 1) d, Table-9 (continued)

分散劑 黏合劑樹脂 比較例1 C d 比較例2 C e 比較例3 D b 比較例4 E b 比較例5 D e 比較例6 A, d 比較例7 A, e 比較例8 D, b 比較例9 A, d 比較例1 0 A π + Β π (重量比 2 : 1 ) e , 比較例1 1 A &quot; + Β &quot;(重量比 2 ·· 1 ) f, 比較例1 2 C&quot; a, 比較例1 3 C&quot; b, &lt;實施例1 9〜2 7及比較例1 4,1 5 &gt; &lt;合成例2 0 &gt;黏合劑樹脂(a&quot;)之合成Dispersant binder resin Comparative Example 1 C d Comparative Example 2 C e Comparative Example 3 D b Comparative Example 4 E b Comparative Example 5 D e Comparative Example 6 A, d Comparative Example 7 A, e Comparative Example 8 D, b Comparative Example 9 A, d Comparative Example 1 0 A π + Β π (weight ratio 2 : 1 ) e , Comparative Example 1 1 A &quot; + Β &quot; (weight ratio 2 ·· 1 ) f, Comparative Example 1 2 C&quot; a Comparative Example 1 3 C&quot; b, &lt;Example 1 9 to 2 7 and Comparative Example 1 4,1 5 &gt;&lt;Synthesis Example 2 0 &gt; Synthesis of Adhesive Resin (a&quot;)

將丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯35份,1-曱氧-2-丙醇8.8份, 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 101 1296639 以及偶氮系聚合引發劑(「和光純藥工業」公司(Wako Chemical Industries, Ltd.)產品「V-59」)1.5 份裝 應容器,在氮氣環境氣體下升溫至8 0 °C,對此用2小 時間滴加甲基丙烯酸苄酯9. 5份,曱基丙烯酸甲酯6. 曱基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯3.5份,以及曱基丙烯酸10.7 然後施行攪拌4小時而得到聚合反應液。 對上述之聚合反應液添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 份,對-曱氧苯酚0. 0 5份,以及三苯膦0 . 3份,以使 後,對此滴加丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)曱酯 1 7 . 5份 8 5 °C溫度下進行反應2 4小時,而得到一在側鏈擁有乙 不飽和基之樹脂溶液(以下稱為黏合劑樹脂(a&quot;))。所 黏合劑樹脂(a&quot;)藉GPC所測之聚合平均分子量依聚苯 換算值為1 8 0 0 0,再者,用K 0 Η來施行中和滴定之結 得到之酸價為5 0。丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)甲酯對羧 導入率係由反應前後之酸價得知其為6 6 °/〇。 &lt;合成例2 1 &gt;黏合劑樹脂(b&quot;)之合成 將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯35份’,1-曱氧-2-丙醇8.8 以及偶氮系聚合引發劑(「和光純藥工業」公司(Wako Chemical Industries, Ltd.)產品「V-59」 )1.5 份裝 應容器,在氮氣環境氣體下升溫至8 0 °C,對此用2小 時間滴加曱基丙烯酸苄酯 1 0 . 5份,曱基丙烯酸甲酯 份,以及甲基丙烯酸1 1 . 9份,然後施行攪拌4小時而 聚合反應液(以下稱為黏合劑樹脂(b&quot;))。所得之黏合 脂(bn )藉GPC所測之聚合平均分子量依聚苯乙烯換算 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/9310115935 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 8.8 parts of 1-oxo-2-propanol, 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 101 1296639 and azo polymerization initiator ("Huangguang pure Waco Chemical Industries, Ltd. product "V-59") 1.5 parts of the container, heated to 80 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere, for 2 hours to add benzyl methacrylate 9. 5 parts, methyl methacrylate 6. 3.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and decyl acrylate 10.7 were then stirred for 4 hours to obtain a polymerization reaction liquid. To the above polymerization solution, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate fraction, p-oxime oxyphenol 0.5 parts, and triphenylphosphine 0.3 parts were added, so that after the addition of acrylic acid (3, 4 - Epoxycyclohexyl) oxime ester 17. 7 parts of the reaction at a temperature of 8 5 ° C for 24 hours, to obtain a resin solution having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain (hereinafter referred to as binder resin (a&quot;)) . The binder resin (a&quot;) has a polymerization average molecular weight measured by GPC in terms of polyphenylene value of 1 800. Further, the acid value obtained by performing neutralization titration with K 0 Η is 50. The carboxyincorporation rate of (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)methyl acrylate was found to be 6 6 °/〇 from the acid value before and after the reaction. &lt;Synthesis Example 2 1 &gt; Synthesis of Binder Resin (b&quot;) 35 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate, 1, 1-oxo-2-propanol 8.8, and an azo polymerization initiator ("Waguang Pure Waco Chemical Industries, Ltd. product "V-59") 1.5 parts of the container, heated to 80 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere, for 2 hours to add benzyl methacrylate 10 parts, methyl methacrylate, and 1.9 parts of methacrylic acid, and then stirred for 4 hours to polymerize the reaction liquid (hereinafter referred to as binder resin (b&quot;)). The obtained binder (bn) is measured by GPC and the average molecular weight of the polymer is converted according to polystyrene. 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159

Pure 入反 時之 5份, 份, 25. 5 溶化 ,在 烤性 得之 乙烤 果, 酸之 份, Pure 入反 時之 7.5 得到 劑樹 值為 102 1296639 1 2 0 0 0,再者,用Κ Ο Η來施行中和滴定之結 為 1 20。 &lt;合成例2 2 &gt;黏合劑樹脂(c π )之合成 首先,將丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯1 4 5份在 予以攪拌而升溫至1 2 0 °C。對此滴加苯乙火 烯酸縮水甘油酯5 7份,以及具有三環癸烷 酯(「日立化成」公司產品「F A - 5 1 3 Μ」8 2 °C溫度下連續攪拌2小時。 其次,將反應容器内之環境氣體改換以 酸2 7. 0份,叁二曱胺曱苯酚0 . 7份,以&gt;5 投入,而在1 2 0 °C溫度下繼續反應6小時 氫酞酐(ΤΗΡΑ)52·0份,三乙胺0.7份,在 行反應3. 5小時。而得到聚合反應液(以下 (cn ))。所得之黏合劑樹脂(cn )藉GPC所測 量依聚苯乙烯換算值為15000。 以下之諸例所用之分散劑之種類乃如以 示。再者,依照下述方法施行分散劑之加 及加熱減重之測定,得到之結果乃示於表 &lt;分散劑之加熱減氮量之測定&gt; 將分散劑約5 0〜1 0 0 m g秤重後放入5 0 m 1 1 0 0 m m H g之條件下減壓乾燥4 8小時以使乾 熱前試料。將乾固後之分散劑在熱風循環 度下加熱3 0分鐘。以此稱為加熱後試料。 散劑在使用「PERKINELMER」公司所製之『 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 果,得到之酸價 用氮氣換氣之下 I 20份,甲基丙 骨架之單丙稀酸 份,然後在1 2 0 空氣,施行丙烯 L氫醌0. 1 2份之 。其後,添加四 1 2 0 °C溫度下進 稱為黏合劑樹脂 之聚合平均分子 下之表1 0所 熱減氮量之測定 10中。 燒杯,在6 0 °C、 固。將此稱為加 爐内在2 3 0 °C溫 對加熱前後之分 _ PE 2 4 0 0」系列 103 1296639 C Η N S / 0分析儀之下施行元素分析而測定全氛量。此氮量為 全量中之比率,對此乘以下述方法所測之加熱前後之重 量,以算出絕對量。 &lt;分散劑之加熱減重之測定&gt; 將加熱前後之分散劑,以與上述相同之方法所得者,使 用精密天平予以測定重量。 表- 1 0 分散劑 全氮量 重量 加熱前 (wt%) 加熱後 (wt%) 殘存率 (°/〇) 加熱前 (g) 加熱後 (g) 殘存率 (%) Zeneca公司產品 「SOLSPERSE34750」 4. 50 4. 35 97 0.0752 0.0705 94 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK_161」 8. 10 7. 25 90 0. 0618 0.0566 92 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-2001」 3. 04 1. 53 50 0. 1044 0.0711 68 &lt;顏料分散液之製備&gt; 使用充當色材之C · I ·顏料綠(C · I · Ρ · G · ) 3 6及C. I ·顏料 黃(C · I · Ρ · Υ · ) 1 3 8,充當溶劑之丙二醇曱醚乙酸酯 (P G Μ E A ),表-1 0所載之分散劑,前述之黏合劑樹脂(a )及 (b ),以按表-1 1及表-1 2所載之重量比予以混合。對此, 以總重量之3倍量混合氧化锆珠(直徑0 . 5 m m )後,予以填 充於不銹鋼容器,用一油漆搖動機使之分散6小時,而製 成綠色顏料分散液。 104 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表- 1 1 色材 溶劑 分散劑 黏合劑名 针脂 C. I.P.G. 36 重量比(%) C. I.P. Y. 138 重量比(%) PGMEA 重量比(%) 種類 重量 比(%) 種類 重量比 (%) 實施例19 5.0 5.0 83.0 Zeneca公司產品 「SOLSPERSE34750」 2.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 實施例20 5.0 5.0 82.0 Zeneca公司產品 「SOLSPERSE34750」 3.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 實施例21 5.0 5.0 82.0 Byk_Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-161」 3.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 實施例22 5.0 5.0 81.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-161」 4.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 實施例23 5.0 5.0 83.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 rDisperBYK-2001j 2.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 實施例24 5.0 5.0 81.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-2001」 4.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 表12 色材 溶劑 分散劑 黏合劑4 封脂 C. I.P.G. 36 重量比(%) C. I.P. Y. 138 重量比(%) PGMEA 重量比(90 種類 重量 比(%) 種類 重量比 (%) 實施例25 5.0 5.0 84.0 Zeneca公司產品 「SOLSPERSE34750」 6.0 無 0.0 比較例14 5.0 5.0 82.0 Zeneca公司產品 「SOLSPERSE34750」 3.0 黏合劑樹脂 ⑹&quot; 5.0 比較例26 5.0 5.0 84.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-161」 6.0 無 0.0 比較例15 5.0 5.0 82.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-161」 3.0 黏合劑樹脂 ⑹&quot; 5.0 實施例27 5.0 5.0 79.0 Byk-Chemie公司產品 「DisperBYK-161」 6.0 黏合劑樹脂 (a)&quot; 5.0 &lt;著色樹脂組成物之製備&gt; 對前述之顏料分散液混合其他之成分而製成具有表1 3 所載之固形分比率之著色樹脂組成物。又按,對此項著色 樹脂組成物係用丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯來稀釋其全體,而以 全固形分濃度可成為2 0 w t %之方式予以配製者。 105 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 3 成分之種類 成分之細節 固形分比(%) 原料分散液 上述顏料分散液 53. 0 黏合劑樹脂 黏合劑樹脂(c)&quot; 23. 5 光聚合性單體1 乙烯性化合物(d)n 7.8 光聚合性單體2 乙烤性化合物(e)n 3. 9 光聚合引發劑系成份1 2-Μ苯并噻唑 3. 9 光聚合引發劑系成份2 對-二曱胺苯曱酸曱酯 3. 9 光聚合引發劑系成份3 米其勒酮 3. 9 表-1 3中之乙烯性化合物((1)”為以下之化學式(17)所示 之化合物,而乙烯性化合物(e)π為三羥曱基丙烷三丙烯酸Pure, 5 parts, part, 25. 5 Dissolved, baked in the roasted fruit, the acid, the pure 7.5, the obtained tree value is 102 1296639 1 2 0 0 0, again, Use Κ Η 施 to perform a neutralization titration of 1 20 . &lt;Synthesis Example 2 2 &gt; Synthesis of binder resin (c π ) First, 145 parts of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was stirred and heated to 1,200 °C. To this, 55 parts of glycidyl glycidyl ester was added dropwise, and the mixture was continuously stirred for 2 hours at a temperature of 8 2 ° C with a tricyclodecane ester ("Hitachi Chemical" product "FA - 5 1 3 Μ". The ambient gas in the reaction vessel was changed to acid 27.1 parts, decylamine phenol phenol 0.77 parts, and the reaction was carried out at &gt;5, and the reaction was continued at the temperature of 1 20 ° C for 6 hours. (ΤΗΡΑ) 52.0 parts, 0.7 parts of triethylamine, and reacted for 3.5 hours to obtain a polymerization reaction liquid (hereinafter (cn)). The obtained binder resin (cn) was measured by GPC. The conversion value is 15000. The types of dispersing agents used in the following examples are shown as follows. Further, the addition of the dispersing agent and the measurement of the heating weight loss are carried out according to the following methods, and the results are shown in the table &lt;Dispersant Determination of the amount of heat and nitrogen reduction&gt; The dispersant is weighed at about 50 to 100 mg and placed under a condition of 50 m 1 1 0 0 mm H g under reduced pressure for 48 hours to make the sample before dry heat. The dried solid dispersant is heated for 30 minutes under hot air circulation. This is called a sample after heating. The powder is used in "PERKINELMER" company. 312 / invention manual (supplement) / 93-04/93101159, the acid price obtained with nitrogen gas under I 20 parts, methyl propyl skeleton of the mono-acrylic acid, and then in the 1 2 0 air The propylene L hydroquinone was subjected to 0.1 part by weight. Thereafter, the measurement of the thermal nitrogen reduction amount in Table 10 under the polymerization average molecular weight of the binder resin was carried out at a temperature of 4 to 120 °C. Beaker, at 60 ° C, solid. This is called the furnace inside the temperature of 2 3 0 °C before and after heating _ PE 2 4 0 0" series 103 1296639 C Η NS / 0 analyzer under the elemental analysis The amount of the whole atmosphere is measured. The amount of nitrogen is the ratio of the total amount, and this is multiplied by the weight before and after the heating measured by the following method to calculate the absolute amount. &lt;Measurement of heating and weight reduction of the dispersing agent&gt; The dispersant is obtained by the same method as above, and the weight is measured using a precision balance. Table - 1 0 Dispersant Total Nitrogen Weight Before Heating (wt%) After Heating (wt%) Residual Rate (°/〇) Before Heating (g) After heating (g) Residual rate (%) Zeneca product "SOLSPERSE34750" 4. 50 4. 35 97 0.0752 0.0705 94 By k-Chemie product "DisperBYK_161" 8. 10 7. 25 90 0. 0618 0.0566 92 Byk-Chemie product "DisperBYK-2001" 3. 04 1. 53 50 0. 1044 0.0711 68 &lt;Preparation of pigment dispersion&gt Use C · I · Pigment Green (C · I · Ρ · G · ) as a color material 3 6 and C. I · Pigment Yellow (C · I · Ρ · Υ · ) 1 3 8, propylene glycol as a solvent Ether acetate (PG Μ EA ), the dispersant listed in Table -1 0, the above-mentioned binder resins (a) and (b) are given in the weight ratios shown in Table-1 1 and Table-1 2 mixing. On the other hand, zirconia beads (0.5 m in diameter) were mixed in an amount of 3 times the total weight, and then filled in a stainless steel container, and dispersed by a paint shaker for 6 hours to prepare a green pigment dispersion. 104 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table - 1 1 Color Material Solvent Dispersant Adhesive Name Needle Lipid CIPG 36 Weight Ratio (%) CIPY 138 Weight Ratio (%) PGMEA Weight Ratio (%) Type weight ratio (%) Type weight ratio (%) Example 19 5.0 5.0 83.0 Zeneca product "SOLSPERSE34750" 2.0 Adhesive resin (a) &quot; 5.0 Example 20 5.0 5.0 82.0 Zeneca product "SOLSPERSE34750" 3.0 Adhesive resin (a)&quot; 5.0 Example 21 5.0 5.0 82.0 Byk_Chemie product "DisperBYK-161" 3.0 Adhesive resin (a) &quot; 5.0 Example 22 5.0 5.0 81.0 Byk-Chemie product "DisperBYK-161" 4.0 Adhesive resin (a)&quot; 5.0 Example 23 5.0 5.0 83.0 Byk-Chemie product rDisperBYK-2001j 2.0 Adhesive resin (a)&quot; 5.0 Example 24 5.0 5.0 81.0 Byk-Chemie product "DisperBYK-2001" 4.0 Adhesive resin (a)&quot; 5.0 Table 12 Color solvent Solvent dispersant 4 Sealing grease CIPG 36 Weight ratio (%) CIPY 138 Weight ratio (%) PGMEA Weight ratio (90 kinds of weight ratio %) Type weight ratio (%) Example 25 5.0 5.0 84.0 Zeneca product "SOLSPERSE34750" 6.0 No 0.0 Comparative example 14 5.0 5.0 82.0 Zeneca product "SOLSPERSE34750" 3.0 Adhesive resin (6)&quot; 5.0 Comparative example 26 5.0 5.0 84.0 Byk- Chemie's product "DisperBYK-161" 6.0 No 0.0 Comparative Example 15 5.0 5.0 82.0 Byk-Chemie product "DisperBYK-161" 3.0 Adhesive Resin (6)&quot; 5.0 Example 27 5.0 5.0 79.0 Byk-Chemie product "DisperBYK-161" 6.0 Adhesive Resin (a) &quot; 5.0 &lt;Preparation of Colored Resin Composition&gt; The above pigment dispersion was mixed with other components to prepare a colored resin composition having a solid content ratio as shown in Table 13. Further, the colored resin composition of this item was diluted with propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and was formulated so that the total solid content concentration could be 20 w %. 105 312/Inventive manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 3 Ingredients of the type of the component Details of the solid content (%) Raw material dispersion The above pigment dispersion liquid 53. 0 Adhesive resin adhesive resin (c )&quot; 23. 5 Photopolymerizable monomer 1 Ethylene compound (d) n 7.8 Photopolymerizable monomer 2 Ethylene compound (e) n 3. 9 Photopolymerization initiator component 1 2-indole benzothiazole 3. 9 photopolymerization initiator component 2 p-dioxamic acid decyl phthalate 3. 9 photopolymerization initiator component 3 mitoxone 3. 9 Table-1 3 Ethylene compounds ((1) "is a compound represented by the following chemical formula (17), and the ethylenic compound (e) π is trihydroxymercaptopropane triacrylate

(17) Η —ch2-c-ch2-〇-c-ch=ch2 OH Ο &lt;彩色濾光片之製造&gt; 藉濺鍍法使金屬鉻成膜於具有縱3 7 0mm、橫4 7 0mm、厚度 0.7mm之玻璃基板(旭石肖子(Asahi Glass)公司產品,AN100) 上,使用正型光阻以形成基體圖型後,在使用一由硝酸銨 鈽(I V )與過氯酸混合成之蝕刻液之下,施行鉻膜之蝕刻。 最後,用5 %氫氧化鈉水溶液以剝離正型光阻,而形成黑色 基體。 在如此得到之附有黑色基體之玻璃基板上,在使用模塗 器之下,塗敷一含有紅色色材之著色樹脂組成物。又按, 為模塗器,使用一種寬向3 6 0 mm長之不銹鋼製模塗器,而 106 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 將其模口間隔設定為2 Ο Ο μ m,其與玻璃基板面之間隙設定 為100/zm。在塗敷之際,以乾燥膜厚可成為1.3/zm之方 式調整油墨狀塗液之排出量。其後,在6 (TC溫度下乾燥1 分鐘後,在1 1 0 °C溫度下加熱乾燥2分鐘。繼之,使用一 種按寬度30#m、縱330#m、橫110#m之間距反覆之負型 光掩模,用2 k W高壓汞燈以按3 0 0 m J / c m2之曝光量施行曝 光處理。其後,關於顯像處理,在使用0 . 1 w t %碳酸鈉水溶 液之下,按顯像液溫度2 3 °C施行顯像。繼之,在3 k g / c m2 之水壓下,施行喷霧水洗處理3 0秒鐘,而形成紅色像素。 然後,在2 3 0 °C溫度下,施行熱硬化處理7分鐘。 其次,對含有藍色顏料之著色樹脂組成物及含有綠色顏 料之著色樹脂組成物各別以與上述相同之程序施行塗敷、 初步乾燥、加熱乾燥、曝光、顯像、水洗、熱硬化之各處 理,依次形成各色圖型,而得到彩色濾光片。 如此,在使用實施例1〜實施例3 0,比較例1〜比較例1 9 之各硬化性樹脂組成物之下,製成各1 0 0片之彩色濾光片。 又按,關於實施例1 9〜3 0及比較例1 4〜1 7僅使用綠色著 色樹脂組成物來製造單色之彩色濾光片,另關於實施例3 1 及比較例1 8、1 9僅使用藍色著色樹脂組成物來製造單色之 彩色濾光片,以供於後述之評價。 &lt;彩色濾光片之白變缺陷之評價&gt; 關於所得之彩色濾光片,測定其是否產生白變缺陷,而 將其白變缺陷產生率示於表-14中。在表-14中,紅色、藍 色、綠色之意義為,在各色之像素上有白變之存在。又按, 107 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 白變缺陷之定義為[(長徑)2+(短徑)2]之平方根為40/zm以 上者,白變缺陷產生率之定義為將任一色有白變缺陷之彩 色濾光片之片數除以全製造片數(1 0 0片)而得到之數值。 其評價結果示於表-1 4中。 &lt;彩色濾光片之非像素部之未溶解物(殘渣)之評價&gt; 關於所得之彩色濾光片,施行一種使用「To ray」公司產 品「TORAYSEE-ΜK-Clean Cloth」)以10往復擦拭非像素部 (素玻璃上)之3 0 X 1 0 0 mm部分之操作。上述布塊 「T0RAYSEE-MK-Clean Cloth」係固定於 lcmxlcm 之樹脂 製方材之先端,用巴氏吸管使之浸潰0 . 1 c c乙醇者。若以 目視未認出顏料附著於該布塊上,則評定為「〇」,而在認 出時,即使附著量少,亦予以評定為「X」。再者,對於擦 拭後之該布塊之1 c m X 1 c m部分,藉「島津製作所」公司所 製造之_分光光度計U V - 3 1 0 0 S在使用積分球之條件下測定 分光反射率。在表-14中,展示λ =500nm(與紅色殘潰相對 應)、4 5 0 n m (與綠色殘潰相對應)、5 5 0 n m (與藍色殘潰相對 應)之分光反射率。 再者,目視評價時之〇X判定之界限乃相當於分光反射 率之9 5 %。 108 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表- 1 4 白變缺陷 殘渣之評價 紅色(個) 藍色(個) 綠色(個) 產生率(%) 目視 分光反射率(%) 500nm 450nm 550nm 實施例-1 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 98 實施例-2 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 99 實施例-3 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 98 實施例-4 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 99 實施例-5 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 99 實施例-6 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 99 實施例-7 0 0 0 0 〇 99 98 97 實施例-8 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 98 實施例-9 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 98 實施例_10 0 0 0 0 〇 99 98 99 實施例-11 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 98 實施例-12 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 97 實施例-13 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 97 實施例-14 0 0 0 0 〇 99 99 98 實施例-15 0 0 0 0 〇 99 98 98 實施例-16 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 99 實施例-17 0 0 0 0 〇 98 98 99 實施例-18 0 0 0 0 〇 98 99 98 實施例-19 — 一 0 0 〇 一 99 — 實施例-20 — — 0 0 〇 — 98 — 實施例-21 — — 0 0 〇 — 99 — 實施例-22 一 — 0 0 〇 — 98 — 實施例-23 — 一 0 0 〇 一 98 一 實施例-24 — — 0 0 〇 一 99 — 實施例-2 5 一 — 0 0 〇 — 98 — 109 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表_ 1 4 (續) 白變缺陷 殘渣之評價 紅色(個) 藍色(個) 綠色(個) 產生率«) 目視 分光反射率(%) 500nm 450nm 550nm 實施例-26 — 一 0 0 〇 一 98 — 實施例-27 — 一 0 0 〇 — 99 一 實施例-28 一 一 0 0 〇 一 99 — 實施例_29 — — 0 0 〇 一 99 — 實施例-30 一 一 0 0 〇 — 99 — 實施例-31 — 0 — 0 〇 — 一 99 比較例-1 0 0 0 0 X 85 77 80 比較例-2 I 2 1 5 8 〇 99 98 98 比較例-3 0 0 0 0 X 82 72 77 比較例-4 0 0 0 0 X 74 67 71 比較例-5 3 1 4 8 X 75 68 70 比較例-6 0 0 0 0 X 77 70 74 比較例-7 2 1 5 8 〇 99 99 98 比較例-8 0 0 0 0 X 81 83 80 比較例-9 2 2 6 10 〇 98 99 99 比較例-10 0 0 0 0 X 78 82 81 比較例-11 4 1 4 9 〇 99 98 98 比較例-12 0 0 0 0 X 77 79 80 比較例-13 0 0 0 0 X 74 76 79 比較例_14 — 一 0 0 〇 — 99 — 比較例-15 — ——· 0 0 〇 — 99 一 比較例-16 — — 0 0 〇 — 99 一 比較例-17 — — 0 0 X — 70 — 比較例-18 0 一 0 〇 一 — 99 比較例-19 — 0 — 0 X 一 一 75 根據上述之表-1 4之内容,各實施例之白變缺陷之產生 率皆為0 %,依照目視、分光反射率亦未發現殘渣之存在。 在另一方面,在比較例1〜1 3、1 7、1 9發現白變缺陷或依照 110 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 目視、分光反射率發現殘渣之存在。 在比較例1 4〜1 6、1 8雖然均未發現白變缺陷、殘液,但 其透射率(後述)低劣。 &lt;透射率之評價(色度之測定)&gt; 將各實施例及各比較例之著色樹脂組成物藉旋塗法塗敷 於5cm平方之玻璃基板(旭硝子(Asahi Glass)公司製品 「AN100」)上,而在熱板上施行80 °C 3分鐘之加熱,將全 面按1 00m J/cm2曝光後,用23 °C之0. lwt%碳酸鈉水溶液在 0. 3 Μ P a之水壓下施行喷霧顯像3 0秒鐘。其後在熱風循環 爐内施行2 3 (TC 3 0分鐘之燒製。燒製後之著色樹脂組成物 之膜厚乃按C I E表色系所示之色坐標,以紅色可符合 x = 0.60,綠色可符合y = 0.55,而藍色可符合y = 0.14(全部 C光源)之方式調節塗敷條件。 為了色度之測定,使用「日立製作所」公司所製之分光 光度計「U 3 5 0 0」。 各著色樹脂組成物之色度乃示於表-15中。 111 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 5 色度(C光源) R G B X y Y X y Y X y Y 實施例-1 0. 600 0.291 17. 3 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-2 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19.2 實施例-3 0. 600 0. 291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19.2 實施例- 4 0. 600 0. 291 17. 4 0. 210 0. 550 44. 2 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-5 0. 600 0. 291 17. 2 0. 210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-6 0. 600 0.291 17.4 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-7 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 實施例-8 0. 600 0. 291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 44. 2 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 實施例-9 0. 600 0.291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-10 0. 600 0. 291 17.2 0.210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-11 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 實施例-12 0. 600 0.291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19.2 實施例-13 0. 600 0. 291 17. 4 0. 210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-14 0. 600 0. 291 17.3 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-15 0. 600 0. 291 17.2 0.210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 實施例-16 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19· 3 實施例-17 0. 600 0. 291 17. 2 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 實施例-18 0. 600 0. 291 17. 3 0. 210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 實施例-19 — 一 一 0.310 0. 550 67. 9 一 一 — 實施例-20 — — 一 0.310 0. 550 68.0 — — — 實施例-21 一 — 一 0.310 0. 550 67. 6 — 一 — 實施例- 2 2 — 一 一 0.310 0. 550 67. 7 — — 一 實施例2 3 — 一 — 0. 310 0. 550 68. 2 — — — 實施例- 2 4 一 — — 0. 310 0. 550 68. 3 一 — 一 實施例-25 一 — — 0.310 0. 550 67. 9 — 一 一 112 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 不在上式之範圍内,而關於比較例4、1 2、1 3、1 8、1 9, 各藍色像素之色度均不在上式之範圍内。 [2 - 2 ]顯像密合性 將各實施例及各比較例之著色樹脂組成物以乾燥膜厚可 成為1.3//m之方式塗敷於玻璃基板上,在60°C溫度下乾 燥1分鐘後,在1 1 0 °C溫度下加熱乾燥2分鐘,在使用一 具有線寬1 V m刻度之線狀開口部之試驗光罩之下,按間隙 150//m以300mJ/cm2之曝光量曝光後,用O.lwt%碳酸鈉水 溶液在23°C顯像液溫度下2kg/cm2之液壓施行顯像60秒 鐘,繼之在3 k g / c m2之水壓下施行噴露水洗處理3 0秒鐘以 形成圖型之際,測定以線狀圖像殘留之最小圖型寬度。其 結果示於表-16中。 114 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 6 紅色 綠色 藍色 實施例-1 7 6 7 實施例-2 6 5 6 實施例-3 6 6 6 實施例-4 7 6 6 實施例-5 6 6 7 實施例-6 7 5 6 實施例-7 7 5 7 實施例-8 6 6 7 實施例- 9 6 5 6 實施例-1 0 7 5 6 實施例-1 1 7 6 7 實施例-1 2 6 6 6 實施例-1 3 7 6 6 實施例-1 4 7 5 7 實施例-1 5 6 6 7 實施例-1 6 7 6 7 實施例-1 7 7 6 7 實施例-1 8 7 5 7 實施例-1 9 — 6 — 實施例-2 0 — 5 — 實施例- 2 1 一 5 一 實施例-2 2 一 5 — 實施例-2 3 — 6 一 實施例_ 2 4 — 5 一 實施例- 2 5 — 6 — 實施例- 2 6 — 6 一 實施例-2 7 1 — 5 一 實施例- 2 8 || — 5 — 實施例- 2 9 I — 5 — 實施例- 3 0 — 6 — 實施例-3 1 一 — 6 單位:ju m(17) Η —ch2-c-ch2-〇-c-ch=ch2 OH Ο &lt;Production of color filter&gt; Metal chromium is formed into a film by sputtering to have a length of 370 mm and a width of 470 mm. On a glass substrate with a thickness of 0.7 mm (Asahi Glass, AN100), after using a positive photoresist to form a matrix pattern, a mixture of ammonium nitrate (IV) and perchloric acid is used. Under the etching solution, etching of a chromium film is performed. Finally, a positive resist was peeled off with a 5% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution to form a black matrix. On the thus obtained glass substrate with a black substrate, a colored resin composition containing a red color material was applied under the use of a die coater. Press again, for the die coater, use a stainless steel die coater with a width of 3 60 mm long, and 106 312 / invention manual (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 set its die spacing to 2 Ο Ο μ m, the gap between the surface and the glass substrate is set to 100/zm. At the time of coating, the discharge amount of the ink-like coating liquid was adjusted so that the dry film thickness was 1.3/zm. Thereafter, after drying at 6 (TC temperature for 1 minute, it was dried by heating at a temperature of 110 ° C for 2 minutes. Subsequently, a distance between 30 #m, vertical 330#m, and horizontal 110#m was used. The negative photomask is subjected to exposure treatment with a 2 k W high-pressure mercury lamp at an exposure amount of 300 m J / c m 2 . Thereafter, regarding the development treatment, a 0.1 wt % aqueous solution of sodium carbonate is used. Next, the image is imaged at a temperature of 2 3 ° C. Then, under a water pressure of 3 kg / c m 2 , a spray water treatment is performed for 30 seconds to form a red pixel. Then, at 2 3 0 The heat hardening treatment was carried out for 7 minutes at a temperature of ° C. Next, the colored resin composition containing the blue pigment and the colored resin composition containing the green pigment were separately coated, preliminarily dried, and dried by heating in the same manner as described above. Each of the processes of exposure, development, development, water washing, and heat hardening sequentially forms a color pattern to obtain a color filter. Thus, each of the first to third embodiments, the comparative example 1 to the comparative example 1 9 is used. Under the curable resin composition, each of the 100 color filters is prepared. Example 1 9 to 30 and Comparative Example 1 4 to 1 7 A single color filter was produced using only the green colored resin composition, and only the blue coloring was carried out with respect to Example 3 1 and Comparative Example 18 and 19. A resin composition was used to produce a color filter of a single color for evaluation as described later. <Evaluation of whitening defect of color filter> Regarding the obtained color filter, it was measured whether or not a white-induced defect was caused. The whitening defect generation rate is shown in Table-14. In Table-14, the meaning of red, blue, and green is that there is whitening in the pixels of each color. Press again, 107 312/Invention Manual (Supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 The white-out defect is defined as the square root of [(long diameter) 2+ (short diameter) 2] is 40/zm or more, and the white-induced defect generation rate is defined as any color. The number of color filters with white-defective defects is divided by the number of manufactured chips (100 pieces). The evaluation results are shown in Table - 14. 4. Non-pixel portion of color filter Evaluation of Undissolved Matter (Residue)&gt; Regarding the obtained color filter, a product of "To ray" company "TORAYS" was used. EE-ΜK-Clean Cloth") The operation of reciprocating the portion of the non-pixel portion (on the plain glass) by 10 0 X 1 0 0 mm. The above-mentioned cloth "T0RAYSEE-MK-Clean Cloth" is fixed at the tip end of a resin square material of lcmxlcm, and is impregnated with a Papillon pipette to 0.1 C c ethanol. If it is visually recognized that the pigment adheres to the panel, it is evaluated as "〇", and when recognized, even if the amount of adhesion is small, it is evaluated as "X". Further, for the 1 c m X 1 c m portion of the cloth after wiping, the spectral reflectance was measured under the condition of using an integrating sphere by a _ spectrophotometer U V - 3 1 0 0 S manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. In Table-14, the spectral reflectances of λ = 500 nm (corresponding to the red residue), 4500 ns (corresponding to the green residue), and 550 nm (corresponding to the blue residue) are shown. Further, the limit of the 〇X determination at the time of visual evaluation is equivalent to 95% of the spectral reflectance. 108 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table - 1 4 Evaluation of white-defective residue red (s) Blue (s) Green (s) Production rate (%) Visual spectroscopic reflectance (%) 500 nm 450 nm 550 nm Example-1 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 98 Example-2 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 99 Example-3 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 98 Example-4 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 99 Example-5 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 99 Example -6 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 99 Example -7 0 0 0 0 〇99 98 97 Example -8 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 98 Example-9 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 98 Example _10 0 0 0 0 〇99 98 99 Example -11 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 98 Example -12 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 97 Example -13 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 97 Example-14 0 0 0 0 〇99 99 98 Example -15 0 0 0 0 〇99 98 98 Example-16 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 99 Example-17 0 0 0 0 〇98 98 99 Embodiment -18 0 0 0 0 〇98 99 98 Example -19 — A 0 0 〇 99 — Example -20 — — 0 0 〇 — 98 — Example-21 — — 0 0 〇— 99 — Example-22 — 0 0 〇 — 98 — Implementation Example -23 - A 0 〇 98 98 例 Example-24 — — 0 0 〇 99 99 — Example-2 5 —— 0 0 〇 — 98 — 109 312 / Invention Manual (supplement) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 Table _ 1 4 (continued) Evaluation of white-defective residue red (s) Blue (s) Green (s) Production rate «) Visual spectroscopic reflectance (%) 500 nm 450 nm 550 nm Example -26 - a 0 0 〇一98 - Example -27 - A 0 0 〇 - 99 An embodiment -28 - 0 0 〇 99 - Example _29 - 0 0 〇 99 - Example -30 一 一 0 0 〇 - 99 — Example-31 — 0 — 0 〇 — A 99 Comparative Example-1 0 0 0 0 X 85 77 80 Comparative Example-2 I 2 1 5 8 〇99 98 98 Comparative Example-3 0 0 0 0 X 82 72 77 Comparative Example-4 0 0 0 0 X 74 67 71 Comparative Example-5 3 1 4 8 X 75 68 70 Comparative Example-6 0 0 0 0 X 77 70 74 Comparative Example-7 2 1 5 8 〇99 99 98 Comparison Example-8 0 0 0 0 X 81 83 80 Comparative Example-9 2 2 6 10 〇98 99 99 Comparative Example-10 0 0 0 0 X 78 82 81 Comparative Example-11 4 1 4 9 〇99 98 98 Comparative Example - 12 0 0 0 0 X 77 79 80 Comparative Example-13 0 0 0 0 X 74 76 79 Comparative Example _14 — A 0 0 〇— 99 — Comparative Example -15 ———· 0 0 〇— 99 A Comparative Example-16 — — 0 0 〇— 99 A Comparative Example -17 — — 0 0 X — 70 - Comparative Example -18 0 - 0 - 99 Comparative Example -19 - 0 - 0 X - One 75 According to the contents of Table - 14 above, the incidence of white-out defects of each embodiment is 0%, No residue was found according to the visual and spectral reflectance. On the other hand, whitening defects were found in Comparative Examples 1 to 13, 3, and 19 or the presence of residue was observed according to the visual observation and spectral reflectance of 110 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639. In Comparative Examples 1 4 to 16 and 18, no whitening defects or residual liquids were observed, but the transmittance (described later) was inferior. &lt;Evaluation of Transmittance (Measurement of Chromaticity)&gt; The colored resin composition of each of the examples and the comparative examples was applied by spin coating to a glass substrate of 5 cm square (Asahi Glass product "AN100" l % P a的水压。 On the hot plate is heated at 80 ° C for 3 minutes, after a full exposure of 100 00 J / cm 2 , with a concentration of 0 ° l °% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at 0. 3 Μ P a water pressure Spray imaging was performed for 30 seconds. Thereafter, 2 3 (TC 30 minute firing) is performed in the hot air circulation furnace. The film thickness of the colored resin composition after firing is the color coordinate shown by the CIE color system, and the red color can conform to x = 0.60. The green color can be adjusted to y = 0.55, and the blue color can be adjusted to y = 0.14 (all C light sources). For the determination of the color, a spectrophotometer "U 3 5 0" manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd. is used. 0. The chromaticity of each colored resin composition is shown in Table-15. 111 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 5 Chroma (C Light Source) RGBX y YX y YX y Y Example-1 0. 600 0.291 17. 3 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-2 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0 137 0. 140 19.2 Example-3 0. 600 0. 291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19.2 Example - 4 0. 600 0. 291 17. 4 0. 210 0 550 44. 2 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-5 0. 600 0. 291 17. 2 0. 210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-6 0 600 0.291 17.4 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-7 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 Example-8 0. 600 0. 291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 44. 2 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 Example -9 0. 600 0.291 17. 3 0.210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-10 0. 600 0. 291 17.2 0.210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-11 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 Example-12 0. 600 0.291 17.4 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19.2 Example-13 0. 600 0. 291 17. 4 0. 210 0. 550 43. 9 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-14 0. 600 0. 291 17.3 0.210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example-15 0. 600 0. 291 17.2 0.210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 Example-16 0. 600 0. 291 17.4 0.210 0 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19· 3 Example-17 0. 600 0. 291 17. 2 0. 210 0. 550 44. 0 0. 137 0. 140 19. 2 Example-18 0 600 0. 291 17. 3 0. 210 0. 550 44. 1 0. 137 0. 140 19. 3 Example -19 - One 0.310 0. 550 67. 9 One - Example -20 - One 0.310 0. 550 68.0 — — — Example-21 — A — 0.310 0. 550 67. 6 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 310 0. 550 68. 3 a - an embodiment -25 - 0.310 0. 550 67. 9 - one 112 312 / invention specification (supplement) /93-04/93101159 1296639 is not within the scope of the above formula, Regarding the comparative examples 4, 1, 2, 1, 3, 18, and 1, the chromaticity of each blue pixel is not within the range of the above formula. [2 - 2 ] Development adhesiveness The colored resin composition of each of the examples and the comparative examples was applied to a glass substrate so that the dry film thickness was 1.3/m, and dried at a temperature of 60 ° C. After a minute, it was dried by heating at a temperature of 110 ° C for 2 minutes, and exposed to a linear mask having a line width of 1 V m under a test mask at a gap of 150//m at 300 mJ/cm 2 . After the exposure, the liquid was applied for 2 seconds at a temperature of 23 ° C at a temperature of 23 ° C at a temperature of 23 ° C for 60 seconds, followed by a water spray at a water pressure of 3 kg / c m 2 . At the time of forming a pattern for 30 seconds, the minimum pattern width remaining in the line image was measured. The results are shown in Table-16. 114 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 6 Red Green Blue Example-1 7 6 7 Example-2 6 5 6 Example-3 6 6 6 Example-4 7 6 6 Example-5 6 6 7 Example-6 7 5 6 Example-7 7 5 7 Example-8 6 6 7 Example - 9 6 5 6 Example-1 0 7 5 6 Example-1 1 7 6 7 Example-1 2 6 6 6 Example-1 3 7 6 6 Example-1 4 7 5 7 Example-1 5 6 6 7 Example-1 6 7 6 7 Example-1 7 7 6 7 Example-1 8 7 5 7 Example-1 9 - 6 - Example-2 0 - 5 - Example - 2 1 - 5 - Example-2 2 - 5 - Example-2 3 - 6 Example _ 2 4 - 5 - Embodiment - 2 5 - 6 - Embodiment - 2 6 - 6 - Embodiment 2 - 7 1 - 5 - Embodiment - 2 8 | | - 5 - Example - 2 9 I - 5 - Example - 3 0 - 6 - Example-3 1 - 6 Unit: ju m

312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 115 1296639 表-1 6 (續) 紅色 綠色 藍色 比較例- 1 7 6 6 比較例-2 15 18 13 比較例- 3 6 5 6 比較例-4 6 6 7 比較例-5 14 20 14 比較例-6 7 6 7 比較例- 7 14 20 15 比較例-8 6 5 6 比較例- 9 12 18 13 比較例-1 0 6 5 6 比較例-1 1 16 19 15 比較例1 2 6 5 7 比較例- 1 3 7 6 6 比較例- 1 4 一 5 一 比較例-1 5 — 5 — 比較例- 1 6 — 6 一 比較例- 1 7 — 5 一 比車交i&quot;列一 1 8 一 一 6 比較你I 一 1 9 — — 6 單位:ju m 根據上述之表-1 6之内容,各實施例之紅色、綠色、藍 色之最小圖型寬度均為1 0 /z m以下。在另一方面,比較例 2、5、7、9、11之最小圖型寬度係有超過10//m者。 &lt;黏度變化率之評價&gt; 將著色樹脂組成物剛製成時之黏度以及在2 3 °C之恆溫 單元中靜置7曰後之黏度(20rpm)在使用「東機產業」公司 (Toki Sangyo Co.,Ltd.)所製之 E 型黏度計「RE-80L」之 下予以測定。關於各實施例及各比較例之著色樹脂組成物 之黏度及7天期間之黏度變化率乃示於表-1 7中。 116312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 115 1296639 Table-1 6 (Continued) Red Green Blue Comparative Example - 1 7 6 6 Comparative Example-2 15 18 13 Comparative Example - 3 6 5 6 Comparative Example -4 6 6 7 Comparative Example-5 14 20 14 Comparative Example-6 7 6 7 Comparative Example - 7 14 20 15 Comparative Example-8 6 5 6 Comparative Example - 9 12 18 13 Comparative Example-1 0 6 5 6 Comparative Example -1 1 16 19 15 Comparative Example 1 2 6 5 7 Comparative Example - 1 3 7 6 6 Comparative Example - 1 4 - 5 - Comparative Example - 1 5 - 5 - Comparative Example - 1 6 - 6 A Comparative Example - 1 7 — 5 一比车交 i&quot;列一1 8一一六6 Compare You I 1-1 — 6 Unit: ju m According to Table-1 above, the minimum of red, green and blue in each embodiment The pattern width is 1 0 /zm or less. On the other hand, the minimum pattern width of Comparative Examples 2, 5, 7, 9, and 11 is more than 10//m. &lt;Evaluation of viscosity change rate&gt; The viscosity of the colored resin composition immediately after preparation and the viscosity (20 rpm) after standing at 7 ° C in a constant temperature unit were used in "Toki Industry" (Toki) It was measured under the E-type viscometer "RE-80L" manufactured by Sangyo Co., Ltd.). The viscosity of the colored resin composition of each of the examples and the comparative examples and the viscosity change rate during the 7-day period are shown in Table-1. 116

312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 7 R G B 初期黏度 mPa · s 7曰後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 % 初期黏度 mPa · s 7日後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 % 初期黏度 mPa . s 7日後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 % 1.0 實施例-1 6.03 6· 09 1.0 7.50 7.56 0.8 6. 24 6· 30 實施例-2 6. 24 6. 27 0.5 7.32 7.41 1.2 6.42 6.51 1.4 實施例-3 6.33 6.39 0.9 I 7.26 7.35 1.2 6.36 6.45 1.4 實施例_4 6.18 6.18 0.0 | 6.99 7.05 0.9 6.21 6. 27 1.0 實施例-5 6.21 6. 33 1.9 1 7.47 7. 53 0.8 6.18 6.18 0.0 實施例-6 6.03 6. 03 0.0 7.20 7. 32 1.7 6.27 6.33 1.0 實施例-7 6.21 6.18 -0.5 7. 02 7.11 1.3 5. 97 6.03 1.0 實施例-8 6. 24 6· 30 1.0 7. 32 7.35 0.4 6.30 6. 36 1.0 實施例-9 6.15 6.21 1.0 7. 20 7. 32 1.7 6. 27 6.27 0.0 實施例-10 6.66 6. 72 0.9 7· 35 7.41 0.8 6.87 6.96 1.3 實施例-11 6.54 6.54 0.0 7.29 7.41 1.6 6.51 6.60 1.4 實施例-12 6.09 6.18 1.5 6. 96 7. 02 0.9 6.21 6.24 0.5 實施例-13 6.39 6.42 0.5 7.05 7.08 0.4 6.12 6.15 0.5 實施例-14 6.51 6· 51 0.0 7.35 7.38 0.4 6.21 6.24 0.5 實施例-15 6.36 6. 33 -0.5 7. 29 7.41 1.6 6.36 6.39 0.5 實施例-16 6.45 6.51 0.9 7.11 7.08 -0.4 6.51 6. 57 0.9 實施例-17 6.36 6. 42 0.9 7. 50 7.56 0.8 6.33 6.39 0.9 實施例-18 6. 54 6.51 -0.5 6. 93 6. 99 0.9 6. 66 6. 69 0.5 實施例-19 — 一 — 7. 86 7.95 1.1 - — 一 實施例-20 — — — 7.44 7. 47 0.4 _ 一 — 實施例-21 — 一 — 7.56 7. 56 0.0 — — — 實施例-22 — — — 7.11 7.14 0.4 — — — 實施例-23 — — — 7. 62 7.71 1.2 一 — — 實施例-24 — — — 6. 93 6. 93 0.0 一 — — 實施例-25 — — — 6.87 6.90 0.4 — — — 117 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表-1 7 (續) R G B 初期黏度 mPa · s 7日後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 初期黏度 mPa · s 7曰後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 % 初期黏度 mPa . s 7日後之 黏度mPa · s 變化率 % 實施例-26 — 一 6. 75 6. 75 0.0 — 一 實施例-27 — — — 6.42 6.42 0.0 — 一 實施例-28 — — 一 8.22 8. 34 1.5 — — — 實施例-29 — — — 8.40 8.52 1.4 一 — 實施例-30 — 一 — 8.31 8.52 2.5 — — 一 實施例-31 — 一 — 一 — 一 7· 53 7.71 2.4 比較例-1 6.18 6. 45 4.4 7. 44 7.59 2.0 6.78 6.90 1.8 比較例-2 7.14 7.56 5.9 7. 77 7. 92 1.9 6.57 6.69 1.8 比較例-3 7. 62 7.83 2.8 8. 64 8.85 2.4 8.01 8. 22 2.6 比較例-4 8.10 9. 54 17.8 8. 94 10.82 21.0 7. 65 9.18 20.0 比較例-5 7. 28 7.50 3.0 7. 68 7.92 3.1 6· 27 6.60 5.3 比較例-6 6.57 6.66 1.4 7.14 7.14 0.0 6.27 6. 30 0.5 比較例-7 6. 33 6.33 0.0 6· 81 6. 87 0.9 6.36 6.45 1.4 比較例-8 7.02 7.05 0.4 7· 44 7.56 1.6 6.48 6.51 0. 5 比較例-9 6.84 6. 87 0.4 7. 32 7. 38 0.8 6.90 6.93 0.4 比較例-10 6.21 6.27 1.0 7. 23 7.26 0.4 6.00 6.06 1.0 比較例-11 6.42 6.51 1.4 | 6.87 6.96 1.3 6.21 6.21 0.0 比較例-12 8. 04 10.53 31.0 ! 8.88 9. 54 7.4 8.22 9.96 21· 2 比較例-13 7. 74 9.24 19.4 8.55 10.11 18.2 8.16 10. 80 32.4 比較例-14 — — — 8.25 9.87 19.6 一 — — 比較例-15 — — — 8.13 9.66 18.8 — 一 — 比較例-16 — 一 — 12. 24 16.74 36.8 — — — tt!較例-17 — 一 — 6· 78 6.78 0.0 一 一 — 比較例-18 — — — — — — 13.39 18.21 36.0 比較例-19 一 — — — — — 6.42 6.45 0.5 118 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 根據上述之表-1 7之内容,各實施例在紅色、綠色、藍 色上所得之黏度變化率均為1 0 %以下。在另一方面,比較 例4、1 2〜1 6、1 8之黏度變化率係有超過1 0 %者。 &lt;彩色濾光片之異物缺陷之評價&gt; 關於所得之彩色濾光片,測定其是否產生異物缺陷,而 將其異物缺陷產生率示於表-18中。在表-18中,紅色、藍 色、綠色之意義為,在各色之像素上有白變之存在。又按, 關於異物缺陷之定義,將[(長徑)2 +(短徑)2 ]之平方根為 1 0 0 // m以上者界定為異物,並將任一色有異物缺陷之彩色 濾光片之片數除以全製造片數(100片)而得到之數值界定 為缺陷產生率。其評價結果示於表-18中。 &lt;再溶解性之評價&gt; 將各實施例及各比較例之著色樹脂組成物各別按乾燥膜 厚2.5//m藉旋塗法塗敷於50mm平方之玻璃基板上,予以 風乾6 0分鐘。然後在該著色樹脂組成物形成用之溶劑 6. 2 5 g中浸潰3分鐘,使之再分散,從浸潰開始起經過1 0 分鐘後,用「日機裝」公司(NIKKISO CO.,LTD.)所製之一 種粒度分布測定裝置「M i c r ο T r a c k U P A」來測定粒度分布, 而算出體積平均粒徑m v。得到之結果示於表-1 8中。 再者,異物缺陷產生率0 %乃相當於再溶解性上之體積平 均粒徑m v為2 0 0 n m以下者。 119 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 表_18 再溶解性 異物缺陷 紅色(nm) 藍色(nm) 綠色(nm) 紅色(個) 藍色(個) 綠色(個) 產生率 實施例-1 110 150 90 — — — — 實施例-2 110 140 90 — — — — 實施例-3 120 160 100 — — — — 實施例-4 120 140 90 — 一 — 一 實施介丨j - 5 130 150 100 — — 一 — 實施例-6 110 140 80 — — — — 實施例-7 120 130 100 — — 一 一 實施例-8 110 140 100 — — 一 一 實施例-9 130 150 100 — — — — 實施例-10 110 130 90 — — — — 實施例-11 120 140 90 — — 一 — 實施例-12 130 130 100 — 一 — 一 實施例_13 120 130 100 0 0 0 0 實施例-14 120 130 90 0 0 0 0 實施例-15 110 150 100 0 0 0 0 實施例-16 120 140 100 0 0 0 0 實施例-17 270 280 270 1 2 6 9 實施例-18 260 300 250 2 1 5 8 實施例_19 — 130 一 — — — — 實施例-20 — 130 — 一 一 — 一 實施例-21 一 140 — — 一 一 — 實施例-22 一 130 一 — — — 一 實施例-23 — 180 — — — 一 — 實施例-24 — 190 — — — 一 — 實施例-25 一 130 — — — — 一 實施例-26 — 130 — — — — — 實施例-27 一 140 — 一 — — — 實施例-28 — 130 — — — — 一 實施例-29 — 140 — — — — — 實施例-30 — 130 — — — — — 實施4歹丨j - 31 — — 100 — — — — 表-18(續) 再溶解性 異物缺陷 紅色(nm) 藍色(nm) 綠色(nm) 紅色(個) 藍色(個) 綠色(個) 產生率 比較例-1 110 130 100 — — 一 — 比板例-2 120 140 90 — 一 — — 比較例-3 280 290 240 — — — — 比 ΐδ/ί歹,j-4 180 220 210 — — — — 比i交侈丨j - 5 300 290 270 一 — — 一 比ΐ交4-6 120 130 100 — — 一 一 比·^交例_7 110 140 90 一 — — 一 比*交例-8 310 290 220 — — — — 比▲交例-9 110 140 90 — — 一 一 比較例-10 280 280 250 1 0 2 3 比較例-11 110 140 100 0 0 0 0 比♦ 交例-12 210 230 240 2 1 4 7 比較例-13 210 220 210 1 1 3 5 比i交仓丨)-14 — 130 — — — 0 0 比♦交例-15 一 130 — 一 — 0 0 比iS/i歹丨)-16 一 130 — 一 — 0 0 比_交例-17 — 130 一 — 一 0 0 比_交例-18 — 一 100 一 0 一 0 比較例-19 一 — 90 一 0 — 0 120 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 根據上述之表-1 8,實施例1〜1 6、3 1並未產生異物缺陷, 即得知在模塗法塗敷用途上亦屬優異。 &lt;電壓保持率之測定&gt; 準備一電極基板A,係在2 . 5 c m平方之無鹼玻璃基板(旭 硝子(Asahi Glass)公司製品「AN100」)之單面上全面形成 有ITO膜者,以及一電極基板B,係在2.5cin平方之相同 之玻璃基板之單面中央部上形成有lcm平方之ITO膜,在 此連接有2mm寬度之輸出電極者。 將配向膜劑(「日產化學工業」公司(Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd·)產品「Sunever7492」)藉旋塗法塗敷於 電極基板A及B上之後,在熱板上施行1 1 0 °C 1分鐘之乾 燥,然後在熱風循環爐内在2 0 0 °C溫度下加熱1小時,以 形成膜厚70nm之塗膜。 將各實施例之著色組成物藉旋塗法塗敷於塗有配向膜劑 之電極基板A上,在熱板上在8 0 °C溫度下加熱3分鐘,將 全面按1 0 0 m J / c m2曝光後,使用2 3 °C之0 . 1 w t %碳酸納水溶 液在0 . 3 Μ P A之水壓下施行喷霧顯像3 0秒鐘。然後在熱風 循環爐内在2 3 0 °C溫度下施行燒製3 0分鐘。以燒製後之著 色組成物之膜厚可成為1 . 7 // m之方式調整塗敷條件。 將含有直徑5 // m之二氧化矽珠之環氧樹脂系密封劑在 使用分配器之下塗敷於塗有配向膜劑之電極基板B之外周 上,使之與電極基板A之塗有著色組成物之面以外緣部可 偏移3mm之方式相對配置,而在保持壓緊附著之狀態下, 在熱風循環爐内在1 8 0 °C溫度下加熱2小時。 121 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 入反應容器,在氮氣環境氣體下升溫至8 0 °C,對此用2小 時之時間滴加曱基丙烯酸苄酯9. 5份,甲基丙烯酸甲酯6 . 5 份,曱基丙烯酸2 -羥乙酯3. 5份,以及曱基丙烯酸1 0 . 7 份,然後施行攪拌4小時而得到聚合反應液。對此聚合反 應液添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯2 5. 5份,對-甲氧苯酚0 . 0 5 份,以及三苯膦0 · 3份,以使溶化後,對此滴加丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)曱酯1 7. 5份,在8 5 °C溫度下進行反應2 4小 時,而得到一在側鏈擁有乙烯性不飽和基之樹脂溶液。所 得之黏合劑樹脂藉GPC所測之聚合平均分子量依聚苯乙烯 換算值為1 8 0 0 0,再者,用KOH來施行中和滴定之結果, 得到之酸價為5 0。丙烯酸(3,4 -環氧環己基)曱酯對羧酸之 導入率乃由反應前後之酸價得知其為6 6 %。 &lt;實施例2 8 &gt; 使顏料綠3 6 (充當顏料)9 · 4份(重量),合成例2 3所得之 樹脂溶液2 3. 4份(樹脂固形分9 . 4份),以及充當溶劑之丙 二醇單甲醚乙酸酯4 2 . 4份在一裝有氧化锆珠之油漆調節 機内分散5小時,而得到綠色油墨(著色樹脂組成物)。此 一著色樹脂組成物之液性乃示於表-2 0中。 對如此得到之綠色油墨1 0 . 9份添加一另外混合製備好 之感光性樹脂組成物,其由合成例2 3所得之樹脂溶液5 . 5 份,充當光聚合性單體之二異戊四醇六丙烯酸酯0.73份, 充當光聚合引發劑之聯咪唑0 . 2 6份,充當增感劑之4,4 ’ -雙(二乙胺)二苯基酮(EABF)0.18份,充當鏈轉移劑之2-酼苯并噻唑(2ΜΒΤ)0· 05份,氟系界面活性劑(「住友3M」 123 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 公司產品「F C - 4 3 Ο」)Ο . Ο Ο 1份,以及充當溶劑之丙二醇單 甲醚乙酸酯2 8. 8份所組成者,予以混合而得到綠色之感光 性著色樹脂組成物。 將上述綠色感光性著色樹脂組成物旋塗於玻璃基板(「旭 硝子」公司產品「AN 6 3 5」)上,藉熱板在7 0 °C溫度下加熱 乾燥而得到厚度1 . 5 // m之感光性綠色層。對此塗膜在使用 超高壓汞燈之下照射2 0 0 m J / c m2之紫外線。然後,用鹼顯 像液以施行淋浴式顯像1 2 0秒鐘,經過超純水之水洗1 0 秒鐘,而形成綠色圖型。所得到之顯像後之圖型依觀察結 果為,線條形狀及密合性均良好之圖型。再者,對顯像後 之基板未曝光部照射_燈而以目視觀察底基污損之情形。 全然未看到底基污損者予以判定為〇,有稍微呈白之部分 者予以判定為△,全體帶白者予以判定為X ,而將結果示 於表-20中。再者,將CIE表色系之色度(x,y)中之Y值之 測定結果示於表-2 1中。 &lt;實施例2 9 &gt; 除了使用顏料綠3 6 (充當顏料)9 · 4份(重量),合成例2 3 所得之樹脂溶液2 3. 4份(樹脂固形分9. 4份),充當分散助 劑之顏料黃1 3 8之磺酸衍生物0 . 4 7份,以及充當溶劑之丙 二醇單甲醚乙酸酯4 2 . 4份之外,均以與實施例2 8相同之 方法形成綠色油墨(著色樹脂組成物)。此一著色樹脂組成 物之液性乃示於表-2 0中。在使用所得之綠色油墨之下, 以與實施例2 8所載述者相同之方法使之感光性著色樹脂 組成物化,而以相同之方法形成綠色圖型。所得到之顯像 124 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 後之圖型依觀察結果為,線條形狀及密合性均良好之 型。再者,關於顯像後之基板未曝光部之底基污損, 果示於表_20中。再者,將所得之像素之Y值示於表-中 。 &lt;實施例3 0 &gt; 將顏料綠3 6 (充當顏料(9 · 4份(重量)及合成例2 3所 樹脂溶液2 3. 4份(樹脂固形分9. 4份)在均質機中予以 合,然後在8 0 °C溫度下使溶媒蒸發1小時,而得到捏 之著色樹脂組成物。將所得之著色樹脂組成物在捏合 捏合5小時而得到一種著色顏料分散體。又按,捏合 溫度係被控制為8 0 °C。對所得之著色顏料分散體1 8. 添加丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯4 2. 4份,以使潤脹1 2小時 在使用均質機之下攪拌3小時,而製成一磨機(分散);! 對如此得到之磨機基料使用0, 3mm 4之氧化锆珠按 鐘之滯留時間藉一珠磨裝置予以處理,而製成一綠色:¾ 在使用一裝有氧化锆珠之油漆調節機之下,施行分 理5小時,而得到綠色油墨(著色樹脂組成物)。此著 脂組成物之液性乃示於表-2 0中。在使用所得之綠色: 之下,以與實施例2 8所載述者相同之方法使之感光性 樹脂組成物樹脂組成物化,而以相同之方法形成綠色 型。所得到之顯像後之圖型依觀察結果為,線條形狀 合性均良好之圖型。再者,關於顯像後之基板未曝光 底基污損,將結果示於表-2 0中。再者,將所得之像素 值示於表-21中。 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 7 RGB initial viscosity mPa · s 7曰 viscosity mPa · s rate of change % initial viscosity mPa · s viscosity after 7 days mPa · s rate of change % Initial viscosity mPa . s Viscosity after 7 days mPa · s Rate of change % 1.0 Example-1 6.03 6· 09 1.0 7.50 7.56 0.8 6. 24 6· 30 Example-2 6. 24 6. 27 0.5 7.32 7.41 1.2 6.42 6.51 1.4 Example-3 6.33 6.39 0.9 I 7.26 7.35 1.2 6.36 6.45 1.4 Example _4 6.18 6.18 0.0 | 6.99 7.05 0.9 6.21 6. 27 1.0 Example-5 6.21 6. 33 1.9 1 7.47 7. 53 0.8 6.18 6.18 0.0 Example-6 6.03 6. 03 0.0 7.20 7. 32 1.7 6.27 6.33 1.0 Example-7 6.21 6.18 -0.5 7. 02 7.11 1.3 5. 97 6.03 1.0 Example-8 6. 24 6· 30 1.0 7. 32 7.35 0.4 6.30 6. 36 1.0 Example-9 6.15 6.21 1.0 7. 20 7. 32 1.7 6. 27 6.27 0.0 Example-10 6.66 6. 72 0.9 7· 35 7.41 0.8 6.87 6.96 1.3 Example-11 6.54 6.54 0.0 7.29 7.41 1.6 6.51 6.60 1.4 Example-12 6.09 6.18 1.5 6. 96 7. 02 0.9 6.21 6.24 0.5 Example-13 6.39 6.42 0.5 7.05 7.08 0.4 6.12 6.15 0.5 Example-14 6.51 6· 51 0.0 7.35 7.38 0.4 6.21 6.24 0.5 Example-15 6.36 6. 33 -0.5 7. 29 7.41 1.6 6.36 6.39 0.5 Example-16 6.45 6.51 0.9 7.11 7.08 -0.4 6.51 6. 57 0.9 Implementation Example-17 6.36 6. 42 0.9 7. 50 7.56 0.8 6.33 6.39 0.9 Example-18 6. 54 6.51 -0.5 6. 93 6. 99 0.9 6. 66 6. 69 0.5 Example -19 — I — 7. 86 7.95 1.1 - - Example -20 - - 7.44 7.47 0.4 _ I - Example-21 - A - 7.56 7. 56 0.0 - - - Example-22 - - - 7.11 7.14 0.4 - - - Example -23 — — — 7. 62 7.71 1.2 ——— Example-24 — — — 6. 93 6. 93 0.0 ——— Example-25 — — — 6.87 6.90 0.4 — — — 117 312/Inventive Manual (Supplement Pieces) /93-04/93101159 1296639 Table-1 7 (continued) RGB initial viscosity mPa · s viscosity after 7 days mPa · s change rate initial viscosity mPa · s 7曰 viscosity mPa · s rate of change % initial viscosity mPa s 7 days after the viscosity mPa · s rate of change % Example -26 - a 6. 75 6. 75 0.0 - an example -27 — — — 6.42 6.42 0.0 - Example -28 - - 8.22 8. 34 1.5 - - - Example -29 - - 8.40 8.52 1.4 - Example -30 - A - 8.31 8.52 2.5 - - Example - 31 - One - — a 7.53 7.71 2.4 Comparative Example-1 6.18 6. 45 4.4 7. 44 7.59 2.0 6.78 6.90 1.8 Comparative Example-2 7.14 7.56 5.9 7. 77 7. 92 1.9 6.57 6.69 1.8 Comparative Example-3 7. 62 7.83 2.8 8. 64 8.85 2.4 8.01 8. 22 2.6 Comparative Example-4 8.10 9. 54 17.8 8. 94 10.82 21.0 7. 65 9.18 20.0 Comparative Example-5 7. 28 7.50 3.0 7. 68 7.92 3.1 6· 27 6.60 5.3 Comparative Example -6 6.57 6.66 1.4 7.14 7.14 0.0 6.27 6. 30 0.5 Comparative Example-7 6. 33 6.33 0.0 6· 81 6. 87 0.9 6.36 6.45 1.4 Comparative Example-8 7.02 7.05 0.4 7· 44 7.56 1.6 6.48 6.51 0. 5 Compare Example-9 6.84 6. 87 0.4 7. 32 7. 38 0.8 6.90 6.93 0.4 Comparative Example-10 6.21 6.27 1.0 7. 23 7.26 0.4 6.00 6.06 1.0 Comparative Example-11 6.42 6.51 1.4 | 6.87 6.96 1.3 6.21 6.21 0.0 Comparative Example - 12 8. 04 10.53 31.0 ! 8.88 9. 54 7.4 8.22 9.96 21· 2 Comparative Example-13 7. 74 9.24 19.4 8.55 10.11 18.2 8.16 10. 80 32.4 Comparative Example-14 — — 8.25 9.87 19.6 一—Comparative Example -15 — — — 8.13 9.66 18.8 — I—Comparative Example-16 — One — 12. 24 16.74 36.8 — — — tt! Comparative Example -17 — One — 6· 78 6.78 0.0 1 - Comparative Example -18 — — — — — 13.39 18.21 36.0 Comparative Example -19 ——— — — — 6.42 6.45 0.5 118 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 According to the above table - In the content of 1 7 , the viscosity change rates obtained in each of the examples in red, green, and blue are all 10% or less. On the other hand, the viscosity change rate of Comparative Example 4, 1 2 to 16 and 18 was more than 10%. &lt;Evaluation of foreign matter defects of color filter&gt; The color filter obtained was measured for whether or not foreign matter defects were generated, and the rate of occurrence of foreign matter defects was shown in Table-18. In Table-18, the meaning of red, blue, and green is that there is a white change in the pixels of each color. In addition, as for the definition of the foreign matter defect, the square root of [(long diameter) 2 + (short diameter) 2 ] is defined as a foreign matter, and a color filter having a foreign matter defect in any color is defined. The number of sheets divided by the number of manufactured sheets (100 sheets) is defined as the defect generation rate. The evaluation results are shown in Table-18. &lt;Evaluation of Resolubility&gt; The colored resin compositions of the respective examples and the comparative examples were each applied to a 50 mm square glass substrate by a spin coating method at a dry film thickness of 2.5/m, and air-dried 6 0. minute. Then, it was immersed in the solvent for forming the colored resin composition in 6.2 g for 3 minutes, and then dispersed again. After 10 minutes from the start of the impregnation, the company was used by NIKKISO CO. The particle size distribution measuring device "M ic ο T rack UPA" manufactured by LTD.) measures the particle size distribution to calculate the volume average particle diameter mv. The results obtained are shown in Table-1-8. Further, the foreign matter defect generation rate of 0% corresponds to a volume average particle diameter m v of resolubility of 2 0 0 n m or less. 119 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Table _18 Resolute foreign matter defect red (nm) Blue (nm) Green (nm) Red (a) Blue (a) Green (a) Production Rate Example-1 110 150 90 — — — — Example-2 110 140 90 — — — — Example-3 120 160 100 — — — — Example-4 120 140 90 — I — Implementation 丨j - 5 130 150 100 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — Example-10 110 130 90 — — — — Example -11 120 140 90 — — — — Example -12 130 130 100 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 14 120 130 90 0 0 0 0 Embodiment-15 110 150 100 0 0 0 0 Embodiment-16 120 140 100 0 0 0 0 Embodiment-17 270 280 270 1 2 6 9 Example-18 260 300 250 2 1 5 8 Embodiments_19 — 130 One — — — — Example -20 — 130 — One - One Embodiment - 21 - 140 — One by one — Example-22 - 130 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - — — — — — Example -27 — 140 — — — — Example -28 — 130 — — — — 实施 -29 — 140 — — — — — 实施 -30 — 130 — — — — — 4歹丨j - 31 — — 100 — — — — Table-18 (continued) Resolute foreign matter defect red (nm) Blue (nm) Green (nm) Red (a) Blue (a) Green (a) Production rate comparison example-1 110 130 100 — — a — than board example-2 120 140 90 — one — — comparative example 280 290 240 — — — — than ΐδ/ί歹, j-4 180 220 210 — — ——— Compared with i 丨 - j - 5 300 290 270 one — one than ΐ 4-6 120 130 100 — — one to one · ^ example _7 110 140 90 one — — one ratio * example -8 310 290 220 — — — — 比 交 -9 ~ 110 140 90 — — 一 一 一 一 -10 280 280 250 1 0 2 3 Comparative Example-11 110 140 100 0 0 0 0 比♦ 交例-12 210 230 240 2 1 4 7 Comparative Example-13 210 220 210 1 1 3 5 than i 仓丨丨)-14 — 130 — — — 0 0 ♦ ♦ -15 - 130 One - 0 0 ratio iS / i 歹丨) -16 - 130 - one - 0 0 ratio _ cross example -17 - 130 one - one 0 0 ratio _ cross -18 - one 100 one 0 - 0 comparison example -19一—90 一 0 — 0 120 312/Invention Manual (Supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 According to Table-1 above, Examples 1~1 6 and 3 1 do not produce foreign matter defects, that is, It is also excellent in die coating application. &lt;Measurement of Voltage Retention Rate&gt; The electrode substrate A is prepared by forming an ITO film on one surface of an alkali-free glass substrate (Asahi Glass product "AN100") of 2.5 cm square. And an electrode substrate B in which a 1 cm square ITO film is formed on a central portion of a single surface of a 2.5 cc square glass substrate, and an output electrode having a width of 2 mm is connected thereto. After applying an alignment film ("Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd." product "Sunever7492") to the electrode substrates A and B by spin coating, 1 1 0 ° C was applied to the hot plate. After drying for several minutes, it was heated in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 200 ° C for 1 hour to form a coating film having a film thickness of 70 nm. The colored compositions of the respective examples were applied by spin coating to the electrode substrate A coated with the alignment film, and heated on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 3 minutes to be fully pressed at 100 m J / After c m2 exposure, spray development was carried out for 30 seconds using a 0.1 wt% aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 23 ° C under a water pressure of 0.3 Μ PA. Then, it was fired in a hot air circulating oven at a temperature of 230 ° C for 30 minutes. The coating condition can be adjusted so that the film thickness of the colored composition after firing can be 1. 7 // m. An epoxy resin sealant containing cerium oxide beads having a diameter of 5 // m is applied to the outer periphery of the electrode substrate B coated with the alignment film agent under the use of a dispenser to be colored with the electrode substrate A. The outer edge portion of the surface of the composition was placed at a position offset by 3 mm, and heated in a hot air circulating furnace at a temperature of 180 ° C for 2 hours while being held in compression.份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份份5 parts of methyl methacrylate, 2.5 parts of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 0.7 parts of methacrylic acid, and then stirred for 4 hours to obtain a polymerization reaction liquid. To the polymerization reaction solution, 5.3 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 0.5 parts of p-methoxyphenol, and 0.3 parts of triphenylphosphine were added to dissolve the acrylic acid after the dissolution. 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) decyl ester 1 7.5 parts, and the reaction was carried out at a temperature of 85 ° C for 24 hours to obtain a resin solution having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. The obtained polymer of the binder was measured by GPC to have a polymerization average molecular weight of 1 800 in terms of polystyrene. Further, the result of neutralization titration with KOH was obtained, and the acid value was 50. The introduction rate of the (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) decyl acrylate to the carboxylic acid was found to be 66% from the acid value before and after the reaction. &lt;Example 2 8 &gt; The pigment green 3 6 (acting as a pigment) 9 · 4 parts by weight, the resin solution obtained in Synthesis Example 2 3 2. 4 parts (resin solid fraction 9.4 parts), and served as The solvent propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 42.4 parts was dispersed in a paint conditioner equipped with zirconia beads for 5 hours to obtain a green ink (colored resin composition). The liquid properties of this colored resin composition are shown in Table - 0. To the thus obtained green ink, 0.1 parts, a photosensitive resin composition prepared by further mixing was prepared, and the resin solution obtained in Synthesis Example 23 was 5.5 parts, which was used as a photopolymerizable monomer of diisoprene. 0.73 parts of alcohol hexaacrylate, bisimidazole serving as a photopolymerization initiator 0.26 parts, 0.18 parts of 4,4 '-bis(diethylamine) diphenyl ketone (EABF) serving as a sensitizer, acting as a chain transfer 2-酼benzothiazole (2ΜΒΤ)0·05 parts, fluorine-based surfactant (“Sumitomo 3M” 123 312/invention manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 company product “FC - 4 3 Ο Ο Ο Ο Ο 1 part, and 8.8 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate serving as a solvent, and mixed to obtain a green photosensitive resin composition. The green photosensitive colored resin composition was spin-coated on a glass substrate ("Asa Seiko" product "AN 6 3 5"), and dried by heating at 70 ° C to obtain a thickness of 1.5 mM. Photosensitive green layer. The coating film was irradiated with ultraviolet rays of 200 m J / c m 2 under an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp. Then, the alkali imaging solution was applied for showering for 120 seconds, and the water was washed with ultrapure water for 10 seconds to form a green pattern. The pattern obtained after the development is based on the observation that the pattern of the line shape and the adhesion are good. Further, the substrate was exposed to the unexposed portion after the development, and the substrate was visually observed to be contaminated. Those who did not see the base fouling were judged as 〇, those who were slightly white were judged as △, those who were white were judged as X, and the results were shown in Table -20. Further, the measurement results of the Y value in the chromaticity (x, y) of the CIE color system are shown in Table-2. &lt;Example 2 9 &gt; In addition to the use of Pigment Green 3 6 (acting as a pigment) 9 · 4 parts by weight, the resin solution obtained in Synthesis Example 2 2 2 4 parts (resin solid fraction 9.4 parts) was used as The dispersing aid was formed in the same manner as in Example 28 except that the sulfonic acid derivative of the pigment yellow 1 3 8 was 0.4 parts by weight and the propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 4 4 serving as a solvent. Green ink (colored resin composition). The liquid properties of this colored resin composition are shown in Table - 0. Under the use of the obtained green ink, the photosensitive colored resin composition was chemically formed in the same manner as in the description of Example 28, and a green pattern was formed in the same manner. The obtained image 124 312 / invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159 1296639 The following pattern is based on the observation that the shape and adhesion of the line are good. Further, the substrate contamination of the unexposed portion of the substrate after development is shown in Table -20. Furthermore, the Y value of the obtained pixel is shown in Table-. &lt;Example 3 0 &gt; Pigment Green 3 6 (acting as a pigment (9 · 4 parts by weight and Synthesis Example 2 Resin solution 2 3. 4 parts (resin solid fraction 9.4 parts) in a homogenizer The mixture was evaporated, and the solvent was evaporated at a temperature of 80 ° C for 1 hour to obtain a kneaded colored resin composition. The obtained colored resin composition was kneaded and kneaded for 5 hours to obtain a colored pigment dispersion. The temperature was controlled to 80 ° C. For the resulting colored pigment dispersion 1 8. Add 4.4 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate to allow swelling for 12 hours and stir for 3 hours using a homogenizer. And make a mill (dispersion);! For the mill base thus obtained, 0, 3mm 4 of zirconia beads are treated by a bead mill device according to the retention time of the bell, and a green color is formed: 3⁄4 Under a paint conditioner equipped with zirconia beads, it was subjected to separation for 5 hours to obtain a green ink (colored resin composition). The liquidity of the lipid composition is shown in Table - 0. The obtained green color: under the same method as that described in Example 28, the photosensitivity was obtained. The composition of the resin composition resin is formed into a green form by the same method, and the pattern obtained after the development is obtained according to the observation that the pattern of the shape of the line is good. Further, the substrate after the development is not The substrate was exposed to staining, and the results are shown in Table - 0. Further, the obtained pixel values are shown in Table-21. 312 / Invention specification (supplement) / 93-04/93101159

圖 將結 -21 得之 預混 合用 機中 機之 8份 後, 3分 b墨。 散處 色樹 ;由墨 著色 圖 及密 部之 之Y 125 1296639 &lt;比較例1 6 &gt; 除了為樹脂使用曱基丙烯酸苄酯·甲基丙烯酸共聚物(重 量平均分子量1 5 0 0 0,酸價9 0 )之外,均以與實施例2 8相 同之步驟得到著色樹脂組成物。所得之著色樹脂組成物之 液性乃示於表-2 0中。然後,以與實施例2 8相同之步驟使 之感光性著色樹脂組成物化,而進行顯像,但甚至在 3 0 0 s,未曝光部亦未能溶化。將所得像素之Y值示於表- 2 1 中 〇 &lt;比較例1 7 &gt; 除了為樹脂使用市面上所出售之胺甲酸乙酯系分散劑X 之外,均以與實施例2 8相同之步驟得到著色樹脂組成物。 所得之著色樹脂組成物之液性乃示於表-2 0中。然後,以 與實施例2 8相同之步驟形成綠色圖型。所得到之顯像後之 圖型依觀察結果為,線條形狀及密合性均良好之圖型。再 者,關於顯像後之基板未曝光部之底基污損,將結果示於 表-20中。再者,將所得之像素之Y值示於表-21中。 表-2 0Figure 3 will be the result of the -21 get premixed machine 8 parts, 3 minutes b ink. Disperse color tree; Y 125 1296639 &lt;Comparative Example 1 6 &gt; In addition to the resin, benzyl methacrylate-methacrylic acid copolymer (weight average molecular weight 1 500) was used. A colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 28 except that the acid value was 90. The liquid properties of the obtained colored resin composition are shown in Table - 0. Then, the photosensitive colored resin composition was subjected to physical development in the same manner as in Example 28, and development was carried out, but even at 300 s, the unexposed portion was not melted. The Y value of the obtained pixel is shown in Table - 2 1 &lt;Comparative Example 1 7 &gt; The same as Example 28 except that the commercially available urethane dispersant X sold for the resin was used. This step gives a colored resin composition. The liquid properties of the resulting colored resin composition are shown in Table-2. Then, a green pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 28. The pattern obtained after the image is obtained is a pattern in which the line shape and the adhesion are good. Further, regarding the substrate fouling of the unexposed portion of the substrate after development, the results are shown in Table-20. Further, the Y value of the obtained pixel is shown in Table-21. Table-2 0

樹脂 液性M 顯像殘渣 實施例28 合成例23 〇 〇 實施例29 合成例23 〇 〇 實施例3 0 合成例23 〇 〇 比較例1 6 曱基丙烯酸苄酯·曱基丙烯酸共聚物 (重量平均分子量1 5000,酸價90) X — 比較例1 7 胺曱酸乙酯系分散劑X 〇 X * 1 :著色樹脂組成物之黏度 〇:低黏度 △稍增黏 126 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 X :增黏 表-2 1 樹脂 Y(x = 0.234,y = 0.472 時) 實施例28 合成例2 3 56. 9 實施例29 合成例23 58. 0 實施例30 合成例23 57. 0 比較例1 6 曱基丙烯酸苄酯·曱基丙烯酸共聚物 (重量平均分子量1 5000,酸價90) 55. 3 比較例1 7 胺甲酸乙酯系分散劑X 56. 1 &lt;實施例3 1 &gt; 使顏料藍1 5 : 6 (充當顏料)9 · 4份(重量),合成例2 3所得 之樹脂溶液2 3 . 4份(樹脂固形分9 . 4份),以及充當溶劑之 丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯4 2. 4份在一裝有氧化锆珠之油漆調 節機内分散1 0小時,而得到藍色油墨(著色樹脂組成物)。 所得到之著色樹脂組成物之液性乃示於表-2 2中。 然後以與實施例2 8相同之步驟形成藍色油墨。顯像後所 得到之圖型依觀察結果為,線條形狀及密合性均良好之圖 型。再者,關於顯像後之基板未曝光部之底基污損,將結 果示於表-22中。再者,將所得之像素之Y值示於表-23 中 〇 &lt;比較例1 8 &gt; 除了為樹脂使用曱基丙烯酸苄酯·曱基丙烯酸共聚物(重 量平均分子量1 4 0 0 0,酸價5 2 )之外,均以與實施例2 8相 同之步驟得到著色樹脂組成物。所得之著色樹脂組成物之 液性乃示於表-2 2中。然後,以與實施例2 8相同之步驟進 行顯像,但甚至在3 0 0 s,未曝光部亦未能溶化。將所得像 素之Y值示於表-23中。 127 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;比較例1 9 &gt; 除了為樹脂使用市面上所出售之高分子分散劑Y之外, 均以與實施例2 8相同之步驟得到著色樹脂組成物。所得著 色樹脂組成物之液性乃示於表-2 2中。然後,以與實施例 2 8相同之步驟形成藍色圖型。顯像後所得到之圖型依觀察 結果為線條形狀及密合性均良好之圖型。再者,關於顯像 後之基板未曝光部之底基污損,將結果示於表-22中。再 者,將所得之像素之Υ值示於表-23中。Resin Liquid M Imaging Residue Example 28 Synthesis Example 23 〇〇 Example 29 Synthesis Example 23 〇〇 Example 3 0 Synthesis Example 23 〇〇 Comparative Example 1 6 Benzyl methacrylate methacrylate copolymer (weight average) Molecular weight 1 5000, acid value 90) X - Comparative Example 1 7 Amine phthalate dispersant X 〇X * 1 : Viscosity of colored resin composition 低: low viscosity △ slightly thickened 126 312 / invention manual (supplement ) / 93-04 / 93101159 1296639 X : tackifying table - 2 1 resin Y (x = 0.234, y = 0.472) Example 28 Synthesis Example 2 3 56. 9 Example 29 Synthesis Example 23 58. 0 Example 30 Synthesis Example 23 57. 0 Comparative Example 1 6 benzyl methacrylate methacrylate copolymer (weight average molecular weight 15000, acid value 90) 55. 3 Comparative Example 1 7 urethane dispersant X 56. 1 &lt;Example 3 1 &gt; The pigment blue 1 5 : 6 (acting as a pigment) 9 · 4 parts by weight, the resin solution obtained in Synthesis Example 2 3 3 4 parts (resin solid fraction 9.4 parts), And 4,4 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate serving as a solvent is dispersed in a paint conditioner equipped with zirconia beads for 10 hours. To blue ink (colored resin composition). The liquid properties of the obtained colored resin composition are shown in Table-2. Then, a blue ink was formed in the same manner as in Example 28. The pattern obtained after the development is based on the observation that the shape and adhesion of the line are good. Further, regarding the substrate contamination of the unexposed portion of the substrate after development, the results are shown in Table-22. Further, the Y value of the obtained pixel is shown in Table-23. &lt;Comparative Example 1 8 &gt; In addition to the use of a benzyl methacrylate methacrylate copolymer (weight average molecular weight 1 4 0 0 0, A colored resin composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 28 except for the acid value of 5 2 . The liquid properties of the obtained colored resin composition are shown in Table-2. Then, development was carried out in the same manner as in Example 28, but even at 300 s, the unexposed portion was not melted. The Y values of the obtained pixels are shown in Table-23. 127 312/Invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 &lt;Comparative Example 1 9 &gt; The same as Example 28 except that the commercially available polymer dispersant Y was used for the resin. The step gives a colored resin composition. The liquid properties of the obtained colored resin composition are shown in Table-2. Then, a blue pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 28. The pattern obtained after the development was observed as a pattern having a good line shape and adhesion. Further, regarding the substrate fouling of the unexposed portion of the substrate after development, the results are shown in Table-22. Further, the enthalpy values of the obtained pixels are shown in Table-23.

表-22Table-22

樹脂 液性μ 顯像殘渣 實施例31 合成例23 〇 〇 比較例18 曱基丙烯酸苄酯·曱基丙烯酸共聚物 (重量平均分子量1 40 00,酸價52) X — 比較例1 9 胺甲酸乙酯系分散劑Y 〇 X * 1 :著色樹脂組成物之黏度 〇:低黏度 △稍增黏 X :增黏Resin liquid μ development residue Example 31 Synthesis Example 23 〇〇Comparative Example 18 Benzyl methacrylate methacrylate copolymer (weight average molecular weight 1 40 00, acid value 52) X - Comparative Example 1 9 Amino acid formic acid Ester-based dispersant Y 〇X * 1 : Viscosity of colored resin composition 〇: low viscosity △ slightly thickened X: thickened

表- 2 3 樹脂 Υ(χ = 0. 134, y = 0· 121 時) 實施例31 合成例23 15. 1 比較例18 曱基丙烯酸爷酯·曱基丙烯酸共聚物 (重量平均分子量1 4000,酸價52) 14. 7 比較例19 胺曱酸乙酯系分散劑Υ 14. 9 再者,在實施例2 8〜3 1及比較例1 6〜1 9亦與實施例1〜2 7 或比較例1〜1 5之情況一樣施行透射性、顯像密合性、白變 缺陷、未溶解物殘渣、黏度變化率、再溶解性、以及電壓 保持率之評價。其結果示於表-14〜表-19中。 根據以上之結果,將實施例1〜實施例3 1 (本發明有關之 128 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 著色樹脂組成物)之結果與比較例1〜比較例1 9之結果對照 比較時,顯然可得知下述事實。 (1 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物為高透射,高濃度物。 (2 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物在顯像後,基板上之非像 素部所殘存之未溶解物很少。 (3 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物在顯像時表現優異之圖 像密合性,而被抑制變白缺陷之產生。 (4 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物在依照模塗法之塗敷之 際,被抑制變白缺陷之產生。 (5 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物之黏度變化率低。 (6 )本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物對液晶之電壓保持率之 影響很少。 雖然已經將本案發明予以詳細說明或是參照特定的實 施態樣而說明,但是可以在不脫離本發明之精神及範圍 下,做種種的變更以及修正,此對於熟習該項技術者而言, 乃為至明之事。 另外,本發明乃是基於2002年7月18日於日本提出申 請的日本專利申請案(特願2 0 0 2 - 2 1 0 0 6 5 ),2 0 0 2年2月7 曰於曰本提出申請的日本專利申請案(特願 2003-30954),2002年2月24日於日本提出申請的日本專 利申請案,(特願2003 - 45364),2002年2月25日於日本 提出申請的日本專利申請案(特願2 0 0 3 - 4 7 6 0 4 ),2 0 0 2年4 月2 5日於日本提出申請的日本專利申請案(特願 2003-122854),2002年4月28日於日本提出申請的日本 129Table - 2 3 Resin Υ (χ = 0. 134, y = 0· 121) Example 31 Synthesis Example 23 15. 1 Comparative Example 18 Mercapto styrene-mercaptoacrylic acid copolymer (weight average molecular weight 1 4000, Acid value 52) 14. 7 Comparative Example 19 Amino phthalic acid ethyl ester dispersing agent Υ 14. 9 Further, in Examples 28 to 31 and Comparative Examples 1 to 1 9 and Examples 1 to 2 7 or In the same manner as in Comparative Examples 1 to 15, the transmittance, the developmental adhesion, the whitening defect, the undissolved matter residue, the viscosity change rate, the resolubility, and the voltage holding ratio were evaluated. The results are shown in Table-14 to Table-19. Based on the above results, the results of Examples 1 to 3 (the 128 312/invention specification (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 colored resin composition of the present invention) and Comparative Examples 1 to 1 were compared. When the results of 9 are compared, it is apparent that the following facts can be known. (1) The colored resin composition according to the present invention is a highly transmissive, high-concentration substance. (2) After the development of the colored resin composition according to the present invention, the amount of undissolved material remaining in the non-pixel portion on the substrate is small. (3) The colored resin composition according to the present invention exhibits excellent image adhesion at the time of development, and is suppressed from whitening defects. (4) The colored resin composition of the present invention is suppressed from being whitened by the application of the die coating method. (5) The viscosity change rate of the colored resin composition of the present invention is low. (6) The colored resin composition of the present invention has little influence on the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal. Although the present invention has been described in detail or with reference to the specific embodiments thereof, various changes and modifications may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. For the sake of the sake. In addition, the present invention is based on a Japanese patent application filed in Japan on July 18, 2002 (Special Wish 2 0 0 2 - 2 1 0 0 6 5), February 7, 2002 Japanese Patent Application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2003-30954), filed on February 24, 2002, filed on Jan. 24, 2002, filed on Jan. 25, 2002, filed on Japanese Patent Application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2000-47) Japan 129 filed in Japan on the 28th

312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159 1296639 專利申請案(特願2 Ο Ο 3 - 1 2 4 2 9 1 )以及2 Ο Ο 2年1 0月2 7日於 曰本提出申請的日本專利申請案(特願2 0 0 3 - 3 6 6 1 0 0 ),其 全體内容乃藉由引用而援用。 &lt;產業上之可利用性&gt; 本發明可達成如下述有用之效果,而其產業上之利用價 值極兩。 1.本發明有關之著色樹脂組成物在其塗敷於基板上之際, 未溶解物不會殘存於基板上之非像素部,並且可均勻形成 對基板具有優異密合性之高濃度色像素。再者,在依照模 塗法之塗敷之際,亦很少產生乾燥凝塊等之異物。此外, 由於對液晶之電壓保持率之影響很少,難於發生顯示不均 勻、殘像等之顯示不良。 2 .在本發明有關之彩色濾光片中,基板上之非像素部不會 殘存有著色樹脂組成物之未溶解物。再者,由於對液晶之 電壓保持率之影響很少,難於發生顯示不均勻、殘像等之 顯示不良,即其品質非常高。 3 .本發明有關之液晶顯示裝置具有極高之品質,因為使用 一種品質極高之彩色濾光片,其基板上之非像素部不會殘 存有著色樹脂組成物之未溶解物,又由於對液晶之電壓保 持率之影響很少而難於發生顯示不均勻者。 130 312/發明說明書(補件)/93-04/93101159312/Inventive Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159 1296639 Patent application (Special Wish 2 Ο Ο 3 - 1 2 4 2 9 1 ) and 2 Ο Ο 2 years 1 October 2nd application in 曰本The Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2 0 0 3 - 3 6 6 1 0 0), the entire contents of which is incorporated by reference. &lt;Industrial Applicability&gt; The present invention achieves the following useful effects, and its industrial use value is extremely high. 1. When the colored resin composition of the present invention is applied onto a substrate, undissolved matter does not remain on the non-pixel portion on the substrate, and a high-density color pixel having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be uniformly formed. . Further, when coating according to the die coating method, foreign matter such as dry clots is rarely generated. Further, since the influence on the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is small, it is difficult to cause display defects such as display unevenness and afterimage. 2. In the color filter according to the present invention, the non-pixel portion on the substrate does not remain undissolved in the colored resin composition. Further, since the influence on the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is small, it is difficult to cause display defects such as display unevenness and afterimage, that is, the quality is extremely high. 3. The liquid crystal display device according to the present invention has extremely high quality, because a color filter having an extremely high quality is used, and the non-pixel portion on the substrate does not remain undissolved in the colored resin composition, and The effect of the voltage holding ratio of the liquid crystal is small and it is difficult to cause display unevenness. 130 312/Invention Manual (supplement)/93-04/93101159

Claims (1)

129605 FEB 1 5 2001 替換本 yn lip 補有一 拾一-中^ t利範圍 1. 一種著色樹脂組成物,係含有色材、溶劑、分散劑以 及黏合劑樹脂者,其特徵為,129605 FEB 1 5 2001 Replace this yn lip with a pick-up range 1. A colored resin composition containing a color material, a solvent, a dispersant, and a binder resin, characterized by 黏合劑樹脂為如下述得到之樹脂:使(A)含環氧(曱基) 丙烯酸酯5至90mol%與(B)可和成分(A)共聚合之其他自由 基聚合性化合物1 0至9 5 mo 1 %進行共聚合反應,對所得到 之共聚物所含環氧基之10至lOOmol%加成(C)不飽和一元 酸,對於加成上述成分(C)時所產生之羥基之 1 0 至 1 0 0 m ο 1 %,加成(D )多元酸酐; 並且,分散劑含有下述之至少一者:(E)胺甲酸乙酯系 分散劑;(F )含有氮原子之接枝共聚物;以及(G )由在側鏈 擁有四級銨鹼之嵌段A與未具四級銨鹽之嵌段B所構成之 A-B嵌段共聚物及/或B-A-B嵌段共聚物。The binder resin is a resin obtained by copolymerizing (A) 5 to 90 mol% of an epoxy (fluorenyl) acrylate and (B) a copolymerizable component (A) and other radical polymerizable compounds 10 to 9 5 mol 1 % of the copolymerization reaction, adding 10 to 100 mol% of the epoxy group contained in the obtained copolymer to (C) an unsaturated monobasic acid, and 1 for the hydroxyl group produced when the above component (C) is added 0 to 1 0 0 m ο 1 %, addition (D) polybasic acid anhydride; and the dispersant contains at least one of: (E) an urethane dispersant; (F) a graft containing a nitrogen atom a copolymer; and (G) an AB block copolymer and/or a BAB block copolymer composed of a block A having a quaternary ammonium base in a side chain and a block B having no quaternary ammonium salt. 2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,(E) 胺甲酸乙酯系分散劑為使(1 )多異氰酸酯化合物、(2 )在同 一分子内擁有1個或2個羥基之化合物以及(3 )在同一分子 内擁有活性氫及三級胺基之化合物進行反應所得之分散樹 脂。 3. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,(F ) 含有氮原子之接枝共聚物係在該接枝共聚物之主鏈中擁有 含氮原子之重複單元。 4. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,(F ) 含有氮原子之接枝共聚物擁有下式(I )所示之重複單元或/ 及下式(II)所示之重複單元: 131 326\總檔\93\93101159\93101159(替換)·4 12966392. The coloring resin composition of claim 1, wherein the (E) urethane dispersing agent is one or two hydroxyl groups in the same molecule of (1) a polyisocyanate compound or (2). The compound and (3) a dispersion resin obtained by reacting a compound having an active hydrogen and a tertiary amino group in the same molecule. 3. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the (F)-containing nitrogen-containing graft copolymer has a repeating unit containing a nitrogen atom in a main chain of the graft copolymer. 4. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein (F) a graft copolymer containing a nitrogen atom has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (I) or / and a formula (II) Repeat unit: 131 326\total file\93\93101159\93101159 (replace)·4 1296639 (I) (式中 下式( ,R!表示碳原子數1至5之伸烷基,A表示氫原子或 III)至(V)中之任一者;)(I) (wherein, R! represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and A represents a hydrogen atom or III) to (V); (式中 式(II ,1^表示碳原子數1〜5之伸烷基,A表示氫原子或下 I)至(V)中之任一者;) (式中 整數;(wherein (II, 1^ represents an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, A represents a hydrogen atom or any one of the following I) to (V);) (an integer in the formula; (式中 伸烷基 之烷基 ,Yi表示二價之連接基,W2表示碳原子數2至10之 ,Y2表示氫原子或-C0-R2(R2表示碳原子數1至10 ),(1表示1至20之整數;) 132 326聰檔\93\93101159\93101159(替換)-4 1296639 \/W3 II ⑺ ο (式中,w3表示碳原子數1至50之烷基或擁有1至5個羥 基之碳原子數1至50之經烧基)。 5.如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,(G ) 由在側鏈擁有四級銨鹼之嵌段A與未具四級銨鹽之嵌段B 所構成之A-B嵌段共聚物及/或B-A-B嵌段共聚物之嵌段 A,含有下面之通式(1)所示之部分構造:(In the formula, an alkyl group of an alkyl group, Yi represents a divalent linking group, W2 represents a carbon number of 2 to 10, Y2 represents a hydrogen atom or -C0-R2 (R2 represents a carbon number of 1 to 10), (1) Indicates an integer from 1 to 20;) 132 326 聪 \\93\93101159\93101159 (replacement)-4 1296639 \/W3 II (7) ο (wherein, w3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms or has 1 to 5 5. A colored resin composition having a carbon atom number of 1 to 50. 5. A colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein (G) consists of a block A having a quaternary ammonium base in a side chain and The block A of the AB block copolymer and/or the BAB block copolymer composed of the block B having a quaternary ammonium salt contains a partial structure represented by the following formula (1): 3a Y (在上面之通式(1)中,Rla、R2a、R3a各別獨立表示氫原 子或亦可被取代之碳數1〜7之環狀或鏈狀之烴基;或,R i a、 R 2 a以及R 3 a中之二者以上互相結合而形成碳數1〜7之環狀 構造亦可;R4a表示氫原子或曱基,X表示二價之連接基, Y_表示對陰離子)。 6 .如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,黏 合劑樹脂之成分(Β )含有具下述通式(V I )所示構造之單(曱 基)丙烯酸酯:3a Y (In the above formula (1), Rla, R2a, and R3a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a cyclic or chain hydrocarbon group of 1 to 7 carbon atoms which may also be substituted; or, R ia, R Two or more of 2 a and R 3 a may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure having a carbon number of 1 to 7; R 4a represents a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group, X represents a divalent linking group, and Y_ represents a counter anion). 6. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the component (Β) of the binder resin contains a mono(indenyl) acrylate having a structure represented by the following formula (V I ): R9 R10 R3 r4 (VI) 133 326\總檔 \93\93101159\93101159(替換)-4 1296639 (在上面之通式(VI)中,R3至R8各別獨立表示氫原子或碳 原子數1至3之烷基,1?9及R1()各別獨立表示氫原子或碳 原子數1至3之烷基;或,R 9與R! 〇連結而形成環亦可)。 7. 如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,進 一步含有磷酸酯型分散劑作為分散劑。 8. 如申請專利範圍第7項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,磷 酸酯型分散劑含有下面之通式(3 )所示之部分構造:R9 R10 R3 r4 (VI) 133 326\general file\93\93101159\93101159 (replacement)-4 1296639 (In the above formula (VI), R3 to R8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to The alkyl group of 3, 1?9 and R1() each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms; or R 9 and R! 〇 are bonded to form a ring). 7. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the phosphate-type dispersant is further contained as a dispersing agent. 8. The colored resin composition of claim 7, wherein the phosphate type dispersant comprises a partial structure represented by the following formula (3): 9.如申請專利範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中,含 有分子量1000以下之有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐。 1 0 .如申請專利範圍第 1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中, 含有光聚合性單體。 1 1 .如申請專利範圍第 1項之著色樹脂組成物,其中, 含有光聚合引發系成分。 1 2. —種紅色著色樹脂組成物,係申請專利範圍第 1項 之著色樹脂組成物,將該著色樹脂組成物按可達成C I E表 色系之色度為X = 0 . 6 0之膜厚予以塗敷,在2 3 0 °C溫度下燒 成3 0分鐘後之該表色系之Y值在下式(1 )、( 2 )之任一者所 示之範圍内: Y ^ 2 0 0 y-41. 4(y &lt; 0. 34) ( 1 ) 100y-7. 4(y ^ 0. 34) (2) (式中,Y、y各別代表C I E表色系之反射率、色度;) 134 326\總檔 \93\93101159\93101159(替換)-4 1296639 在使用該著色樹脂組成物來形成圖型之際,以線狀圖像 殘存之最小圖型寬度為1 0 // m以下; 並且,使用浸潰有乙醇O.lcc/cm2之平均3&quot;m以下之聚 酯長纖維所構成之布塊,以此布塊之 1 c m X 1 c m 面,按 lkgf/cm2之壓力擦拭面積 10cm2之非像素部(素玻璃上) 時,顏料附著部之5 0 0 n m之分光反射率為9 5 %以上。 1 3 . —種綠色著色樹脂組成物,係申請專利範圍第1項 之著色樹脂組成物,將該著色樹脂組成物按可達成C I E表 色系之色度為y = 〇. 55之膜厚予以塗敷,在230 °C溫度下燒 成3 0分鐘後之該表色系之Y值在下式所示之範圍内: 2 4 0χ-7. 1 (式中,Υ、X各別代表C I Ε表色系之反射率、色度;) 在使用該著色樹脂組成物來形成圖型之際,以線狀圖像 殘存之最小圖型寬度為l〇Am以下; 並且,使用浸潰有乙醇0.1cc/cm2之平均3&quot;m以下之聚 酯長纖維所構成之布塊,以此布塊之 1 c m X 1 c m 面,按 lkgf/cm2之壓力擦拭面積 10cm2之非像素部(素玻璃上) 時,顏料附著部之4 5 0 n m之分光反射率為9 5 %以上。 1 4. 一種藍色著色樹脂組成物,係申請專利範圍第1項 之著色樹脂組成物,將該著色樹脂組成物按可達成C I E表 色系之色度為y = 0 . 1 4之膜厚予以塗敷,在2 3 0 °C溫度下燒 成30分鐘後之該表色系之Y值在下式所示之範圍内: Y ^ 20x + l 6. 2 (式中,Y、X各別代表C IE表色系之反射率、色度;) 326\總檔\93\93101159\93101159(替換)-4 135 1296639 在使用該著色樹脂組成物來形成圖型之際,以線狀圖像 殘存之最小圖型寬度為1 0 // m以下; 並且,使用浸潰有乙醇0.1cc/cm2之平均3/zm以下之聚 酯長纖維所構成之布塊,以此布塊之 1 c m X 1 c m 面,按 lkgf/cm2之壓力擦拭面積 10cm2之非像素部(素玻璃上) 時,顏料附著部之5 5 0 n m之分光反射率為9 5 %以上。 1 5 .如申請專利範圍第1 2至1 4項中任一項之著色樹脂 組成物,其中,在2 3 °C溫度下保管7日時之黏度變化率, 相對於初期黏度為1 0 %以下。 1 6 .如申請專利範圍第1 2至1 4項中任一項之著色樹脂 組成物,係含有色材、溶劑以及黏合劑樹脂者,在使該著 色樹脂組成物所形成之乾燥膜浸潰於構成該著色樹脂組成 物之溶劑中而使其再分散之情況,再分散液中之體積平均 粒徑mv為200nm以下。 1 7 .如申請專利範圍第1 2至1 4項中任一項之著色樹脂 組成物,係含有色材、溶劑以及黏合劑樹脂者,於將該著 色樹脂組成物所形成之塗膜與液晶接觸之狀態下施行退火 處理後,經由該著色樹脂層而施加電壓於上述液晶時之電 壓保持率為8 0 %以上。 1 8. —種彩色濾光片基板,其特徵為,係使用申請專利 範圍第1項之著色樹脂組成物所形成。 1 9. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵為,係使用申請專利範 圍第1 8項之彩色濾光片基板所形成。 136 326\總檔\93\93101159\93101159(替換)-49. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride is contained. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the photopolymerizable monomer is contained. The colored resin composition of claim 1, wherein the photopolymerization initiating component is contained. 1 2. A red colored resin composition, which is a colored resin composition of the first application of the patent scope, and the color of the colored resin composition is such that the color of the CIE color system is X = 0.60. After coating for 30 minutes at a temperature of 2300 ° C, the Y value of the color system is within the range of any of the following formulas (1) and (2): Y ^ 2 0 0 Y-41. 4(y &lt; 0. 34) ( 1 ) 100y-7. 4(y ^ 0. 34) (2) (wherein, Y and y each represent the reflectance and color of the CIE color system Degree;) 134 326\total file\93\93101159\93101159 (replacement)-4 1296639 When using this colored resin composition to form a pattern, the minimum pattern width remaining in the line image is 1 0 // m or less; and, using a cloth composed of polyester long fibers dipped in an average of 3 &quot; m of ethanol O.lcc/cm2, a 1 cm X 1 cm surface of the cloth, at a pressure of lkgf/cm2 When the non-pixel portion (on the plain glass) having an area of 10 cm 2 was wiped, the spectral reflectance at 500 nm of the pigment adhering portion was 95% or more. A green colored resin composition is a colored resin composition of the first application of the patent scope, and the colored resin composition is obtained by a film thickness of y = 55. After coating, the Y value of the color system after firing at 230 ° C for 30 minutes is within the range of the following formula: 2 4 0 χ - 7. 1 (wherein, Υ and X each represent CI Ε Reflectance and chromaticity of the color system;) When the colored resin composition is used to form a pattern, the minimum pattern width remaining in the line image is 1 〇 Am or less; and, using the impregnation with ethanol 0.1 a piece of polyester long fiber of cc/cm2 with an average of 3&quot;m below, and a non-pixel portion of 10 cm2 (on plain glass) with a pressure of lkgf/cm2 on a 1 cm X 1 cm surface of the cloth. When the pigment adhesion portion has a spectral reflectance of 450% or more at 450 nm. 1 . A blue colored resin composition which is a colored resin composition of the first application of the patent scope, wherein the colored resin composition has a chromaticity of y = 0.14 by a CIE color system. After coating, the Y value of the color system after firing at 30 ° C for 30 minutes is within the range of the following formula: Y ^ 20x + l 6. 2 (wherein Y and X are different Represents the reflectance and chromaticity of the C IE color system;) 326\total file\93\93101159\93101159 (replacement)-4 135 1296639 When using the colored resin composition to form a pattern, a line image The minimum remaining pattern width is 1 0 // m or less; and, using a piece of polyester long fiber impregnated with an average of 3 cc/cm 2 of ethanol below 0.1 cm/cm 2 , the cloth is 1 cm X On the 1 cm surface, when the non-pixel portion (on the plain glass) having an area of 10 cm 2 was wiped by the pressure of lkgf/cm 2 , the spectral reflectance of the 50 5 nm of the pigment adhesion portion was 95% or more. The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the viscosity change rate at the temperature of 23 ° C for 7 days is 10% or less with respect to the initial viscosity. . The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which contains a color material, a solvent, and a binder resin, is impregnated with a dry film formed by the colored resin composition. In the case of dispersing the solvent in the solvent constituting the colored resin composition, the volume average particle diameter mv in the redispersion liquid is 200 nm or less. The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is a coloring material, a solvent, and a binder resin, and a coating film formed by the colored resin composition and a liquid crystal. After the annealing treatment is performed in the contact state, the voltage holding ratio when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal via the colored resin layer is 80% or more. A color filter substrate characterized in that it is formed using the colored resin composition of the first item of the patent application. A liquid crystal display device characterized by being formed by using a color filter substrate of the 18th patent of the patent application. 136 326\total file\93\93101159\93101159 (replace)-4
TW093101159A 2003-02-07 2004-01-16 Colored resin composition, color filter, and liqued crystal display TWI296639B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2003030954 2003-02-07
JP2003045364 2003-02-24
JP2003047604 2003-02-25
JP2003122854 2003-04-25
JP2003124291 2003-04-28
JP2003366100 2003-10-27

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200424272A TW200424272A (en) 2004-11-16
TWI296639B true TWI296639B (en) 2008-05-11

Family

ID=32996607

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097105279A TWI388926B (en) 2003-02-07 2004-01-16 Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display
TW093101159A TWI296639B (en) 2003-02-07 2004-01-16 Colored resin composition, color filter, and liqued crystal display

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW097105279A TWI388926B (en) 2003-02-07 2004-01-16 Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR100659959B1 (en)
CN (2) CN101113224B (en)
TW (2) TWI388926B (en)
WO (1) WO2004081070A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4788485B2 (en) * 2006-06-13 2011-10-05 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP4959411B2 (en) * 2007-04-27 2012-06-20 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored photopolymerizable composition, color filter using the same, and method for producing color filter
KR101298884B1 (en) * 2008-02-27 2013-08-21 미쓰비시 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, organic el display and liquid crystal display
TW201009498A (en) * 2008-07-07 2010-03-01 Fujifilm Corp Colored photosensitive resin composition, method of forming pattern using ultraviolet laser, method of producing color filter using the pattern forming method, color filter, and display device
JP5251329B2 (en) * 2008-07-22 2013-07-31 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Blue coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and color display device
JP5317908B2 (en) * 2008-09-30 2013-10-16 サカタインクス株式会社 Color filter pigment dispersion and color filter pigment dispersion resist composition containing the same
JP5919698B2 (en) * 2010-11-08 2016-05-18 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter and display element
JP5706667B2 (en) * 2010-11-08 2015-04-22 出光興産株式会社 Polycarbonate resin composition, molded product, and structural member for photovoltaic power generation
KR101253119B1 (en) * 2010-12-29 2013-04-22 주식회사 유엔아이 Green Pigment dispersion composite For image sensor color filter and its manufacturing method
TWI600720B (en) * 2012-03-28 2017-10-01 Dainippon Ink & Chemicals Organic pigment composition for color filter, its manufacturing method, and color filter
EP2733529B1 (en) * 2012-10-03 2016-09-21 DIC Corporation Liquid crystal display device
KR101594802B1 (en) * 2012-12-28 2016-02-17 카오카부시키가이샤 Quaternary ammonium salt compound
JP5895925B2 (en) * 2013-12-05 2016-03-30 大日本印刷株式会社 Non-aqueous dispersant, color material dispersion for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic light emitting display device
JP6587068B2 (en) * 2014-07-24 2019-10-09 日産化学株式会社 Color filter underlayer film forming resin composition
KR102141949B1 (en) * 2020-06-02 2020-08-06 성종현 Light producing photochromic particles

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5914206A (en) * 1996-07-01 1999-06-22 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Color filter and black resist composition
JP3922757B2 (en) * 1997-04-24 2007-05-30 三菱化学株式会社 Resist composition for color filter
JPH10152536A (en) * 1996-11-22 1998-06-09 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP3852516B2 (en) * 1998-05-13 2006-11-29 三菱化学株式会社 Polymer composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP3590279B2 (en) * 1998-11-18 2004-11-17 富士フイルムアーチ株式会社 Photopolymerizable composition for color filter
JP2002031713A (en) * 2000-02-01 2002-01-31 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2001337450A (en) * 2000-05-24 2001-12-07 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Photopolymerizable composition and color filter using the same
JP4346230B2 (en) * 2000-09-12 2009-10-21 三菱化学株式会社 Color filter composition and color filter
JP2002287358A (en) * 2001-03-28 2002-10-03 Nippon Paint Co Ltd Flame-retardant photosensitive solder resist composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1768086A (en) 2006-05-03
KR20050099535A (en) 2005-10-13
TW200424272A (en) 2004-11-16
CN101113224A (en) 2008-01-30
CN101113224B (en) 2010-08-18
WO2004081070A1 (en) 2004-09-23
TWI388926B (en) 2013-03-11
TW200830041A (en) 2008-07-16
KR100659959B1 (en) 2006-12-22
CN100567353C (en) 2009-12-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI405034B (en) A hardened composition, a color filter, and a liquid crystal display device
TWI296639B (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and liqued crystal display
JP5140903B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP5343410B2 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display
TWI397772B (en) Photoresist composition for colour filter and preparation method of liquid crystal display colour filter using the same
JP4839710B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP4483769B2 (en) Color material dispersion, colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TWI306989B (en) Curable resin composition
TWI647270B (en) Resin, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, color filter, and image display device
TWI280257B (en) Photocurable resin composition for forming overcoats, RGB pixels, black matrixes or spacers in color filter production, and color filters
JP2005148717A (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter and liquid crystal display device
JP5292708B2 (en) Curable composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
CN104932196B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and colour filter comprising the composition
JP4182887B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TWI300795B (en) Curable resin composition for die coating and process for producing color filter
JP2012083549A (en) Photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filter, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and organic el display
JP5040807B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
JP2004246340A (en) Hardenable resin composition for die coating, color filter, method of manufacturing color filter and liquid crystal display
JP4725122B2 (en) Curable resin composition, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
WO2006051840A1 (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, colored resin composition, color filter and liquid crystal display
CN110872455B (en) White resin composition, backlight unit and display device
JP4572624B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and liquid crystal display device
TWI807010B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photo-spacer and liquid crystal display device
JP2009288544A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2007268525A (en) Coating applicability evaluation method for curable composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MK4A Expiration of patent term of an invention patent